From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Tue Jan 18 00:23:33 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Tue, 18 Jan 2022 00:23:33 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1076 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201172323.20HNNXWv006766@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-17 23:23:33 +0000 (Mon, 17 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1076

Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/aspell.en.pws
   trunk/latex2e.texi
Log:
\hrulefill & \dotfill: use user-level macros, not internal macros named with @

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2021-12-09 21:17:18 UTC (rev 1075)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
@@ -1,3 +1,8 @@
+2022-01-17  Pieter van Oostrum <pieter at vanoostrum.org>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (\hrulefill & \dotfill): replace "@" macros
+	with user-level macros.
+
 2021-12-09  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (NeedsAMSSymb flag, Footnotes in a table, Math

Modified: trunk/aspell.en.pws
===================================================================
--- trunk/aspell.en.pws	2021-12-09 21:17:18 UTC (rev 1075)
+++ trunk/aspell.en.pws	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
@@ -288,3 +288,4 @@
 disproven
 unimagined
 vitalism
+tablefootnote

Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2021-12-09 21:17:18 UTC (rev 1075)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 @c $Id$
 @comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
 @setfilename latex2e.info
- at set UPDATED October 2021
+ at set UPDATED January 2022
 @include common.texi
 @settitle @LaTeX{}2e unofficial reference manual (@value{UPDATED})
 @comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.)
@@ -15020,7 +15020,7 @@
 The header is empty.  The footer contains only a page number, centered.
 
 @item empty
-The header and footer is empty.
+The header and footer are both empty.
 
 @item headings
 Put running headers and footers on each page.  The document style
@@ -15833,7 +15833,7 @@
 
 @example
 \renewcommand@{\hrulefill@}@{%
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@@@}
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt @}
 @end example
 
 @noindent
@@ -15842,7 +15842,7 @@
 
 @example
 \renewcommand@{\dotfill@}@{%
-  \leavevmode\cleaders\hb@@xt@@1.00em@{\hss .\hss @}\hfill\kern\z@@@}
+  \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em@{\hss .\hss @}\hfill\kern0pt @}
 @end example
 
 @noindent


From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Wed Jan 26 18:47:46 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Wed, 26 Jan 2022 18:47:46 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1077 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201261747.20QHlkwY014222@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 17:47:45 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1077

Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/NEWS
   trunk/latex2e.texi
Log:
pt/mm/cm equivalences

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
@@ -1,3 +1,9 @@
+2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm equivalences.
+	Report from Geoff Odhner, 24 Jan 2022 22:08:58.
+	Also use @ftable, other wording changes.
+
 2022-01-17  Pieter van Oostrum <pieter at vanoostrum.org>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (\hrulefill & \dotfill): replace "@" macros
@@ -2850,6 +2856,10 @@
 
 	* latex2e.texi (minipage): Typoes + insert a few TODO comments.
 
+2020-07-124  Jim Hefferon  <jim at joshua.smcvt.edu>
+
+	* July 2020 release.
+
 2020-07-13  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (\appendix): Fix \og\appendixname\fg description.

Modified: trunk/NEWS
===================================================================
--- trunk/NEWS	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
+++ trunk/NEWS	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
@@ -1,13 +1,19 @@
 $Id$
 NEWS for latex2e.texi, aka the latex2e-help-texinfo package.
 Public domain.  Originally written 1995, Torsten Martinsen.
-Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently unmaintained).
 French translation originally from Vincent Belaiche.
+Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently looking for
+a maintainer).
 
+
 Changes in January 2022 release:
 
-Changes in July 2020 release:
+Some noteworthy changes since the last release:
 
-Among the changes since the last release:
+
+
+
 Changes in July 2020 release:
+
+Some noteworthy changes since the last release:
  * Entries for \openin, \openout, \message, \write, \write18.
  * Section on fontenc.
  * Section on math delimiters.
@@ -16,9 +22,8 @@
  * Section on expressions.
  * Entry on \contentsline.
 
+
 Changes in October 2018 release:
 
-Changes in October 2018 release:
-
 The main change is that we now offer the manual in a version that
 is split into separate web pages for each section or subsection.
 This new version is more host-friendly.  To celebrate we have
@@ -35,10 +40,8 @@
 In addition to the format news, there were many bug fixes and new entries,
 including \smash and \phantom.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
 Changes in July 2018 release:
 
-Changes in July 2018 release:
-
 We have gone through the two documents latex-info and
 latex2e-reference and checked that any information in those documents
 is in this one.
@@ -54,10 +57,8 @@
 In addition, there were many bug fixes, including greatly shrinking
 the size of one of the graphics.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
+
 Changes in April 2018 release:
 
-Changes in April 2018 release:
-
 There is a new chapter on color and a new chapter on graphics
 inclusion (all the commands from grfguide.pdf are now covered),
 there is much greater coverage of the list environment including a
@@ -65,8 +66,7 @@
 environment.
 
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in Aug 2017 release:
+
 Changes in Aug 2017 release:
 
 Besides the usual bug fixes, some of the changes in this version
 include coverage of \makeatletter and \makeatother, \@startsection,
@@ -74,8 +74,7 @@
 in the descriptions of floats, the letter environment, \raisebox,
 \onecolumn and \twocolumn, and many more.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in Apr 2016 release:
+
 Changes in Apr 2016 release:
 
 Provide first complete French translation --- still not fully aligned
 on the latest revisions of the English version.
@@ -86,8 +85,7 @@
 for optional parameters. Improve naming of Math symbols. Usual bug and
 typo fixes.
 	
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in Oct 2015 release:
+
 Changes in Oct 2015 release:
 
 Many examples added, often using typical constructs.
 Extend many entries to include points frequently asked.
@@ -95,8 +93,7 @@
 Translations not yet part of update; needs to be worked out.
 Thanks to Vincent Belaiche for many contributions.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2015 release:
+
 Changes in May 2015 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes, more indexing, template updates.
 Improve document and LaTeX overview, including general syntax.
@@ -106,53 +103,46 @@
 For HTML, make the Up from Top be http://tug.org/texinfohtml.
 Exception word list for spell checking, and make target for spell
   checking and doubled words.
--
+
 French translation begun (only in sources); Spanish translation updated.
 Thanks to Vincent Belaiche and Jim Hefferon for their many contributions.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2014 release:
+
 Changes in May 2014 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes, template updates.
 Add filecontents description, fnsymbol info, non-obsolescence of \tt et al.,
   mostly due to Vincent Belaiche.
 Updates to Spanish translation, also from Vincent.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2013 release:
+
 Changes in May 2013 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes, template updates.
 Mention \unitlength default (1pt) and \oldstylenums.
 Fix in ltx-help.el to find correct nodes for environments, etc.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2012 release:
+
 Changes in May 2012 release:
 
 Template updates and references.
 More on floats.
 Mention a few other documents.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in May 2011 release:
+
 Changes in May 2011 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes, additional background info.
 TUGboat sample document updated.
 Discussion of width parameters.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in July 2010 release:
+
 Changes in July 2010 release:
 
 Usual bug fixes.  Added a number of control sequences from ltoutenc that
 typeset particular glyphs.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in September 2009 release:
+
 Changes in September 2009 release:
 
 A bit more about figures and indexes, use of @table where appropriate in
 the source, usual array of minor fixes, added references, etc.
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 2.0:
+
 Changes in release 2.0:
 
 After discussions with Torsten and Stephen Gilmore, maintainership of
 this document has been handed off to me.  See the README for more
@@ -170,8 +160,7 @@
 
 Karl Berry (karl at freefriends.org), June 12 2008
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 1.6:
+
 Changes in release 1.6:
 
 Some minor bug fixes; thanks to Piet van Oostrum and Ralf
 Fassel for those.
@@ -187,8 +176,7 @@
 
 Torsten Martinsen, April 24 1996
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 1.3:
+
 Changes in release 1.3:
 
 A selection of low-level NFSS2 commands added.
 A short description of how to use BibTeX.
@@ -200,8 +188,7 @@
 
 Torsten Martinsen, March 13th 1995
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 1.4:
+
 Changes in release 1.4:
 
 NOTE: The name of the generated Info file is now `latex' and not `latex2e'.
 More commands added to function index (ahem).
@@ -210,8 +197,7 @@
 
 Torsten Martinsen, April 5th 1995
 
-----------------------------------------------------------------
-Changes in release 1.5:
+
 Changes in release 1.5:
 
 All menu items now have one-line descriptions.
 Major cleanup of next/previous links.

Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-17 23:23:33 UTC (rev 1076)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
@@ -11154,10 +11154,10 @@
 \end@{minipage@}
 @end example
 
- at TeX{} actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
- at code{fil}, @code{fill}, and @code{filll}.  The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}).
+ at TeX{} has three levels of infinity for glue components: @code{fil},
+ at code{fill}, and @code{filll}.  The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(@pxref{\hfill} and @pxref{\vfill}).
 
 Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after @code{\setlength@{\ylength@}@{1in plus 0.2in@}} and
@@ -11173,7 +11173,6 @@
 * \settowidth::         Set a length to the width of something.
 * \stretch::            Add infinite stretchability.
 * Expressions::         Compute with lengths and integers.
- at c * Predefined lengths::  Lengths that are, like, predefined.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -11185,96 +11184,97 @@
 @TeX{} and @LaTeX{} know about these units both inside and outside of
 math mode.
 
- at table @code
+ at ftable @code
 @item pt 
- at findex pt
 @cindex point
 @anchor{units of length pt}
-Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
-is 1 at dmn{point} = 2.845 at dmn{mm} = .2845 at dmn{cm}. 
+Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1 at dmn{point} = .35146 at dmn{mm} = .035146 at dmn{cm}. 
 
 @item pc
 @cindex pica
- at findex pc
 @anchor{units of length pc}
 Pica, 12 pt
 
 @item in 
- at findex in
- at findex inch
+ at cindex inch
 @anchor{units of length in}
-Inch,  72.27 pt
+Inch, 72.27 pt
 
- at item  bp 
- at findex bp
+ at item bp 
 @cindex big point
+ at cindex PostScript point
 @anchor{units of length bp}
 Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 
+ at item mm 
+ at cindex millimeter
+ at anchor{units of length mm}
+Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+
 @item cm 
 @cindex centimeter
- at findex cm
 @anchor{units of length cm}
-Centimeter
+Centimeter, 10 mm
 
- at item mm 
- at cindex millimeter
- at findex mm
- at anchor{units of length mm}
-Millimeter
-
 @item dd 
 @cindex didot point
- at findex dd
 @anchor{units of length dd}
 Didot point, 1.07 pt
 
 @item cc 
 @cindex cicero
- at findex cc
 @anchor{units of length cc}
 Cicero, 12 dd
 
 @item sp 
 @cindex scaled point
- at findex sp
 @anchor{units of length sp}
 Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 
- at end table 
+ at end ftable
 
+Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+
+ at ftable @code
+ at item ex
+ at cindex x-height
 @cindex ex
- at cindex x-height
- at findex ex
+ at anchor{Lengths/ex}
+ at anchor{units of length ex}
+The x-height of the current font @dfn{ex}, traditionally the
+height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
+lengths.
+
+ at item em
 @cindex m-width
 @cindex em
- at findex em
 @anchor{Lengths/em}
- at anchor{Lengths/en}
- at anchor{Lengths/ex}
 @anchor{units of length em}
- at anchor{units of length en}
- at anchor{units of length ex}
-Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font.  The x-height of the current font @dfn{ex}, traditionally the
-height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly @dfn{em}, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
- at code{\enspace}, which is @code{0.5em}).  Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes.  For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
- at code{\setlength@{\itemsep@}@{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex@}} is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+Similarly @dfn{em}, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10 at dmn{pt} font will
+have 1 at dmn{em} = 10 at dmn{pt}.  @LaTeX{} has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (@pxref{\enspace & \quad & \qquad}).
 
+ at item mu
 @cindex mu, math unit
- at findex mu
-In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
- at dfn{mu} given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  @xref{Spacing in math mode}.
+ at anchor{units of length mu}
+Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit @dfn{mu}, defined by 1 at dmn{em} = 18 at dmn{mu}, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family.  @xref{Spacing in
+math mode}.
 
+ at end ftable
 
+Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as @code{\setlength@{\itemsep@}@{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex@}} is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+
 @node \setlength
 @section @code{\setlength}
 
@@ -11309,10 +11309,8 @@
 @code{\newlength@{\specparindent@}\setlength@{\sepcparindent@}@{...@}},
 then you get an error like @samp{Undefined control sequence. <argument>
 \sepcindent}.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero. <to be
-read again> \relax l.19 \setlength@{specparindent@}@{0.6\parindent@}}
+then you get an error like @samp{Missing number, treated as zero.}.
 
-
 @node \addtolength
 @section @code{\addtolength}
 


From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Wed Jan 26 19:12:18 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Wed, 26 Jan 2022 19:12:18 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1078 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201261812.20QICI2l001066@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 18:12:17 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1078

Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/NEWS
   trunk/latex2e.html
   trunk/latex2e.info
   trunk/latex2e.pdf
   trunk/latex2e.texi
Log:
rebuild for Jan 22 release

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -1,6 +1,11 @@
 2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
-	* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm equivalences.
+	January 2022 release to CTAN.
+	* NEWS: update.
+
+2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
+
+	* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm conversions.
 	Report from Geoff Odhner, 24 Jan 2022 22:08:58.
 	Also use @ftable, other wording changes.
 
@@ -159,7 +164,7 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
@@ -168,7 +173,8 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for PDF output.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\DeclareTextSymbol): Fix guillemet glyph for
+	PDF output.
 	(\subsection): Fix Greek letter glyphs for the PDF output.
 	(verse): Align on English with better examples.
 	(Math symbols): Add \Phi --- as per Jim's r722.
@@ -1671,21 +1677,17 @@
 	(Footnotes of footnotes): ``First noted in Wilson'' -> ``Noted in
 	Wilson''.
 
-
 2021-09-05  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e.texi Implement fix suggested by Laurent Van Deik.
-	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
-	it.
+	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using it.
 	(lrbox): Fix @xref.
 
-
 2021-09-01  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (\multicolumn): Typo, credits Faheem Mitha
           2021-09-01 on latexrefman list.
 
-
 2021-09-01  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* common.texi (\mathbbN): New math symbol.
@@ -1912,6 +1914,7 @@
 	  this node.
 
 2021-08-24  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Producing the index manually): Add subsection.
 	Provides a place to define theindex environment.on \caption.
 
@@ -2001,10 +2004,12 @@
 	``before any output'' to ``before any input file is met''.
 
 2021-08-16  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (\caption): Add section on \caption.  Put in
 	cross-references to figure and table entries.
 
 2021-08-13  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Command line input): Replace the graphics draft
 	option example with \includeonly{} example.
 
@@ -2149,11 +2154,13 @@
 	(Command line input): Slurp the text from the French version.
 
 2021-08-11  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Indexes): Expand section header text.
 
 2021-08-11  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e.texi (\newlength): ``command sequence'' -> ``control sequene''.
+	* latex2e.texi (\newlength): ``command sequence'' -> ``control
+	sequence''.
 	(Making paragraphs): Clarify the empty lines are in the source
 	code. Clarify that the paragrapgh separation can have more than
 	one blank line, and the line may be not empty for the
@@ -2176,12 +2183,14 @@
 	(\(SPACE)): Indicate leading blanks are ignored.
 
 2021-08-09  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Font sizes): Add paragraph on using font size
 	commands in formulas.
 
 2021-08-09  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e.texi (\normalsfcodes): ``space factor values'' -> ``space factors''.
+	* latex2e.texi (\normalsfcodes): ``space factor values'' ->
+	``space factors''.
 	(\(SPACE) ): @key{...}-ify index entries such as \NEWLINE ->
 	\@key{NEWLINE}. Use a two column table in the exemple to stress
 	change of space amount. Make more generic the statement about
@@ -2211,6 +2220,7 @@
 	\frenchspacing. Some rewording.
 
 2021-08-05  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (Math styles): Add section on Math styles,
 	include moving some material from Math formulas and expanding.
 
@@ -2223,17 +2233,20 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Spaces): Re-align on the English version.
 	(\enspace & \quad & \qquad): New node, translate from English.
-	(\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak, \strut): New nodes to be translated
+	(\bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak, \strut): New nodes to be
+	translated
 	(\vspace, \vfill, \addvspace): Change order of these nodes to align the
 	doc strcuture on English version.
 
 2021-08-04  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align node on English version.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align node on
+	English version.
 
 2021-08-04  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\clearpage & \cleardoublepage): Align node on English version.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\clearpage & \cleardoublepage): Align node on
+	English version.
 
 2021-08-04  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
@@ -2247,16 +2260,19 @@
 
 2021-08-03  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Add fontspec to the package index + add word put.
+	* latex2e.texi (fontenc package): Add fontspec to the package
+	index + add word put.
 	(\newcommand & \renewcommand): letter -> character, as \ is not a
 	letter + minor clarification.
 
 2021-07-26  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         * latex2e.texi (\pagebreak & \nopagebreak): add mention of
 	\samepage and samepage environment; note they are obsolete and
 	unreliable.
 
 2021-07-24  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
+
         New release for CTAN, version of July 2021.
 
 2021-07-21  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>

Modified: trunk/NEWS
===================================================================
--- trunk/NEWS	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/NEWS	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -5,22 +5,31 @@
 Spanish translation originally from Nacho Pacheco (currently looking for
 a maintainer).
 
-
 Changes in January 2022 release:
+
 Some changes in January 2022 release:
 
-Some noteworthy changes since the last release:
+New sections:
+* \caption
+* BibTeX error messages
+* Producing the index manually
 
+Fixes:
+* Units of length: correct pt/mm/cm conversions.
+* Command line input: extended text.
+* throughout: index entries; typographical, reference, wording.
 
+
 Changes in July 2021 release
 
+(see ChangeLog)
+
 
 Changes in July 2020 release:
 
-Some noteworthy changes since the last release:
- * Entries for \openin, \openout, \message, \write, \write18.
- * Section on fontenc.
- * Section on math delimiters.
- * Describe -output-directory option.
- * Section on xr.
- * Section on expressions.
- * Entry on \contentsline.
+* Entries for \openin, \openout, \message, \write, \write18.
+* Section on fontenc.
+* Section on math delimiters.
+* Describe -output-directory option.
+* Section on xr.
+* Section on expressions.
+* Entry on \contentsline.
 
 
 Changes in October 2018 release:
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.html	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/latex2e.html	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</title>
+<title>LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 </head>
 
 <body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</h1>
 
 
 
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@
 <span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 
 <div class="Contents_element" id="SEC_Contents">
@@ -9969,7 +9969,9 @@
 </div>
 <span id="sloppypar-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-sloppypar"></span>
+<span id="index-environment_002c-sloppypar"></span>
+<span id="index-sloppypar-environment-1"></span>
+        
 <span id="index-sloppypar-environment"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:
@@ -10658,7 +10660,7 @@
        \textit{HMS Polychrest} &amp;Post Captain  \\  
        \textit{HMS Lively}     &amp;Post Captain \\
        \textit{HMS Surprise}   &amp;A number of books\footnote{%
-                                  Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+                                  Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
      \end{tabular}
   \end{minipage}                              
 \end{center}
@@ -10695,8 +10697,11 @@
 \end{center}
 </pre></div>
 
+<span id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></span>
+<span id="index-tablefootnote-package"></span>
+
 <p>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (see <a href="#table"><code>table</code></a>), use the
-<samp>tablefootnote</samp> package.
+<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\usepackage{tablefootnote}  % in preamble
@@ -12453,10 +12458,10 @@
 \end{minipage}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (see <a href="#g_t_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
+<p>TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>,
+<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(see <a href="#g_t_005chfill"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="#g_t_005cvfill"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
 </p>
 <p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and
@@ -12491,78 +12496,91 @@
 <dl compact="compact">
 <dt id='index-pt'><span><code>pt</code><a href='#index-pt' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
-is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. 
+<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm. 
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-pica'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pica' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-pc"></span>
+<dt id='index-pc'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-pica"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-pc"></span><p>Pica, 12 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-in'><span><code>in</code><a href='#index-in' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-inch"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch,  72.27 pt
+<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-bp'><span><code>bp</code><a href='#index-bp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-big-point"></span>
+<span id="index-PostScript-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-centimeter'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-centimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter
+<dt id='index-mm'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-mm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-millimeter'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-millimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-mm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter
+<dt id='index-cm'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-cm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter, 10 mm
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-didot-point'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-didot-point' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dd"></span>
+<dt id='index-dd'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-dd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-cicero'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cicero' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cc"></span>
+<dt id='index-cc'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-cicero"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-scaled-point'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-scaled-point' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-sp"></span>
+<dt id='index-sp'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-sp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl>
 
+<p>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code>ex</code><a href='#index-ex-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
 <span id="index-ex"></span>
-<span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
-<span id="index-ex-1"></span>
-<span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
-<span id="index-em"></span>
-<span id="index-em-1"></span>
-<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="Lengths_002fen"></span><span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><span id="units-of-length-en"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font.  The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
+<span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
 height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>).  Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes.  For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
 </p>
-<span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
-<span id="index-mu"></span>
-<p>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<em>mu</em> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code>em</code><a href='#index-em-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
+<span id="index-em"></span>
+<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><p>Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will
+have 1em = 10pt.  LaTeX has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (see <a href="#g_t_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></a>).
 </p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-mu'><span><code>mu</code><a href='#index-mu' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mu"></span><p>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <em>mu</em>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family.  See <a href="#Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
 
+<p>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</p>
 <hr>
 </div>
 <div class="section" id="g_t_005csetlength">
@@ -12602,10 +12620,8 @@
 <code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
 then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
 \sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be
-read again&gt; \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>&rsquo;
+then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>&rsquo;.
 </p>
-
 <hr>
 </div>
 <div class="section" id="g_t_005caddtolength">
@@ -13390,7 +13406,7 @@
 
 <p>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
 packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<code>amsmath</code> and <samp>amssymb</samp> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
+<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
 package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>).  New
 documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
 Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;
@@ -13639,7 +13655,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code>\Box</code><a href='#index-_005cBox' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25A1; Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+(ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code>\bullet</code><a href='#index-_005cbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -13673,7 +13689,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code>\complement</code><a href='#index-_005ccomplement' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2201;, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also used:
+<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
 <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or&nbsp;<code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -13712,7 +13728,7 @@
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code>\Diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cDiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code>\diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -13959,7 +13975,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code>\lhd</code><a href='#index-_005clhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
 and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -14068,7 +14084,7 @@
 following operator (relation).
 </p>
 <p>Many negated operators are available that don&rsquo;t require <code>\not</code>,
-particularly with the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
+particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
 is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -14226,7 +14242,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code>\restriction</code><a href='#index-_005crestriction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x21BE;, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code>\revemptyset</code><a href='#index-_005crevemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -14242,7 +14258,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code>\rhd</code><a href='#index-_005crhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -14334,7 +14350,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code>\sqsubset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x228F;, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code>\sqsubseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -14344,7 +14360,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code>\sqsupset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2290;, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code>\sqsupseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -14432,21 +14448,21 @@
 <dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code>\triangleleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleleft' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Not-filled triangle pointing left
 (binary). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
+should load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
 is a relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code>\triangleright</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25B7; Not-filled triangle pointing right
 (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code>\unlhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunlhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x22B4; Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </p>
@@ -14454,7 +14470,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code>\unrhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunrhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x22B5; Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </p>
@@ -14486,7 +14502,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code>\upharpoonright</code><a href='#index-_005cupharpoonright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x21BE;, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
 (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\restriction</code>.
-Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code>\uplus</code><a href='#index-_005cuplus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -14512,7 +14528,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code>\vanothing</code><a href='#index-_005cvanothing' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2205;, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
-<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code>\varphi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarphi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -16606,7 +16622,7 @@
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><span><code>empty</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The header and footer is empty.
+<dd><p>The header and footer are both empty.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><span><code>headings</code></span></dt>
@@ -17485,7 +17501,7 @@
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.
@@ -17493,7 +17509,7 @@
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
-  \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
@@ -19214,7 +19230,7 @@
 
 <p>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>.
 </p>
-<p>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<p>This example declares that all files with names of the form
 <samp>filename-without-dot.mps</samp> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.
@@ -19902,7 +19918,7 @@
 <p>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be
 the box&rsquo;s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to
 be height+depth.  For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This
+quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
 box has both height and depth.}}</code>.
 </p>
 <p>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and
@@ -20688,9 +20704,9 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
 </p>
 <p>These are accented &lsquo;<samp>e</samp>&rsquo; characters.
 </p>
@@ -20702,7 +20718,8 @@
 \accent23 e
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<p>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
 </p>
 <p>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
 outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is
@@ -23201,9 +23218,9 @@
 <pre class="example">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  The <var>number</var>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in LuaLaTeX
-<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255).
+<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  In most engines,
+the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in
+LuaLaTeX, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
 </p>
 <p>Here TeX opens the file <samp>presidents.tex</samp> for reading.
 </p>
@@ -26049,6 +26066,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#quotation-_0026-quote">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabbing">tabbing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
@@ -26241,7 +26259,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#TeX-engines">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inch"><code>inch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cincludegraphics">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
@@ -26640,6 +26658,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#minipage">minipage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_007e">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>suffix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>texosquery</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cwrite18">\write18</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Upper-and-lower-case">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cline">\line</a></td></tr>
@@ -26730,6 +26749,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#picture">picture</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-positional-parameter">positional parameter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-PostScript-point">PostScript point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Units-of-length">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cps">\ps</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Text-symbols">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#makeindex">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -26847,8 +26867,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewlength">\newlength</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Document-classes">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar"><code>sloppypar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code>sloppypar</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#sloppypar">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-slot_002c-font">slot, font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cDeclareTextAccent">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Font-styles">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cnewglossaryentry">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
@@ -26929,6 +26949,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-section-headings">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Table-of-contents-etc_002e">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Sectioning">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tablefootnote-package"><code>tablefootnote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Footnotes-in-a-table">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#table">table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#tabular">tabular</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code>article</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#article-template">article template</a></td></tr>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.info
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.info	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/latex2e.info	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 latex2e.texi.
 
 This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a document
-preparation system, version of October 2021.
+preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
    This manual was originally translated from 'LATEX.HLP' v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by George D.
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
 Dietze.  (From these references no text was directly copied.)
 
    Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016,
-2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
 
@@ -44,8 +44,8 @@
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October
-2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of January
+2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 * Menu:
 
@@ -7479,7 +7479,7 @@
             \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain  \\
             \textit{HMS Lively}     &Post Captain \\
             \textit{HMS Surprise}   &A number of books\footnote{%
-                                       Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+                                       Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
           \end{tabular}
        \end{minipage}
      \end{center}
@@ -8837,10 +8837,10 @@
        \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
      \end{minipage}
 
-   TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil',
-'fill', and 'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier
-ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note
-\hfill:: and *note \vfill::).
+   TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', 'fill',
+and 'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
+Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and
+*note \vfill::).
 
    Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length,
 so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
@@ -8867,8 +8867,8 @@
 mode.
 
 'pt'
-     Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units is 1point =
-     2.845mm = .2845cm.
+     Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+     is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
 
 'pc'
      Pica, 12 pt
@@ -8880,12 +8880,12 @@
      Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
      PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 
+'mm'
+     Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+
 'cm'
-     Centimeter
+     Centimeter, 10 mm
 
-'mm'
-     Millimeter
-
 'dd'
      Didot point, 1.07 pt
 
@@ -8895,21 +8895,32 @@
 'sp'
      Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 
-   Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer
-of the font.  The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the
-height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
-Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
-often used for horizontal lengths (there is also '\enspace', which is
-'0.5em').  Use of these can help make a definition work better across
-font changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between
-list items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}'
-is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
+   Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+
+'ex'
+     The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the height of
+     the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
+
+'em'
+     Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
+     often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often the size of
+     the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will have 1em = 10pt.
+     LaTeX has several commands to produce horizontal spaces based on
+     the em (*note \enspace & \quad & \qquad::).
+
+'mu'
+     Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of
+     the math unit "mu", defined by 1em = 18mu, where the em is taken
+     from the current math symbols family.  *Note Spacing in math
+     mode::.
+
+   Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}' is
+more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
 definition given in points.
 
-   In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math
-unit "mu" given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  *Note Spacing in math mode::.
-
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \setlength,  Next: \addtolength,  Prev: Units of length,  Up: Lengths
 
@@ -8940,8 +8951,7 @@
 '\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
 get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
 If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get
-an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}'
+an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero.'.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: \addtolength,  Next: \settodepth,  Prev: \setlength,  Up: Lengths
@@ -11871,7 +11881,7 @@
      centered.
 
 'empty'
-     The header and footer is empty.
+     The header and footer are both empty.
 
 'headings'
      Put running headers and footers on each page.  The document style
@@ -12531,13 +12541,13 @@
 here
 
      \renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
-       \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+       \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
 
 which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.  Similarly, adjust
 the dot spacing as with
 
      \renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
-       \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+       \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
 
 which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
 
@@ -13827,7 +13837,7 @@
 
    Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in EXTENSION.
 
-   This example declares that all files with names have the form
+   This example declares that all files with names of the form
 'filename-without-dot.mps' will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.
@@ -14354,8 +14364,8 @@
 
    The unstarred form '\resizebox' takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box's
 height while the starred form '\resizebox*' takes it to be height+depth.
-For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter inch with
-'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This box has both height and
+For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter-inch with
+'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and
 depth.}}'.
 
    You can use '\depth', '\height', '\totalheight', and '\width' to
@@ -14814,8 +14824,8 @@
 
    A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
 accent marks and letters.  The accent mark is selected by NUMBER, a
-numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument to
+construct the accented character in the current font.
 
    These are accented 'e' characters.
 
@@ -14825,7 +14835,8 @@
      \accent22 e
      \accent23 e
 
-The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
 
    The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so
 the outcome of '\accent' use may differ between fonts.  In LaTeX it is
@@ -16644,9 +16655,9 @@
 
      \openout NUMBER=FILENAME
 
-   Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  The NUMBER must
-be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3' (in LuaLaTeX NUMBER can be between
-0 and 255).
+   Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  In most
+engines, the NUMBER must be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3'; in
+LuaLaTeX, NUMBER can be between 0 and 127.
 
    Here TeX opens the file 'presidents.tex' for reading.
 
@@ -19054,7 +19065,7 @@
 * box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.    (line   6)
 * box, use saved box:                    \usebox.             (line   6)
 * boxes:                                 Boxes.               (line   6)
-* bp:                                    Units of length.     (line  20)
+* bp:                                    Units of length.     (line  19)
 * brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.        (line  89)
 * brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.        (line  92)
 * braces:                                Delimiters.          (line   6)
@@ -19079,7 +19090,7 @@
                                                               (line  18)
 * category code, character:              \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                               (line  18)
-* cc:                                    Units of length.     (line  33)
+* cc:                                    Units of length.     (line  32)
 * cc list, in letters:                   \cc.                 (line   6)
 * cedilla accent:                        Accents.             (line  61)
 * center environment:                    center.              (line   6)
@@ -19089,7 +19100,7 @@
 * centered period, in text:              Text symbols.        (line 170)
 * centering text, declaration for:       \centering.          (line   6)
 * centering text, environment for:       center.              (line   6)
-* centimeter:                            Units of length.     (line  24)
+* centimeter:                            Units of length.     (line  27)
 * changing case of characters:           Upper and lower case.
                                                               (line   6)
 * chapter:                               Sectioning.          (line   6)
@@ -19143,7 +19154,7 @@
                                                               (line  99)
 * closing letters:                       \closing.            (line   6)
 * closing quote:                         Text symbols.        (line  58)
-* cm:                                    Units of length.     (line  24)
+* cm:                                    Units of length.     (line  26)
 * cm-super package:                      fontenc package.     (line  36)
 * cmd.exe, used by \write18:             \write18.            (line  60)
 * code, typesetting:                     verbatim.            (line   6)
@@ -19220,7 +19231,7 @@
 * dbltopnumber:                          Floats.              (line 134)
 * dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.              (line 135)
 * dcolumn package:                       array.               (line  74)
-* dd:                                    Units of length.     (line  30)
+* dd:                                    Units of length.     (line  29)
 * declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes.         (line  24)
 * declaration form of font style commands: Font styles.       (line   8)
 * define color:                          Define colors.       (line   6)
@@ -19302,8 +19313,8 @@
 * e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.         (line  16)
 * ellipses:                              Dots.                (line   6)
 * ellipsis:                              Text symbols.        (line  39)
-* em:                                    Units of length.     (line  38)
-* em <1>:                                Units of length.     (line  38)
+* em:                                    Units of length.     (line  46)
+* em <1>:                                Units of length.     (line  45)
 * em-dash:                               Text symbols.        (line 119)
 * em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.        (line 201)
 * em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.        (line 207)
@@ -19352,6 +19363,7 @@
 * environment, picture:                  picture.             (line   6)
 * environment, quotation:                quotation & quote.   (line   6)
 * environment, quote:                    quotation & quote.   (line   6)
+* environment, sloppypar:                sloppypar.           (line   6)
 * environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.             (line   6)
 * environment, table:                    table.               (line   6)
 * environment, tabular:                  tabular.             (line   6)
@@ -19394,8 +19406,8 @@
 * euro symbol:                           Text symbols.        (line 128)
 * eurosym package:                       Text symbols.        (line 128)
 * eurosym package <1>:                   Text symbols.        (line 129)
-* ex:                                    Units of length.     (line  38)
-* ex <1>:                                Units of length.     (line  38)
+* ex:                                    Units of length.     (line  42)
+* ex <1>:                                Units of length.     (line  41)
 * exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.        (line 136)
 * executivepaper option:                 Document class options.
                                                               (line  19)
@@ -19579,7 +19591,7 @@
 * immediate \write:                      \write.              (line  60)
 * implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.         (line   6)
 * importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.    (line   6)
-* in:                                    Units of length.     (line  17)
+* in:                                    Units of length.     (line  16)
 * inch:                                  Units of length.     (line  17)
 * including graphics:                    \includegraphics.    (line   6)
 * indent, forcing:                       \indent & \noindent. (line   6)
@@ -19751,7 +19763,7 @@
 * lualatex-dev:                          TeX engines.         (line  65)
 * LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.         (line  33)
 * LuaTeX, 256 output streams in:         \write.              (line  42)
-* m-width:                               Units of length.     (line  38)
+* m-width:                               Units of length.     (line  46)
 * macron accent:                         Accents.             (line  36)
 * macron accent, math:                   Math accents.        (line  14)
 * macros2e package:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
@@ -19802,21 +19814,21 @@
                                                               (line  45)
 * mhchem package:                        Subscripts & superscripts.
                                                               (line  62)
-* millimeter:                            Units of length.     (line  27)
+* millimeter:                            Units of length.     (line  24)
 * minipage environment:                  minipage.            (line   6)
 * minipage, creating a:                  minipage.            (line   6)
 * minted package:                        tabbing.             (line 146)
 * minted package <1>:                    verbatim.            (line  35)
 * minted package <2>:                    \verb.               (line  42)
 * mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.                (line  25)
-* mm:                                    Units of length.     (line  27)
+* mm:                                    Units of length.     (line  23)
 * modes:                                 Modes.               (line   6)
 * monospace font:                        Font styles.         (line  97)
 * moving arguments:                      \protect.            (line  19)
 * mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.           (line  62)
 * mpfootnote counter <1>:                Counters.            (line  15)
-* mu:                                    Units of length.     (line  49)
-* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.     (line  49)
+* mu:                                    Units of length.     (line  52)
+* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.     (line  53)
 * multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.          (line   6)
 * multilingual support:                  Accents.             (line   6)
 * multind package:                       Indexes.             (line  51)
@@ -20046,6 +20058,8 @@
 * package, siunitx:                      minipage.            (line 137)
 * package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                   (line  42)
 * package, suffix:                       \@ifstar.            (line  64)
+* package, tablefootnote:                Footnotes in a table.
+                                                              (line  53)
 * package, texosquery:                   \write18.            (line  65)
 * package, textcase:                     Upper and lower case.
                                                               (line  42)
@@ -20117,7 +20131,7 @@
 * part <1>:                              \part.               (line   6)
 * part counter:                          Counters.            (line  15)
 * pattern, current tab stops, tabbing:   tabbing.             (line  51)
-* pc:                                    Units of length.     (line  14)
+* pc:                                    Units of length.     (line  13)
 * PDF graphic files:                     \includegraphics.    (line   6)
 * pdflatex:                              TeX engines.         (line  15)
 * pdflatex command:                      Output files.        (line  20)
@@ -20153,6 +20167,7 @@
 * positional parameter:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                               (line  54)
 * postamble:                             makeindex.           (line  54)
+* PostScript point:                      Units of length.     (line  20)
 * postscript, in letters:                \ps.                 (line   6)
 * pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.        (line  51)
 * preamble:                              makeindex.           (line  50)
@@ -20162,7 +20177,7 @@
                                                               (line  23)
 * pronunciation:                         Overview.            (line  27)
 * PSTricks package:                      \line.               (line  35)
-* pt:                                    Units of length.     (line  10)
+* pt:                                    Units of length.     (line   9)
 * quad:                                  Spacing in math mode.
                                                               (line  69)
 * question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.        (line 173)
@@ -20278,13 +20293,13 @@
 * skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.          (line   6)
 * slanted font:                          Font styles.         (line  94)
 * slides class:                          Document classes.    (line  11)
-* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.           (line   6)
 * sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.           (line   6)
+* sloppypar environment <1>:             sloppypar.           (line   6)
 * slot, font:                            \DeclareTextAccent.  (line  13)
 * small caps font:                       Font styles.         (line  88)
 * sort:                                  \newglossaryentry.   (line  55)
 * source files, making self-contained:   filecontents.        (line  42)
-* sp:                                    Units of length.     (line  36)
+* sp:                                    Units of length.     (line  35)
 * space between lines:                   \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                               (line   6)
 * space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.                (line   6)
@@ -20377,6 +20392,8 @@
 * table of contents, creating:           Table of contents etc..
                                                               (line   6)
 * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.  (line  81)
+* tablefootnote package:                 Footnotes in a table.
+                                                              (line  53)
 * tables, creating:                      table.               (line   6)
 * tabular environment:                   tabular.             (line   6)
 * template (simple), article:            article template.    (line   6)
@@ -20531,7 +20548,7 @@
                                                               (line  48)
 * writing external files:                filecontents.        (line   6)
 * writing letters:                       Letters.             (line   6)
-* x-height:                              Units of length.     (line  38)
+* x-height:                              Units of length.     (line  42)
 * xdvi command:                          Output files.        (line  10)
 * xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.         (line  42)
 * xelatex:                               TeX engines.         (line  41)
@@ -20549,550 +20566,549 @@
 
 
 Tag Table:
-Node: Top1855
-Node: About this document3662
-Node: Overview5400
-Node: Starting and ending7180
-Ref: Starting & ending7315
-Node: Output files8492
-Ref: output files dvi8771
-Ref: output files pdf9283
-Ref: output files log9608
-Ref: output files aux9805
-Node: TeX engines10774
-Ref: tex engines latex11310
-Ref: tex engines lualatex12145
-Ref: tex engines xelatex12606
-Node: LaTeX command syntax14566
-Node: Environment16493
-Node: CTAN17720
-Node: Document classes19176
-Ref: document classes article19616
-Ref: document classes book19704
-Ref: document classes letter19889
-Ref: document classes report19965
-Ref: document classes slides20117
-Node: Document class options20570
-Node: Additional packages23652
-Node: Class and package construction24283
-Node: Class and package structure25733
-Node: Class and package commands28028
-Node: Fonts45633
-Ref: Typefaces45736
-Node: fontenc package47698
-Node: \DeclareFontEncoding51950
-Node: \DeclareTextAccent53370
-Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault54289
-Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand55364
-Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault57616
-Node: \DeclareTextComposite58928
-Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand60013
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbol60695
-Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault61804
-Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding62764
-Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent63388
-Node: Font styles64598
-Node: Font sizes68828
-Node: Low-level font commands71707
-Ref: low level font commands fontencoding71991
-Ref: low level font commands fontfamily72547
-Ref: low level font commands fontseries73310
-Ref: low level font commands fontshape74442
-Ref: low level font commands fontsize74759
-Ref: low level font commands linespread75336
-Ref: low level font commands selectfont75617
-Ref: low level font commands usefont75943
-Node: Layout76186
-Node: \onecolumn76752
-Node: \twocolumn77111
-Ref: twocolumn columnsep77734
-Ref: twocolumn columnseprule77978
-Ref: twocolumn columnwidth78278
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction78861
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction79827
-Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep80065
-Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep80374
-Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber80554
-Node: \flushbottom81503
-Node: \raggedbottom82603
-Node: Page layout parameters83139
-Ref: page layout parameters columnsep83368
-Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule83368
-Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth83368
-Ref: page layout parameters headheight83622
-Ref: page layout parameters headsep83789
-Ref: page layout parameters footskip84101
-Ref: page layout parameters linewidth84435
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush84788
-Ref: page layout parameters marginsep84788
-Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth84788
-Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin85828
-Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin85828
-Ref: page layout parameters paperheight86373
-Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth86599
-Ref: page layout parameters textheight86823
-Ref: page layout parameters textwidth87212
-Ref: page layout parameters hsize88150
-Ref: page layout parameters topmargin88347
-Ref: page layout parameters topskip88651
-Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch88867
-Node: Floats94037
-Ref: floats bottomfraction98375
-Ref: floats floatpagefraction98502
-Ref: floats textfraction98613
-Ref: floats topfraction98815
-Ref: floats floatsep99067
-Ref: floats intextsep99177
-Ref: floats textfloatsep99392
-Ref: floats bottomnumber99656
-Ref: floats dbltopnumber99764
-Ref: floats topnumber99883
-Ref: floats totalnumber99987
-Node: \caption100604
-Node: Sectioning103330
-Ref: sectioning secnumdepth106439
-Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth106439
-Ref: sectioning tocdepth107065
-Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth107065
-Node: \part108105
-Node: \chapter110277
-Node: \section114050
-Node: \subsection117317
-Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph120031
-Node: \appendix122688
-Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter123981
-Node: \@startsection125390
-Ref: startsection name126879
-Ref: \@startsection/name126879
-Ref: startsection level127333
-Ref: \@startsection/level127333
-Ref: startsection indent128214
-Ref: \@startsection/indent128214
-Ref: startsection beforeskip128477
-Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip128477
-Ref: startsection afterskip129998
-Ref: \@startsection/afterskip129998
-Ref: startsection style131309
-Ref: \@startsection/style131309
-Node: Cross references135010
-Node: \label137159
-Node: \pageref138979
-Node: \ref139769
-Node: xr package140764
-Node: Environments142585
-Node: abstract144587
-Node: array146176
-Node: center149089
-Node: \centering150842
-Node: description152339
-Node: displaymath154556
-Node: document156252
-Node: \AtBeginDocument156682
-Node: \AtEndDocument157306
-Node: enumerate157950
-Ref: enumerate enumi159813
-Ref: enumerate enumii159813
-Ref: enumerate enumiii159813
-Ref: enumerate enumiv159813
-Ref: enumerate labelenumi160211
-Ref: enumerate labelenumii160211
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiii160211
-Ref: enumerate labelenumiv160211
-Node: eqnarray160750
-Node: equation162746
-Node: figure163414
-Node: filecontents165587
-Node: flushleft167496
-Node: \raggedright168523
-Node: flushright169721
-Node: \raggedleft170545
-Node: itemize171416
-Ref: itemize labelitemi172964
-Ref: itemize labelitemii172964
-Ref: itemize labelitemiii172964
-Ref: itemize labelitemiv172964
-Ref: itemize leftmargin173623
-Ref: itemize leftmargini173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginii173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiii173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginiv173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginv173623
-Ref: itemize leftmarginvi173623
-Node: letter175105
-Node: list175343
-Ref: list makelabel177790
-Ref: list itemindent179175
-Ref: list itemsep179312
-Ref: list labelsep179965
-Ref: list labelwidth180128
-Ref: list leftmargin181139
-Ref: list listparindent181992
-Ref: list parsep182223
-Ref: list partopsep182691
-Ref: list rightmargin183489
-Ref: list topsep183674
-Ref: list beginparpenalty187250
-Ref: list itempenalty187349
-Ref: list endparpenalty187453
-Node: \item188324
-Node: trivlist189570
-Node: math191098
-Node: minipage191404
-Node: picture197001
-Node: \put203231
-Node: \multiput203796
-Node: \qbezier204535
-Node: \graphpaper206008
-Node: \line206802
-Node: \linethickness208776
-Node: \thinlines209241
-Node: \thicklines209652
-Node: \circle210037
-Node: \oval210579
-Node: \shortstack211594
-Node: \vector213292
-Node: \makebox (picture)214206
-Node: \framebox (picture)215388
-Node: \frame216861
-Node: \dashbox217301
-Node: quotation & quote218436
-Node: tabbing219332
-Node: table225235
-Node: tabular227318
-Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth233655
-Ref: tabular arraystrech233895
-Ref: tabular doublerulesep234116
-Ref: tabular tabcolsep234252
-Node: \multicolumn234773
-Node: \vline238650
-Node: \cline240041
-Node: \hline240751
-Node: thebibliography241433
-Node: \bibitem243916
-Node: \cite246218
-Node: \nocite248086
-Node: Using BibTeX248594
-Node: BibTeX error messages250974
-Node: theorem251879
-Node: titlepage252801
-Node: verbatim254084
-Node: \verb255897
-Node: verse257990
-Node: Line breaking259217
-Node: \\260583
-Node: \obeycr & \restorecr263013
-Node: \newline263824
-Node: \- (hyphenation)264865
-Node: \discretionary266505
-Node: \fussy & \sloppy267396
-Node: sloppypar268211
-Node: \hyphenation269357
-Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak269977
-Node: Page breaking271157
-Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage273187
-Node: \newpage274707
-Node: \enlargethispage276005
-Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak276961
-Node: Footnotes278932
-Node: \footnote280078
-Ref: footnote footnoterule281346
-Ref: footnote footnotesep281957
-Node: \footnotemark283023
-Node: \footnotetext285380
-Node: Footnotes in section headings285982
-Node: Footnotes in a table286815
-Node: Footnotes of footnotes289737
-Node: Definitions290435
-Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand291482
-Node: Control sequences296917
-Node: \providecommand298271
-Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother299434
-Node: \@ifstar301536
-Node: \newcounter305021
-Node: \newlength306741
-Node: \newsavebox307664
-Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment308643
-Node: \newtheorem313967
-Node: \newfont317539
-Node: \protect318772
-Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend321160
-Node: xspace package323910
-Node: Counters326120
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol327821
-Node: \usecounter330456
-Node: \value331315
-Node: \setcounter332368
-Node: \addtocounter332964
-Node: \refstepcounter333418
-Node: \stepcounter334087
-Node: \day & \month & \year334640
-Node: Lengths335549
-Node: Units of length340137
-Ref: units of length pt340340
-Ref: units of length pc340440
-Ref: units of length in340463
-Ref: units of length bp340489
-Ref: units of length cm340620
+Node: Top1861
+Node: About this document3668
+Node: Overview5406
+Node: Starting and ending7186
+Ref: Starting & ending7321
+Node: Output files8498
+Ref: output files dvi8777
+Ref: output files pdf9289
+Ref: output files log9614
+Ref: output files aux9811
+Node: TeX engines10780
+Ref: tex engines latex11316
+Ref: tex engines lualatex12151
+Ref: tex engines xelatex12612
+Node: LaTeX command syntax14572
+Node: Environment16499
+Node: CTAN17726
+Node: Document classes19182
+Ref: document classes article19622
+Ref: document classes book19710
+Ref: document classes letter19895
+Ref: document classes report19971
+Ref: document classes slides20123
+Node: Document class options20576
+Node: Additional packages23658
+Node: Class and package construction24289
+Node: Class and package structure25739
+Node: Class and package commands28034
+Node: Fonts45639
+Ref: Typefaces45742
+Node: fontenc package47704
+Node: \DeclareFontEncoding51956
+Node: \DeclareTextAccent53376
+Node: \DeclareTextAccentDefault54295
+Node: \DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand55370
+Node: \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault57622
+Node: \DeclareTextComposite58934
+Node: \DeclareTextCompositeCommand60019
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbol60701
+Node: \DeclareTextSymbolDefault61810
+Node: \LastDeclaredEncoding62770
+Node: \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent63394
+Node: Font styles64604
+Node: Font sizes68834
+Node: Low-level font commands71713
+Ref: low level font commands fontencoding71997
+Ref: low level font commands fontfamily72553
+Ref: low level font commands fontseries73316
+Ref: low level font commands fontshape74448
+Ref: low level font commands fontsize74765
+Ref: low level font commands linespread75342
+Ref: low level font commands selectfont75623
+Ref: low level font commands usefont75949
+Node: Layout76192
+Node: \onecolumn76758
+Node: \twocolumn77117
+Ref: twocolumn columnsep77740
+Ref: twocolumn columnseprule77984
+Ref: twocolumn columnwidth78284
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopfraction78867
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction79833
+Ref: twocolumn dblfloatsep80071
+Ref: twocolumn dbltextfloatsep80380
+Ref: twocolumn dbltopnumber80560
+Node: \flushbottom81509
+Node: \raggedbottom82609
+Node: Page layout parameters83145
+Ref: page layout parameters columnsep83374
+Ref: page layout parameters columnseprule83374
+Ref: page layout parameters columnwidth83374
+Ref: page layout parameters headheight83628
+Ref: page layout parameters headsep83795
+Ref: page layout parameters footskip84107
+Ref: page layout parameters linewidth84441
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparpush84794
+Ref: page layout parameters marginsep84794
+Ref: page layout parameters marginparwidth84794
+Ref: page layout parameters oddsidemargin85834
+Ref: page layout parameters evensidemargin85834
+Ref: page layout parameters paperheight86379
+Ref: page layout parameters paperwidth86605
+Ref: page layout parameters textheight86829
+Ref: page layout parameters textwidth87218
+Ref: page layout parameters hsize88156
+Ref: page layout parameters topmargin88353
+Ref: page layout parameters topskip88657
+Node: \baselineskip & \baselinestretch88873
+Node: Floats94043
+Ref: floats bottomfraction98381
+Ref: floats floatpagefraction98508
+Ref: floats textfraction98619
+Ref: floats topfraction98821
+Ref: floats floatsep99073
+Ref: floats intextsep99183
+Ref: floats textfloatsep99398
+Ref: floats bottomnumber99662
+Ref: floats dbltopnumber99770
+Ref: floats topnumber99889
+Ref: floats totalnumber99993
+Node: \caption100610
+Node: Sectioning103336
+Ref: sectioning secnumdepth106445
+Ref: Sectioning/secnumdepth106445
+Ref: sectioning tocdepth107071
+Ref: Sectioning/tocdepth107071
+Node: \part108111
+Node: \chapter110283
+Node: \section114056
+Node: \subsection117323
+Node: \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph120037
+Node: \appendix122694
+Node: \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter123987
+Node: \@startsection125396
+Ref: startsection name126885
+Ref: \@startsection/name126885
+Ref: startsection level127339
+Ref: \@startsection/level127339
+Ref: startsection indent128220
+Ref: \@startsection/indent128220
+Ref: startsection beforeskip128483
+Ref: \@startsection/beforeskip128483
+Ref: startsection afterskip130004
+Ref: \@startsection/afterskip130004
+Ref: startsection style131315
+Ref: \@startsection/style131315
+Node: Cross references135016
+Node: \label137165
+Node: \pageref138985
+Node: \ref139775
+Node: xr package140770
+Node: Environments142591
+Node: abstract144593
+Node: array146182
+Node: center149095
+Node: \centering150848
+Node: description152345
+Node: displaymath154562
+Node: document156258
+Node: \AtBeginDocument156688
+Node: \AtEndDocument157312
+Node: enumerate157956
+Ref: enumerate enumi159819
+Ref: enumerate enumii159819
+Ref: enumerate enumiii159819
+Ref: enumerate enumiv159819
+Ref: enumerate labelenumi160217
+Ref: enumerate labelenumii160217
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiii160217
+Ref: enumerate labelenumiv160217
+Node: eqnarray160756
+Node: equation162752
+Node: figure163420
+Node: filecontents165593
+Node: flushleft167502
+Node: \raggedright168529
+Node: flushright169727
+Node: \raggedleft170551
+Node: itemize171422
+Ref: itemize labelitemi172970
+Ref: itemize labelitemii172970
+Ref: itemize labelitemiii172970
+Ref: itemize labelitemiv172970
+Ref: itemize leftmargin173629
+Ref: itemize leftmargini173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginii173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiii173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginiv173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginv173629
+Ref: itemize leftmarginvi173629
+Node: letter175111
+Node: list175349
+Ref: list makelabel177796
+Ref: list itemindent179181
+Ref: list itemsep179318
+Ref: list labelsep179971
+Ref: list labelwidth180134
+Ref: list leftmargin181145
+Ref: list listparindent181998
+Ref: list parsep182229
+Ref: list partopsep182697
+Ref: list rightmargin183495
+Ref: list topsep183680
+Ref: list beginparpenalty187256
+Ref: list itempenalty187355
+Ref: list endparpenalty187459
+Node: \item188330
+Node: trivlist189576
+Node: math191104
+Node: minipage191410
+Node: picture197007
+Node: \put203237
+Node: \multiput203802
+Node: \qbezier204541
+Node: \graphpaper206014
+Node: \line206808
+Node: \linethickness208782
+Node: \thinlines209247
+Node: \thicklines209658
+Node: \circle210043
+Node: \oval210585
+Node: \shortstack211600
+Node: \vector213298
+Node: \makebox (picture)214212
+Node: \framebox (picture)215394
+Node: \frame216867
+Node: \dashbox217307
+Node: quotation & quote218442
+Node: tabbing219338
+Node: table225241
+Node: tabular227324
+Ref: tabular arrayrulewidth233661
+Ref: tabular arraystrech233901
+Ref: tabular doublerulesep234122
+Ref: tabular tabcolsep234258
+Node: \multicolumn234779
+Node: \vline238656
+Node: \cline240047
+Node: \hline240757
+Node: thebibliography241439
+Node: \bibitem243922
+Node: \cite246224
+Node: \nocite248092
+Node: Using BibTeX248600
+Node: BibTeX error messages250980
+Node: theorem251885
+Node: titlepage252807
+Node: verbatim254090
+Node: \verb255903
+Node: verse257996
+Node: Line breaking259223
+Node: \\260589
+Node: \obeycr & \restorecr263019
+Node: \newline263830
+Node: \- (hyphenation)264871
+Node: \discretionary266511
+Node: \fussy & \sloppy267402
+Node: sloppypar268217
+Node: \hyphenation269363
+Node: \linebreak & \nolinebreak269983
+Node: Page breaking271163
+Node: \clearpage & \cleardoublepage273193
+Node: \newpage274713
+Node: \enlargethispage276011
+Node: \pagebreak & \nopagebreak276967
+Node: Footnotes278938
+Node: \footnote280084
+Ref: footnote footnoterule281352
+Ref: footnote footnotesep281963
+Node: \footnotemark283029
+Node: \footnotetext285386
+Node: Footnotes in section headings285988
+Node: Footnotes in a table286821
+Node: Footnotes of footnotes289752
+Node: Definitions290450
+Node: \newcommand & \renewcommand291497
+Node: Control sequences296932
+Node: \providecommand298286
+Node: \makeatletter & \makeatother299449
+Node: \@ifstar301551
+Node: \newcounter305036
+Node: \newlength306756
+Node: \newsavebox307679
+Node: \newenvironment & \renewenvironment308658
+Node: \newtheorem313982
+Node: \newfont317554
+Node: \protect318787
+Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend321175
+Node: xspace package323925
+Node: Counters326135
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol327836
+Node: \usecounter330471
+Node: \value331330
+Node: \setcounter332383
+Node: \addtocounter332979
+Node: \refstepcounter333433
+Node: \stepcounter334102
+Node: \day & \month & \year334655
+Node: Lengths335564
+Node: Units of length340142
+Ref: units of length pt340345
+Ref: units of length pc340462
+Ref: units of length in340485
+Ref: units of length bp340511
 Ref: units of length mm340642
-Ref: units of length dd340664
-Ref: units of length cc340696
-Ref: units of length sp340721
-Ref: Lengths/em340752
-Ref: Lengths/en340752
-Ref: Lengths/ex340752
-Ref: units of length em340752
-Ref: units of length en340752
-Ref: units of length ex340752
-Node: \setlength341608
-Node: \addtolength342791
-Node: \settodepth344214
-Node: \settoheight345202
-Node: \settowidth346200
-Node: \stretch347205
-Node: Expressions348407
-Node: Making paragraphs353221
-Node: \par355536
-Node: \indent & \noindent357582
-Node: \parindent & \parskip359117
-Node: Marginal notes360446
-Ref: marginal notes marginparpush361842
-Ref: marginal notes marginparsep362016
-Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth362148
-Node: Math formulas362497
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts365545
-Node: Math symbols367706
-Node: Arrows391477
-Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath392665
-Node: Blackboard bold394184
-Node: Calligraphic394986
-Node: Delimiters395517
-Node: \left & \right397704
-Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.401741
-Node: Dots404511
-Ref: ellipses cdots404942
-Ref: ellipses ddots405087
-Ref: ellipses ldots405168
-Ref: ellipses vdots405585
-Node: Greek letters406769
-Node: Math functions408448
-Node: Math accents410092
-Node: Over- and Underlining410991
-Node: Spacing in math mode412818
-Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace413749
-Ref: spacing in math mode medspace414200
-Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace414656
-Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace414656
-Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace415137
-Ref: spacing in math mode quad415510
-Ref: spacing in math mode qquad415766
-Node: \smash416104
-Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom418321
-Node: \mathstrut420895
-Node: Math styles421857
-Node: Math miscellany424591
-Node: Colon character & \colon425088
-Node: \*425781
-Node: \frac426361
-Node: \sqrt426732
-Node: \stackrel427318
-Node: Modes427591
-Ref: modes paragraph mode428041
-Ref: modes lr mode428353
-Ref: modes math mode428959
-Ref: modes vertical mode429294
-Ref: modes internal vertical mode429512
-Ref: modes inner paragraph mode430035
-Ref: modes outer paragraph mode430035
-Node: \ensuremath430449
-Node: Page styles431154
-Node: \maketitle431917
-Node: \pagenumbering434935
-Node: \pagestyle436922
-Node: \thispagestyle440424
-Node: Spaces441378
-Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad442698
-Node: \hspace443613
-Node: \hfill445470
-Node: \hss446534
-Node: \spacefactor447228
-Node: \@450635
-Ref: \AT450755
-Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing452695
-Ref: \frenchspacing452813
-Node: \normalsfcodes453615
-Node: \(SPACE)453883
-Ref: Leading blanks455823
-Node: ~456136
-Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace458946
-Node: \/460144
-Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill462102
-Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip463458
-Ref: bigskip464276
-Ref: medskip464480
-Ref: smallskip464689
-Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak465350
-Node: \strut466336
-Node: \vspace469573
-Node: \vfill471134
-Node: \addvspace472062
-Node: Boxes474108
-Node: \mbox & \makebox474814
-Ref: mbox makebox depth476082
-Ref: mbox makebox height476082
-Ref: mbox makebox width476082
-Ref: mbox makebox totalheight476082
-Node: \fbox & \framebox478177
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule479484
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep479674
-Node: \parbox480776
-Node: \raisebox483082
-Ref: raisebox depth484055
-Ref: raisebox height484055
-Ref: raisebox width484055
-Ref: raisebox totalheight484055
-Node: \sbox & \savebox484756
-Node: lrbox487842
-Node: \usebox488728
-Node: Color489167
-Node: Color package options489966
-Node: Color models491612
-Ref: color models cmyk492409
-Ref: color models gray492772
-Ref: color models rgb492921
-Ref: color models RGB493258
-Ref: color models named493633
-Node: Commands for color493921
-Node: Define colors494336
-Node: Colored text495061
-Node: Colored boxes497458
-Node: Colored pages498847
-Node: Graphics499540
-Node: Graphics package options501666
-Node: Graphics package configuration504419
-Node: \graphicspath505221
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions508179
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule509997
-Node: Commands for graphics513178
-Node: \includegraphics513683
-Ref: includegraphics width518746
-Ref: includegraphics height519279
-Ref: includegraphics totalheight519685
-Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio519949
-Ref: includegraphics viewport521635
-Ref: includegraphics trim522030
-Ref: includegraphics clip522486
-Ref: includegraphics page522746
-Ref: includegraphics pagebox522837
-Ref: includegraphics interpolate523702
-Ref: includegraphics quiet523907
-Ref: includegraphics draft524068
-Ref: includegraphics bb524873
-Ref: includegraphics bbllx525271
-Ref: includegraphics bblly525271
-Ref: includegraphics bburx525271
-Ref: includegraphics bbury525271
-Ref: includegraphics natwidth525413
-Ref: includegraphics natheight525413
-Ref: includegraphics hiresbb525599
-Ref: includegraphics type526361
-Ref: includegraphics ext526401
-Ref: includegraphics read526504
-Ref: includegraphics command526621
-Node: \rotatebox526867
-Node: \scalebox529721
-Node: \resizebox530801
-Node: Special insertions531993
-Node: Reserved characters532861
-Node: Upper and lower case534121
-Node: Symbols by font position536507
-Node: Text symbols537186
-Node: Accents542170
-Node: \accent544455
-Node: Additional Latin letters546217
-Ref: Non-English characters546399
-Node: inputenc package547418
-Ref: \inputencoding549634
-Node: \rule549970
-Node: \today551158
-Node: Splitting the input552094
-Node: \endinput553836
-Node: \include & \includeonly555139
-Node: \input559436
-Node: Front/back matter560651
-Node: Table of contents etc.560984
-Node: \@dottedtocline566745
-Node: \addcontentsline568332
-Node: \addtocontents571395
-Node: \contentsline573612
-Node: \nofiles575390
-Node: \numberline576141
-Node: Indexes577305
-Node: Produce the index manually580099
-Node: \index581263
-Node: makeindex586474
-Ref: makeindex preamble588142
-Ref: makeindex postamble588288
-Ref: makeindex group skip588384
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag588724
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix589185
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix589337
-Ref: makeindex item 0589485
-Ref: makeindex item 1589565
-Ref: makeindex item 2589640
-Ref: makeindex item 01589718
-Ref: makeindex item x1589823
-Ref: makeindex item 12590028
-Ref: makeindex item x2590136
-Ref: makeindex delim 0590296
-Ref: makeindex delim 1590426
-Ref: makeindex delim 2590556
-Ref: makeindex delim n590682
-Ref: makeindex delim r590817
-Ref: makeindex line max590925
-Ref: makeindex indent space591060
-Ref: makeindex indent length591155
-Ref: makeindex page precedence591340
-Node: \printindex592377
-Node: Glossaries592850
-Node: \newglossaryentry594817
-Node: \gls596284
-Node: Letters597078
-Node: \address600696
-Node: \cc601507
-Node: \closing601949
-Node: \encl602263
-Node: \location602677
-Node: \makelabels602941
-Node: \name605258
-Node: \opening605499
-Node: \ps605780
-Node: \signature606069
-Node: \telephone607297
-Node: Input/output607662
-Node: \openin & \openout608392
-Node: \read611135
-Node: \typein612322
-Node: \typeout613582
-Node: \write614622
-Node: \write and security619349
-Node: \message620293
-Node: \wlog622122
-Node: \write18622623
-Node: Command line interface626114
-Ref: Command line626278
-Node: Command line options628431
-Ref: interaction modes629434
-Ref: output directory630388
-Node: Command line input632087
-Node: Jobname634204
-Node: Recovering from errors637447
-Node: Document templates638875
-Node: beamer template639309
-Node: article template639951
-Node: book template640414
-Node: Larger book template640893
-Node: Index642435
-Ref: Command Index642521
+Ref: units of length cm340674
+Ref: units of length dd340703
+Ref: units of length cc340735
+Ref: units of length sp340760
+Ref: Lengths/ex340902
+Ref: units of length ex340902
+Ref: Lengths/em341045
+Ref: units of length em341045
+Ref: units of length mu341386
+Node: \setlength341915
+Node: \addtolength343027
+Node: \settodepth344450
+Node: \settoheight345438
+Node: \settowidth346436
+Node: \stretch347441
+Node: Expressions348643
+Node: Making paragraphs353457
+Node: \par355772
+Node: \indent & \noindent357818
+Node: \parindent & \parskip359353
+Node: Marginal notes360682
+Ref: marginal notes marginparpush362078
+Ref: marginal notes marginparsep362252
+Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth362384
+Node: Math formulas362733
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts365781
+Node: Math symbols367942
+Node: Arrows391713
+Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath392901
+Node: Blackboard bold394420
+Node: Calligraphic395222
+Node: Delimiters395753
+Node: \left & \right397940
+Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.401977
+Node: Dots404747
+Ref: ellipses cdots405178
+Ref: ellipses ddots405323
+Ref: ellipses ldots405404
+Ref: ellipses vdots405821
+Node: Greek letters407005
+Node: Math functions408684
+Node: Math accents410328
+Node: Over- and Underlining411227
+Node: Spacing in math mode413054
+Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace413985
+Ref: spacing in math mode medspace414436
+Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace414892
+Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace414892
+Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace415373
+Ref: spacing in math mode quad415746
+Ref: spacing in math mode qquad416002
+Node: \smash416340
+Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom418557
+Node: \mathstrut421131
+Node: Math styles422093
+Node: Math miscellany424827
+Node: Colon character & \colon425324
+Node: \*426017
+Node: \frac426597
+Node: \sqrt426968
+Node: \stackrel427554
+Node: Modes427827
+Ref: modes paragraph mode428277
+Ref: modes lr mode428589
+Ref: modes math mode429195
+Ref: modes vertical mode429530
+Ref: modes internal vertical mode429748
+Ref: modes inner paragraph mode430271
+Ref: modes outer paragraph mode430271
+Node: \ensuremath430685
+Node: Page styles431390
+Node: \maketitle432153
+Node: \pagenumbering435171
+Node: \pagestyle437158
+Node: \thispagestyle440666
+Node: Spaces441620
+Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad442940
+Node: \hspace443855
+Node: \hfill445712
+Node: \hss446776
+Node: \spacefactor447470
+Node: \@450877
+Ref: \AT450997
+Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing452937
+Ref: \frenchspacing453055
+Node: \normalsfcodes453857
+Node: \(SPACE)454125
+Ref: Leading blanks456065
+Node: ~456378
+Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace459188
+Node: \/460386
+Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill462344
+Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip463704
+Ref: bigskip464522
+Ref: medskip464726
+Ref: smallskip464935
+Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak465596
+Node: \strut466582
+Node: \vspace469819
+Node: \vfill471380
+Node: \addvspace472308
+Node: Boxes474354
+Node: \mbox & \makebox475060
+Ref: mbox makebox depth476328
+Ref: mbox makebox height476328
+Ref: mbox makebox width476328
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight476328
+Node: \fbox & \framebox478423
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule479730
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep479920
+Node: \parbox481022
+Node: \raisebox483328
+Ref: raisebox depth484301
+Ref: raisebox height484301
+Ref: raisebox width484301
+Ref: raisebox totalheight484301
+Node: \sbox & \savebox485002
+Node: lrbox488088
+Node: \usebox488974
+Node: Color489413
+Node: Color package options490212
+Node: Color models491858
+Ref: color models cmyk492655
+Ref: color models gray493018
+Ref: color models rgb493167
+Ref: color models RGB493504
+Ref: color models named493879
+Node: Commands for color494167
+Node: Define colors494582
+Node: Colored text495307
+Node: Colored boxes497704
+Node: Colored pages499093
+Node: Graphics499786
+Node: Graphics package options501912
+Node: Graphics package configuration504665
+Node: \graphicspath505467
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions508425
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule510243
+Node: Commands for graphics513422
+Node: \includegraphics513927
+Ref: includegraphics width518990
+Ref: includegraphics height519523
+Ref: includegraphics totalheight519929
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio520193
+Ref: includegraphics viewport521879
+Ref: includegraphics trim522274
+Ref: includegraphics clip522730
+Ref: includegraphics page522990
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox523081
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate523946
+Ref: includegraphics quiet524151
+Ref: includegraphics draft524312
+Ref: includegraphics bb525117
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx525515
+Ref: includegraphics bblly525515
+Ref: includegraphics bburx525515
+Ref: includegraphics bbury525515
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth525657
+Ref: includegraphics natheight525657
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb525843
+Ref: includegraphics type526605
+Ref: includegraphics ext526645
+Ref: includegraphics read526748
+Ref: includegraphics command526865
+Node: \rotatebox527111
+Node: \scalebox529965
+Node: \resizebox531045
+Node: Special insertions532239
+Node: Reserved characters533107
+Node: Upper and lower case534367
+Node: Symbols by font position536753
+Node: Text symbols537432
+Node: Accents542416
+Node: \accent544701
+Node: Additional Latin letters546527
+Ref: Non-English characters546709
+Node: inputenc package547728
+Ref: \inputencoding549944
+Node: \rule550280
+Node: \today551468
+Node: Splitting the input552404
+Node: \endinput554146
+Node: \include & \includeonly555449
+Node: \input559746
+Node: Front/back matter560961
+Node: Table of contents etc.561294
+Node: \@dottedtocline567055
+Node: \addcontentsline568642
+Node: \addtocontents571705
+Node: \contentsline573922
+Node: \nofiles575700
+Node: \numberline576451
+Node: Indexes577615
+Node: Produce the index manually580409
+Node: \index581573
+Node: makeindex586784
+Ref: makeindex preamble588452
+Ref: makeindex postamble588598
+Ref: makeindex group skip588694
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag589034
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix589495
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix589647
+Ref: makeindex item 0589795
+Ref: makeindex item 1589875
+Ref: makeindex item 2589950
+Ref: makeindex item 01590028
+Ref: makeindex item x1590133
+Ref: makeindex item 12590338
+Ref: makeindex item x2590446
+Ref: makeindex delim 0590606
+Ref: makeindex delim 1590736
+Ref: makeindex delim 2590866
+Ref: makeindex delim n590992
+Ref: makeindex delim r591127
+Ref: makeindex line max591235
+Ref: makeindex indent space591370
+Ref: makeindex indent length591465
+Ref: makeindex page precedence591650
+Node: \printindex592687
+Node: Glossaries593160
+Node: \newglossaryentry595127
+Node: \gls596594
+Node: Letters597388
+Node: \address601006
+Node: \cc601817
+Node: \closing602259
+Node: \encl602573
+Node: \location602987
+Node: \makelabels603251
+Node: \name605568
+Node: \opening605809
+Node: \ps606090
+Node: \signature606379
+Node: \telephone607607
+Node: Input/output607972
+Node: \openin & \openout608702
+Node: \read611462
+Node: \typein612649
+Node: \typeout613909
+Node: \write614949
+Node: \write and security619676
+Node: \message620620
+Node: \wlog622449
+Node: \write18622950
+Node: Command line interface626441
+Ref: Command line626605
+Node: Command line options628758
+Ref: interaction modes629761
+Ref: output directory630715
+Node: Command line input632414
+Node: Jobname634531
+Node: Recovering from errors637774
+Node: Document templates639202
+Node: beamer template639636
+Node: article template640278
+Node: book template640741
+Node: Larger book template641220
+Node: Index642762
+Ref: Command Index642848
 
 End Tag Table
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 17:47:45 UTC (rev 1077)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
@@ -26,6 +26,8 @@
 @c xx JH something on code listings
 @c xx JH ligatures
 @c
+ at c xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17).
+ at c
 @c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel
 @c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included.
 @c xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands.
@@ -52,7 +54,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.@*
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.@*
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.@*
 Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
 
@@ -17414,7 +17416,7 @@
 
 Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in @var{extension}.
 
-This example declares that all files the names of which have the form
+This example declares that all files with names of the form
 @file{filename-without-dot.mps} will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.
@@ -18074,7 +18076,7 @@
 The unstarred form @code{\resizebox} takes @var{vertical length} to be
 the box's height while the starred form @code{\resizebox*} takes it to
 be height+depth.  For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with @code{\resizebox*@{!@}@{0.25in@}@{\parbox@{3.5in@}@{This
+quarter-inch with @code{\resizebox*@{!@}@{0.25in@}@{\parbox@{3.5in@}@{This
 box has both height and depth.@}@}}.
 
 You can use @code{\depth}, @code{\height}, @code{\totalheight}, and


From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Wed Jan 26 19:15:20 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Wed, 26 Jan 2022 19:15:20 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1079 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201261815.20QIFKOJ006890@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 18:15:20 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1079

Modified:
   trunk/latex2e.texi
Log:
instead instead


Modified: trunk/latex2e.texi
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 18:12:17 UTC (rev 1078)
+++ trunk/latex2e.texi	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
@@ -10641,6 +10641,7 @@
 @section xspace package
 
 @findex \xspace
+ at PkgIndex{xspace}
 @cindex spaces, ignore around commands
 @cindex commands, ignore spaces
 
@@ -10668,16 +10669,16 @@
 The \VT@{@} summers are nice.
 @end example
 
-But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
 braces or else there would be no space separating @samp{Vermont} from
- at samp{summers}.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+ at samp{summers}.  (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
 @code{\ } for this.  @xref{\(SPACE)}.)
 
 The @package{xspace} package provides @code{\xspace}.  It is for writing
 commands which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It must be place
 at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
 after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions.  In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions.  In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
 
 @example
 \newcommand@{\VT@}@{Vermont\xspace@}
@@ -10695,10 +10696,10 @@
 @c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339
 A comment: many experts prefer not to use @code{\xspace}.  Putting it in
 a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
 @code{\xspace} will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
 command, and so @code{\xspace} can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
 
 
 @node Counters


From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Wed Jan 26 19:23:48 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Wed, 26 Jan 2022 19:23:48 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1080 - in trunk:
	. latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/l [more]
Message-ID: <202201261823.20QINmVc023053@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 18:23:47 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1080

Added:
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
   trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
   trunk/latex2e.dbk
   trunk/latex2e.dvi
   trunk/latex2e.html
   trunk/latex2e.info
   trunk/latex2e.pdf
   trunk/latex2e.txt
   trunk/latex2e.xml
   trunk/mirroring.html
   trunk/writing.html
Log:
January 2022 release

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@
 	January 2022 release to CTAN.
 	* NEWS: update.
 
+	* mirroring.html,
+	* writing.html: use https, $Date.
+
 2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
 	* latex2e.texi (Units of length): correct pt/mm/cm conversions.
@@ -168,7 +171,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -283,7 +286,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -296,7 +299,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -410,7 +413,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -419,11 +422,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -537,7 +540,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -546,11 +549,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -664,7 +667,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -673,11 +676,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -791,7 +794,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -800,11 +803,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -918,7 +921,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -927,11 +930,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1045,7 +1048,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1054,11 +1057,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1172,7 +1175,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1181,11 +1184,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1299,7 +1302,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1308,11 +1311,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1426,7 +1429,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1435,11 +1438,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1553,7 +1556,7 @@
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): typos.
 	(\DeclareFontEncoding): Translate this node.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1562,11 +1565,11 @@
 	Deik. See https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000832.html.
 	(\sbox & \savebox): In example, declare box register before using
 	it.
-	(lrbox): Typoes.
+	(lrbox): Typos.
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typoes, notably reported by Faheem
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\multicolumn): Typos, notably reported by Faheem
 	  Mitha cf. https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/2021q3/000821.html
 
 2021-10-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1667,7 +1670,7 @@
 	@code{...}-ification.
 	(\DeclareTextCommand & \ProvideTextCommand): Suppress
 	\DeclareTextCommandDefault from index. Some rewording. Add
-	\DeclareTextSymbol to index, where applicable. Typoes.
+	\DeclareTextSymbol to index, where applicable. Typos.
 	(\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault): @noindent
 	inserted.
 	(\DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault)
@@ -1739,16 +1742,16 @@
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi: Complete propagation of Jim's r631.
-	(picture): Typoes. Propagate some fixes by Jim's r631: .3 -> 0.3,
+	(picture): Typos. Propagate some fixes by Jim's r631: .3 -> 0.3,
 	lR -> LR, menu descriptions.
 	(\put, \multiput): Propagate Jim's r631.
-	(\qbezier): Typoes.
+	(\qbezier): Typos.
 	(\line): Rename xpente ypente to x_avance, y_monte, to stick to
 	the English original. Remove extra indexation of pict2e as in my
 	r994.
 	(\linethickness): Add some references as in my r994.
 	(\thinlines, \thicklines):  Propagate Jim's r631.
-	(\circle): Typoes.
+	(\circle): Typos.
 	(\oval): @dfn{...}-ize word oval as in my r994.  Propagate Jim's
 	r631.
 	(\shortstack): Propagate Jim's r631.
@@ -1767,7 +1770,7 @@
 
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (array): Fix typoes. Align on English, notably
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (array): Fix typos. Align on English, notably
 	Karl's r504.
 
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1776,7 +1779,7 @@
 	  ``\usepackage[utf8]{inputenc}'' --- as per Jim's r908
 	  Rename ``\UseTextAccent & \UseTextSymbol'' to ``\UseTextSymbol &
 	  \UseTextAccent''
-	 (Font styles): Typoes.
+	 (Font styles): Typos.
 	 (minipage): Add argument ``{\columnwidth}'' --- as per Jim's r908
 
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -1814,7 +1817,7 @@
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Counters): Add index entry for each standard
-	  counter. Typoes on standard counter names.
+	  counter. Typos on standard counter names.
 
 2021-08-25  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
@@ -1855,7 +1858,7 @@
 	\ignorespacesafterend'' & ``xspace package''.
 	(\ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend, xspace package): and &
 	translate these nodes.
-	(Footnote parameters): typoes.
+	(Footnote parameters): typos.
 	(Footnote parameters, \mathstrut, \strut): Add ``\'etai'' --- ie
 	strut --- to index.
 
@@ -2031,7 +2034,7 @@
 2021-08-12  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (\mbox & \makebox): align on English. Plus some
-	typoes correction.
+	typos correction.
 
 2021-08-12  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
@@ -2255,7 +2258,7 @@
 2021-08-03  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (fontenc package): Translate the node to French.
-	(list): typoes.
+	(list): typos.
 	(\@@ ): Translate the node to French.
 
 2021-08-03  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2414,7 +2417,7 @@
 
 2020-12-30  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi: Few typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi: Few typos.
 
 	* NEWS-fr: Delivery note December 2020 French delivery to CTAN.
 
@@ -2481,7 +2484,7 @@
 	* latex2e.texi (verbatim): Explain why it cannot be used within a
 	macro argument. Forward reference to CTAN node.
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (\verb): Typos.
 	(verbatim): Align on English.
 
 2020-12-24  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -2548,7 +2551,7 @@
 	separator, but for English it also make the column alignment
 	easier.
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (list): Complete translation + fix typos.
 	(minipage): Fix translation, do not use inches (French people
 	don't understand what it means). Fix the neighbourhood population
 	example.
@@ -2670,7 +2673,7 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (\ref): typo, ``item'' duplicate word
 	removal. Reported by Denis Bitouz\'e.
-	(figure): Typoes.
+	(figure): Typos.
 
 2020-12-08  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
@@ -2798,7 +2801,7 @@
 2020-09-06  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi: Finalize propagating Jim's r649, notably
-	include article template. Fix lots of typoes.
+	include article template. Fix lots of typos.
 
 	* latex2e.texi: Insert a comma after @xref{...} wherever
 	applicable.
@@ -2870,7 +2873,7 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (minipage): Re-align on English translation.
 
-	* latex2e.texi (minipage): Typoes + insert a few TODO comments.
+	* latex2e.texi (minipage): Typos + insert a few TODO comments.
 
 2020-07-124  Jim Hefferon  <jim at joshua.smcvt.edu>
 
@@ -3050,7 +3053,7 @@
 
 2020-04-16  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package construction): Typos.
 	(\write): Clarify example comment, \og courant\fg \rightarrow \og racine\fg.
 	(\wlog): Suppress spurious space in example.
 	(\write18): Translate node with fixing statement on \jobname.
@@ -3086,11 +3089,11 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (\include & \includeonly): Complete translation.
 
-	* latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typoes.
+	* latex2e.texi (\include & \includeonly): Typos.
 
 2020-04-06  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Sectioning): Typos.
 
 	* latex2e.texi (Sectioning): Fix \og secnumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg
 
@@ -3109,7 +3112,7 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top, Front/back matter): Change \og Front/back
 	matter\fg translation to \og Parties pr\'e/post-liminaires\fg.
-	(CTAN): Typoes.
+	(CTAN): Typos.
 	(Document classes): Refresh translation.
 	(\part): Translate node.
 	(\subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph): Typo.
@@ -3156,7 +3159,7 @@
 	* latex2e.texi (\endinput): clarify \og during mailing\fg.
 	(Table of contents etc.): Move package index reference to the
 	concerned paragaph.
-	(\openin & \openout): Typoes.
+	(\openin & \openout): Typos.
 	(\read): \og\file\fg \rightarrow \og\recipient file\fg
 	(\write): \og at code{\ldots}\fg \rightarrow \og at var{\ldots}\fg.
 	(\write): typo.
@@ -3282,7 +3285,7 @@
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (\@@startsection): \og scenumdepth\fg \rightarrow \og tocdepth\fg where applicable.
 	(Class and package commands): Translate index entries.
 	(figure): \og figure\fg \rightarrow \og figure*\fg.
-	(list): Typoes.
+	(list): Typos.
 	(quotation & quote): Typo.
 	(Color): Translate menu entry.
 	(Commands for color): Translate node.
@@ -3336,7 +3339,7 @@
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (trivlist): typo.
 	(\linethickness): typo
-	(tabular): typoes.
+	(tabular): typos.
 	(\newcommand & \renewcommand): use @var{\ldots}.
 	(\parbox): Re-align French on English version.
 	(Color package options): progress translation.
@@ -4071,7 +4074,7 @@
 2017-10-03  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Class and package commands): Typo.
-	(quotation and quote): Typoes.
+	(quotation and quote): Typos.
 
 2017-08-24  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
@@ -4104,7 +4107,7 @@
 
 2017-08-09  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* NEWS-fr: Typoes.
+	* NEWS-fr: Typos.
 
 	* Makefile.1: Add common.texi to the list of files to be zipped
 	into distribution.
@@ -4126,7 +4129,7 @@
 	* NEWS-fr: svn propset keywords to Id for leading timestap to be
 	uptodate
 
-	* README-fr: Typoes. Extend the leading English part fo the French
+	* README-fr: Typos. Extend the leading English part fo the French
 	readme to comply with CTAN requirements.
 
 2017-08-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
@@ -4179,7 +4182,7 @@
 	as \@@startsection and how \section keeps is standard calling form
 	when redefined. heading -> title for consistency. @code{}-ify
 	class names, book, report & article. Use anchor to
-	secnumdepth. Typoes. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully
+	secnumdepth. Typos. rubber -> typically rubber. Solve overfully
 	hbox in example by not repeating explanations in examplified LaTeX
 	comments, rather make a simple link. style [...] file -> package
 	[...] file. redefined [...] sectional units -> redefined [...]
@@ -4468,7 +4471,7 @@
 	(Cross references, \label, abstract): Same changes as in
 	latex2e.texi.
 	(Cross references, \label, \pageref, \ref): Take Jim's rev481
-	edits + fix some typoes.
+	edits + fix some typos.
 	(\includeonly): Fix typo.
 
 	* Makefile.1: Add check-license-<lang> targets to check that the
@@ -4483,12 +4486,12 @@
 	license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's.
 	(dircategory): fix `LaTeX2e-fr' -> `latex2e-fr'
 	(throughout document): Use proper unbreakable space before colons.
-	(tabular, \newtheorem): typoes.
-	(\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument  + typoes.
-	(\cc): typoes + add example from latex2e.texi
+	(tabular, \newtheorem): typos.
+	(\address): @var{...} instead of @code{...} for the argument  + typos.
+	(\cc): typos + add example from latex2e.texi
 	(\closing): typo.
-	(\signature): Typoes, translate @var name.
-	(Command line): Typoes.
+	(\signature): Typos, translate @var name.
+	(Command line): Typos.
 
 	* latex2e.texi: Restore license text without @inclusion of
 	license.texi, make it delimited by @comment's.
@@ -4709,19 +4712,19 @@
 	package variable @var{paquo} in the synopsis description.
 	(\newcommand & \renewcommand): Align description on latest
 	latex2e.texi by @code{...}-ifying all the occurrence of
-	`\@var{cmd}'. Fix typoes.
+	`\@var{cmd}'. Fix typos.
 	(\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): nargs starting from 0
-	rather than from 1. Fix typoes. `argument positionnel' ->
+	rather than from 1. Fix typos. `argument positionnel' ->
 	`param\`etre positionnel'.
 	(Reserved characters): `\backslash' -> `\textbackslash' in the
-	@findex in accordance with description. Fix typoes.
+	@findex in accordance with description. Fix typos.
 
 2016-04-12  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Top): Make version under quotes to
 	avoid incorrect French ``de Avril 2016'' or ``du Avril 2016''
 	instead of ``d'Avril 2016''.
-	(Document classes): Typoes.
+	(Document classes): Typos.
 
 	* latex2e-{es,fr}.texi (top comment): Update dates in copyright
 	notice up to 2016.
@@ -4738,7 +4741,7 @@
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (top comment, Output files, Using BibTeX):
 	Replace CTAN central server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment
 	by Petra R\"ube-Pugliese.
-	(Output files, Using BibTeX): Typoes.
+	(Output files, Using BibTeX): Typos.
 
 	* latex2e.texi (top comment, Output files): Replace CTAN central
 	server URLs by mirror URLs, after a comment by Petra
@@ -4815,10 +4818,10 @@
 	environment by a call to this macro.
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi:  Same as latex2e.texi.
-	(filecontents): Typoes.
+	(filecontents): Typos.
 	(table): Typo (table evironment name mistakenly translated to
 	French).
-	(\\): Typoes.
+	(\\): Typos.
 	(\enlargethispage): translate cindex entry to French.
 
 	* latex2e-es.texi: Same as latex2e.texi.
@@ -4901,11 +4904,11 @@
 
 2016-03-08  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typoe in `Modes' menu entry.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Typo in `Modes' menu entry.
 	(eqnarray): `or' -> `ou'.
 	(Math symbols): Progress translation of this node + same changes
 	as in latex2e.texi.
-	(Modes): Typoes + same changes as in latex2e.texi.
+	(Modes): Typos + same changes as in latex2e.texi.
 	(\ensuremath): new node.
 	(\(SPACE) and \@@): `guillemet anglais' -> `guillemet-apostrophe'.
 	(Text symbols): Progess translation of this node + same changes as
@@ -5043,7 +5046,7 @@
 	(\addtocontents): Translate this node.
 	(Glossaries): Translate this node.
 	(Indexes): Translate this node, with same edits as in latex2e.texi.
-	(Letters): Typoes. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete
+	(Letters): Typos. `cl\^oture' -> `salutation'. Typo. Complete
 	translation with same edits as in latex2e.texi.
 	(\address): Translate this node.
 	(\cc): Translate this node.
@@ -5127,7 +5130,7 @@
 
 2016-01-27  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincentb1 at users.sourceforge.net>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typoes.
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Marginal notes): Typos.
 	(Subscripts & superscripts): Typo.
 	(Math functions): Translate this node to French.
 	(Math accents): Translate this node to French.
@@ -5294,7 +5297,7 @@
 	@example... at end~example.
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Output files): Typo.
-	(tabular): Typoes.
+	(tabular): Typos.
 	(\newcommand & \renewcommand): Typo. Introduce the concept of positional parameter.
 	(\newenvironment & \renewenvironment): Complete the translation
 	and make the same text improvements as in latex2e.texi.
@@ -5853,7 +5856,7 @@
 	concerning \parindent length.
 
 	* latex2e-fr.texi (Tables of contents): Translation of this node.
-	(\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typoes.
+	(\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol, Boxes): Typos.
 
 2015-08-03  Jim Hefferon  <jhefferon at smcvt.edu>
 
@@ -5882,10 +5885,12 @@
 
 2015-07-30  Vincent Bela\"iche  <vincent.belaiche at gmail.com>
 
-	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for "Making paragraphs"
+	* latex2e-fr.texi (Top): Correct menu item French translation for
+	"Making paragraphs"
 	(itemize): typo, remove left-over English word "dash"
-	(Making paragraphs): typoes.
-	(\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these nodes.
+	(Making paragraphs): typos.
+	(\indent, \noindent, \parskip, \parbox): Translate to French these
+	nodes.
 
 	* latex2e.texi (Text symbols): Correct -- for --- for en-dash
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/About-this-document.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="About this document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Accents.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-Latin-letters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional Latin letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Additional-packages.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Additional packages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Arrows.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Arrows (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/BibTeX-error-messages.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="BibTeX error messages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Blackboard-bold.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Blackboard bold (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Boxes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/CTAN.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="CTAN (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Calligraphic.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Calligraphic (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-commands.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-construction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package construction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Class-and-package-structure.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Class and package structure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colon character &amp; \colon (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-models.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color models (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color-package-options.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Color.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-boxes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored boxes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-pages.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored pages (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Colored-text.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Colored text (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-Index.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-input.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-interface.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line interface (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line-options.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Command-line.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Command line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-color.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for color (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Commands-for-graphics.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Commands for graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Control-sequences.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Control sequences (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Counters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Counters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Cross-references.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Cross references (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Define-colors.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Define colors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Definitions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Definitions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Delimiters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Delimiters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-class-options.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document class options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-classes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document classes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Document-templates.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Document templates (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Dots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Dots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environment.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Environments.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Environments (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Expressions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Expressions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Floats.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Floats (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-sizes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font sizes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Font-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Font styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Fonts.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Fonts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-a-table.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in a table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
        \textit{HMS Polychrest} &amp;Post Captain  \\  
        \textit{HMS Lively}     &amp;Post Captain \\
        \textit{HMS Surprise}   &amp;A number of books\footnote{%
-                                  Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+                                  Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
      \end{tabular}
   \end{minipage}                              
 \end{center}
@@ -164,8 +164,11 @@
 \end{center}
 </pre></div>
 
+<span id="index-package_002c-tablefootnote"></span>
+<span id="index-tablefootnote-package"></span>
+
 <p>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (see <a href="table.html"><code>table</code></a>), use the
-<samp>tablefootnote</samp> package.
+<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\usepackage{tablefootnote}  % in preamble

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-in-section-headings.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes in section headings (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes-of-footnotes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes of footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Footnotes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Footnotes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Front_002fback-matter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Front/back matter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Glossaries.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Glossaries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-configuration.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package configuration (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics-package-options.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics package options (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Graphics.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Graphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Greek-letters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Greek letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Index.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -1668,6 +1668,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html#index-environment_002c-picture"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>picture</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html">picture</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-environment_002c-quotation"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quotation</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html#index-environment_002c-quote"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>quote</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="quotation-_0026-quote.html">quotation &amp; quote</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-environment_002c-sloppypar"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>sloppypar</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html#index-environment_002c-tabbing"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabbing</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="tabbing.html">tabbing</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html#index-environment_002c-table"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>table</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-environment_002c-tabular"><code><span class="roman">environment</span>, <code>tabular</code></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
@@ -1860,7 +1861,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html#index-implementations-of-TeX">implementations of TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="TeX-engines.html">TeX engines</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-importing-graphics">importing graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-in"><code>in</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-inch"><code>inch</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-inch">inch</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html#index-including-graphics">including graphics</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cincludegraphics.html">\includegraphics</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html#index-indent_002c-forcing">indent, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html">\indent &amp; \noindent</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-indentation-of-paragraphs_002c-in-minipage">indentation of paragraphs, in minipage</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
@@ -2259,6 +2260,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html#index-package_002c-siunitx"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="minipage.html">minipage</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html#index-package_002c-siunitx-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>siunitx</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_007e.html">~</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-package_002c-suffix"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>suffix</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-package_002c-tablefootnote"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>tablefootnote</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html#index-package_002c-texosquery"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>texosquery</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cwrite18.html">\write18</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html#index-package_002c-textcase"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>textcase</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Upper-and-lower-case.html">Upper and lower case</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html#index-package_002c-TikZ"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>TikZ</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cline.html">\line</a></td></tr>
@@ -2282,6 +2284,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Additional-packages.html">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
@@ -2349,6 +2352,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html#index-position_002c-in-picture">position, in picture</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="picture.html">picture</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html#index-positional-parameter">positional parameter</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-postamble"><code>postamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html#index-PostScript-point">PostScript point</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Units-of-length.html">Units of length</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cps.html#index-postscript_002c-in-letters">postscript, in letters</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cps.html">\ps</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html#index-pounds-symbol">pounds symbol</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Text-symbols.html">Text symbols</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html#index-preamble"><code>preamble</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="makeindex.html">makeindex</a></td></tr>
@@ -2466,8 +2470,8 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewlength.html#index-skip-register_002c-plain-TeX">skip register, plain TeX</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewlength.html">\newlength</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-slanted-font">slanted font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html#index-slides-class"><code>slides <span class="roman">class</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Document-classes.html">Document classes</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar"><code>sloppypar</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment">sloppypar environment</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html#index-sloppypar-environment-1"><code><code>sloppypar</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="sloppypar.html">sloppypar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html#index-slot_002c-font">slot, font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cDeclareTextAccent.html">\DeclareTextAccent</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html#index-small-caps-font">small caps font</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Font-styles.html">Font styles</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html#index-sort"><code>sort</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005cnewglossaryentry.html">\newglossaryentry</a></td></tr>
@@ -2548,6 +2552,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-avoiding-footnotes">table of contents, avoiding footnotes</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-section-headings.html">Footnotes in section headings</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-creating">table of contents, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html">Table of contents etc.</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html#index-table-of-contents_002c-sectioning-numbers-printed">table of contents, sectioning numbers printed</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Sectioning.html">Sectioning</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html#index-tablefootnote-package"><code>tablefootnote</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Footnotes-in-a-table.html">Footnotes in a table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html#index-tables_002c-creating">tables, creating</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="table.html">table</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html#index-tabular-environment"><code><code>tabular</code> <span class="roman">environment</span></code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="tabular.html">tabular</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="article-template.html#index-template-_0028simple_0029_002c-article">template (simple), <code>article</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="article-template.html">article template</a></td></tr>
@@ -2697,6 +2702,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="_005c_0040ifstar.html">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr-package"><code>xr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code>xr-hyper</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xr-package.html">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html#index-xspace-package"><code>xspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="xspace-package.html">xspace package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="Jobname.html">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 </table>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Indexes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Indexes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Input_002foutput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Input/output (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Jobname.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Jobname (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/LaTeX-command-syntax.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="LaTeX command syntax (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Larger-book-template.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Larger book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Layout.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Layout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Leading-blanks.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Leading blanks (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -219,10 +219,10 @@
 \end{minipage}
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (see <a href="_005chfill.html"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="_005cvfill.html"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
+<p>TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>,
+<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(see <a href="_005chfill.html"><code>\hfill</code></a> and see <a href="_005cvfill.html"><code>\vfill</code></a>).
 </p>
 <p>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after <code>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</code> and

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fem.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Lengths_002fex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Lengths/ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Letters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Letters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Line-breaking.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Line breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Low_002dlevel-font-commands.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Low-level font commands (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Making-paragraphs.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Making paragraphs (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Marginal-notes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Marginal notes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-accents.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math accents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-formulas.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math formulas (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@
 
 <p>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
 packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<code>amsmath</code> and <samp>amssymb</samp> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
+<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
 package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>).  New
 documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
 Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-functions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math functions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-miscellany.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math miscellany (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Math-symbols.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Math symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cBox'><span><code>\Box</code><a href='#index-_005cBox' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25A1; Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+(ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cbullet'><span><code>\bullet</code><a href='#index-_005cbullet' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ccomplement'><span><code>\complement</code><a href='#index-_005ccomplement' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2201;, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. Also used:
+<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
 <code>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</code> or&nbsp;<code>$\bar{S}$</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cDiamond'><span><code>\Diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cDiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<dd><p>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cdiamond'><span><code>\diamond</code><a href='#index-_005cdiamond' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005clhd'><span><code>\lhd</code><a href='#index-_005clhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
 and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -673,7 +673,7 @@
 following operator (relation).
 </p>
 <p>Many negated operators are available that don&rsquo;t require <code>\not</code>,
-particularly with the <samp>amssymb</samp> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
+particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
 is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -831,7 +831,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005crestriction'><span><code>\restriction</code><a href='#index-_005crestriction' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x21BE;, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005crevemptyset'><span><code>\revemptyset</code><a href='#index-_005crevemptyset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -847,7 +847,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005crhd'><span><code>\rhd</code><a href='#index-_005crhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
@@ -939,7 +939,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsubset'><span><code>\sqsubset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x228F;, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsubseteq'><span><code>\sqsubseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsubseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -949,7 +949,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsupset'><span><code>\sqsupset</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupset' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2290;, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005csqsupseteq'><span><code>\sqsupseteq</code><a href='#index-_005csqsupseteq' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -1037,21 +1037,21 @@
 <dt id='index-_005ctriangleleft'><span><code>\triangleleft</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleleft' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25C1; Not-filled triangle pointing left
 (binary). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
+should load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
 is a relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005ctriangleright'><span><code>\triangleright</code><a href='#index-_005ctriangleright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x25B7; Not-filled triangle pointing right
 (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<samp>amssymb</samp> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cunlhd'><span><code>\unlhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunlhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x22B4; Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </p>
@@ -1059,7 +1059,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cunrhd'><span><code>\unrhd</code><a href='#index-_005cunrhd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x22B5; Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <samp>amssymb</samp> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </p>
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@
 <dt id='index-_005cupharpoonright'><span><code>\upharpoonright</code><a href='#index-_005cupharpoonright' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x21BE;, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
 (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>\restriction</code>.
-Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cuplus'><span><code>\uplus</code><a href='#index-_005cuplus' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
@@ -1117,7 +1117,7 @@
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cvanothing'><span><code>\vanothing</code><a href='#index-_005cvanothing' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><p>&#x2205;, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
-<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <samp>amssymb</samp> package.
+<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain TeX. In LaTeX you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-_005cvarphi'><span><code>\varphi</code><a href='#index-_005cvarphi' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Modes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Non_002dEnglish-characters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Non-English characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Output-files.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Output files (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Over_002d-and-Underlining.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Over- and Underlining (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Overview.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Overview (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-breaking.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page breaking (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-layout-parameters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page layout parameters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Page-styles.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Page styles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Produce-the-index-manually.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Produce the index manually (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Recovering-from-errors.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Recovering from errors (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Reserved-characters.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Reserved characters (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002fsecnumdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Sectioning_002ftocdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Sectioning/tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spaces.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Spacing in math mode/\thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Special-insertions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Special insertions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Splitting-the-input.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Splitting the input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-_0026-ending.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting &amp; ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Starting-and-ending.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Starting and ending (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Subscripts-_0026-superscripts.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Subscripts &amp; superscripts (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Symbols-by-font-position.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Symbols by font position (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Table-of-contents-etc_002e.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Table of contents etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/TeX-engines.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="TeX engines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Text-symbols.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Text symbols (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Typefaces.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Typefaces (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Units-of-length.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Units of length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -118,78 +118,91 @@
 <dl compact="compact">
 <dt id='index-pt'><span><code>pt</code><a href='#index-pt' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-point"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
-is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. 
+<span id="units-of-length-pt"></span><p>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm. 
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-pica'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pica' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-pc"></span>
+<dt id='index-pc'><span><code>pc</code><a href='#index-pc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-pica"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-pc"></span><p>Pica, 12 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-in'><span><code>in</code><a href='#index-in' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-inch"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch,  72.27 pt
+<span id="units-of-length-in"></span><p>Inch, 72.27 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt id='index-bp'><span><code>bp</code><a href='#index-bp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
 <dd><span id="index-big-point"></span>
+<span id="index-PostScript-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-bp"></span><p>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-centimeter'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-centimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter
+<dt id='index-mm'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-mm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-millimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-millimeter'><span><code>mm</code><a href='#index-millimeter' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-mm"></span>
-<span id="units-of-length-mm"></span><p>Millimeter
+<dt id='index-cm'><span><code>cm</code><a href='#index-cm' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-centimeter"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-cm"></span><p>Centimeter, 10 mm
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-didot-point'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-didot-point' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-dd"></span>
+<dt id='index-dd'><span><code>dd</code><a href='#index-dd' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-didot-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-dd"></span><p>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-cicero'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cicero' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-cc"></span>
+<dt id='index-cc'><span><code>cc</code><a href='#index-cc' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-cicero"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-cc"></span><p>Cicero, 12 dd
 </p>
 </dd>
-<dt id='index-scaled-point'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-scaled-point' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
-<dd><span id="index-sp"></span>
+<dt id='index-sp'><span><code>sp</code><a href='#index-sp' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-scaled-point"></span>
 <span id="units-of-length-sp"></span><p>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </p>
 </dd>
 </dl>
 
+<p>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</p>
+<dl compact="compact">
+<dt id='index-ex-1'><span><code>ex</code><a href='#index-ex-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
 <span id="index-ex"></span>
-<span id="index-x_002dheight"></span>
-<span id="index-ex-1"></span>
-<span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
-<span id="index-em"></span>
-<span id="index-em-1"></span>
-<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="Lengths_002fen"></span><span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><span id="units-of-length-en"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font.  The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
+<span id="Lengths_002fex"></span><span id="units-of-length-ex"></span><p>The x-height of the current font <em>ex</em>, traditionally the
 height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>).  Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes.  For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</code> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
 </p>
-<span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
-<span id="index-mu"></span>
-<p>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<em>mu</em> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  See <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-em-1'><span><code>em</code><a href='#index-em-1' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-m_002dwidth"></span>
+<span id="index-em"></span>
+<span id="Lengths_002fem"></span><span id="units-of-length-em"></span><p>Similarly <em>em</em>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will
+have 1em = 10pt.  LaTeX has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (see <a href="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html"><code>\enspace</code> &amp; <code>\quad</code> &amp; <code>\qquad</code></a>).
 </p>
+</dd>
+<dt id='index-mu'><span><code>mu</code><a href='#index-mu' class='copiable-anchor'> &para;</a></span></dt>
+<dd><span id="index-mu_002c-math-unit"></span>
+<span id="units-of-length-mu"></span><p>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <em>mu</em>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family.  See <a href="Spacing-in-math-mode.html">Spacing in math mode</a>.
+</p>
+</dd>
+</dl>
 
+<p>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <code>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex}</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</p>
 </div>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Upper-and-lower-case.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Upper and lower case (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/Using-BibTeX.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Using BibTeX (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAT.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AT (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtBeginDocument.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtBeginDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cAtEndDocument.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\AtEndDocument (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareFontEncoding.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareFontEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsExtensions.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsExtensions (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareGraphicsRule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareGraphicsRule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@
 
 <p>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>.
 </p>
-<p>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<p>This example declares that all files with names of the form
 <samp>filename-without-dot.mps</samp> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextAccentDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextAccentDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommand-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommand.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommand &amp; \ProvideTextCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCommandDefault-_0026-_005cProvideTextCommandDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCommandDefault &amp; \ProvideTextCommandDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextComposite.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextComposite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextCompositeCommand.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextCompositeCommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbol.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cDeclareTextSymbolDefault.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\DeclareTextSymbolDefault (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cLastDeclaredEncoding.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\LastDeclaredEncoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cUseTextSymbol-_0026-_005cUseTextAccent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\UseTextSymbol &amp; \UseTextAccent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\(SPACE) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002a.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\* (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002d-_0028hyphenation_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\- (hyphenation) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_002f.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\/ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040dottedtocline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@dottedtocline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040ifstar.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@ifstar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fafterskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fbeforeskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002findent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002flevel.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fname.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_0040startsection_002fstyle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\@startsection/style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005c_005c.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\\ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caccent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\accent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -117,9 +117,9 @@
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
 </p>
 <p>These are accented &lsquo;<samp>e</samp>&rsquo; characters.
 </p>
@@ -131,7 +131,8 @@
 \accent23 e
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<p>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
 </p>
 <p>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
 outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In LaTeX it is

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddcontentsline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addcontentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddress.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\address (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocontents.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtocounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtocounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddtolength.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addtolength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005caddvspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\addvspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cappendix.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\appendix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbaselineskip-_0026-_005cbaselinestretch.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\baselineskip &amp; \baselinestretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbibitem.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bibitem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigbreak-_0026-_005cmedbreak-_0026-_005csmallbreak.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigbreak &amp; \medbreak &amp; \smallbreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigl-_0026-_005cbigr-etc_002e.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigl &amp; \bigr etc. (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cbigskip-_0026-_005cmedskip-_0026-_005csmallskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\bigskip &amp; \medskip &amp; \smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccaption.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\caption (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccc.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccentering.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\centering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cchapter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\chapter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccircle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\circle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccite.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\cline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cclosing.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\closing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ccontentsline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\contentsline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdashbox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\dashbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\day &amp; \month &amp; \year (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cdiscretionary.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\discretionary (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cencl.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\encl (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cendinput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\endinput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cenlargethispage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enlargethispage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005censuremath.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ensuremath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfbox-_0026-_005cframebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fbox &amp; \framebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cflushbottom.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\flushbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnote.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotemark.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotemark (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfootnotetext.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\footnotetext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrac.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frac (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframe.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frame (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cframebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\framebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing-_0026-_005cnonfrenchspacing.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing &amp; \nonfrenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrenchspacing.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frenchspacing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfrontmatter-_0026-_005cmainmatter-_0026-_005cbackmatter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\frontmatter &amp; \mainmatter &amp; \backmatter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cfussy-_0026-_005csloppy.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\fussy &amp; \sloppy (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgls.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\gls (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphicspath.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphicspath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cgraphpaper.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\graphpaper (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chfill.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chrulefill-_0026-_005cdotfill.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hrulefill &amp; \dotfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
-  \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
 </pre></div>
 
 <p>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chss.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hss (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005chyphenation.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\hyphenation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\include &amp; \includeonly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cincludegraphics.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\includegraphics (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindent-_0026-_005cnoindent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\indent &amp; \noindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cindex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\index (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\input (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cinputencoding.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\inputencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005citem.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\item (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clabel.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\label (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cleft-_0026-_005cright.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\left &amp; \right (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\line (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clinethickness.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\linethickness (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005clocation.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\location (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakeatletter-_0026-_005cmakeatother.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakebox-_0028picture_0029.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makebox (picture) (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmakelabels.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\makelabels (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmaketitle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\maketitle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmathstrut.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mathstrut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmbox-_0026-_005cmakebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\mbox &amp; \makebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmessage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\message (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmulticolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multicolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cmultiput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\multiput (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cname.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewfont.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewglossaryentry.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newglossaryentry (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewlength.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewpage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newpage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewsavebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newsavebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnewtheorem.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\newtheorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnocite.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nocite (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnofiles.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\nofiles (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnormalsfcodes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\normalsfcodes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cnumberline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\numberline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cobeycr-_0026-_005crestorecr.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\obeycr &amp; \restorecr (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005conecolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\onecolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copenin-_0026-_005copenout.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\openin &amp; \openout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -130,9 +130,9 @@
 <pre class="example">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  The <var>number</var>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in LuaLaTeX
-<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255).
+<p>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  In most engines,
+the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in
+LuaLaTeX, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
 </p>
 <p>Here TeX opens the file <samp>presidents.tex</samp> for reading.
 </p>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005copening.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\opening (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005coval.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\oval (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagenumbering.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagenumbering (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpageref.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pageref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpagestyle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\pagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><span><code>empty</code></span></dt>
-<dd><p>The header and footer is empty.
+<dd><p>The header and footer are both empty.
 </p>
 </dd>
 <dt><span><code>headings</code></span></dt>

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpar.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\par (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparbox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\parindent &amp; \parskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cpart.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\part (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprintindex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\printindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprotect.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\protect (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cprovidecommand.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\providecommand (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cps.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ps (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cput.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\put (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cqbezier.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\qbezier (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedbottom.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedbottom (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedleft.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craggedright.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raggedright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005craisebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\raisebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cread.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cref.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\ref (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crefstepcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\refstepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cresizebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\resizebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
 <p>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be
 the box&rsquo;s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to
 be height+depth.  For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This
+quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
 box has both height and depth.}}</code>.
 </p>
 <p>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crotatebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rotatebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005crule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\rule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csbox-_0026-_005csavebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sbox &amp; \savebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cscalebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\scalebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csection.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\section (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csetlength.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\setlength (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -141,10 +141,8 @@
 <code>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</code>,
 then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
 \sepcindent</samp>&rsquo;.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be
-read again&gt; \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</samp>&rsquo;
+then you get an error like &lsquo;<samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>&rsquo;.
 </p>
-
 </div>
 
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettodepth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settodepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettoheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settoheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csettowidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\settowidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cshortstack.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\shortstack (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csignature.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\signature (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csmash.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\smash (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cspacefactor.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\spacefactor (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csqrt.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\sqrt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstackrel.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stackrel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstepcounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stepcounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstretch.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\stretch (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cstrut.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\strut (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsection.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsection (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005csubsubsection-_0026-_005cparagraph-_0026-_005csubparagraph.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\subsubsection &amp; \paragraph &amp; \subparagraph (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctelephone.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\telephone (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthicklines.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thicklines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinlines.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinlines (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cthispagestyle.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\thispagestyle (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctoday.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\today (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctwocolumn.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\twocolumn (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypein.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typein (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005ctypeout.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\typeout (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cusecounter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\usecounter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvalue.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\value (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvector.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vector (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cverb.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\verb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvfill.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vfill (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvline.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vline (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cvspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\vspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwlog.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\wlog (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite-and-security.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write and security (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_005cwrite18.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="\write18 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/_007e.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="~ (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/abstract.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="abstract (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/array.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="array (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/article-template.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="article template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/beamer-template.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="beamer template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/bigskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="bigskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/book-template.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="book template (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/center.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="center (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-RGB.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models RGB (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-cmyk.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models cmyk (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-gray.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models gray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-named.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models named (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/color-models-rgb.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="color models rgb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/description.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="description (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/displaymath.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="displaymath (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-article.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes article (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-book.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes book (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-letter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-report.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes report (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document-classes-slides.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document classes slides (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/document.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="document (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-cdots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses cdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ddots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ddots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-ldots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses ldots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/ellipses-vdots.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="ellipses vdots (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumi.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-enumiv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate enumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumi.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate-labelenumiv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate labelenumiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/enumerate.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="enumerate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/eqnarray.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="eqnarray (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/equation.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="equation (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxrule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxrule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fbox-framebox-fboxsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fbox framebox fboxsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/figure.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="figure (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/filecontents.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="filecontents (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-bottomnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats bottomnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-dbltopnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatpagefraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-floatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats floatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-intextsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats intextsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfloatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-textfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats textfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-topnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats topnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/floats-totalnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="floats totalnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushleft.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushleft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/flushright.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="flushright (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/fontenc-package.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="fontenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnoterule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnoterule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/footnote-footnotesep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="footnote footnotesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bb.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbllx.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbllx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bblly.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bblly (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bburx.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bburx (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-bbury.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics bbury (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-clip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics clip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-command.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics command (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-draft.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics draft (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-ext.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics ext (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-height.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-hiresbb.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics hiresbb (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-interpolate.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics interpolate (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-keepaspectratio.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics keepaspectratio (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-natwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics natwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-page.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics page (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-pagebox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics pagebox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-quiet.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics quiet (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-read.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics read (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-totalheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-trim.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics trim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-type.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics type (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-viewport.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics viewport (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/includegraphics-width.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="includegraphics width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/index.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="Top (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@
 </head>
 
 <body lang="en">
-<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</h1>
+<h1 class="settitle" align="center">LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</h1>
 
 
 
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@
 <span id="LaTeX2e_003a-An-unofficial-reference-manual"></span><h1 class="top">LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual</h1>
 
 <p>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 </p>
 
 <div class="Contents_element" id="SEC_Contents">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/inputenc-package.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="inputenc package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/interaction-modes.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="interaction modes (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemi.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-labelitemiv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize labelitemiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmargini.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmargini (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiii.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiii (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginiv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginiv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginv.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginv (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize-leftmarginvi.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize leftmarginvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/itemize.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="itemize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/letter.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="letter (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-beginparpenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list beginparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-endparpenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list endparpenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemindent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itempenalty.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itempenalty (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-itemsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list itemsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-labelwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list labelwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-leftmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list leftmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-listparindent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list listparindent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-makelabel.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list makelabel (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-parsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list parsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-partopsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list partopsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-rightmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list rightmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list-topsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list topsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/list.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="list (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontencoding.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontencoding (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontfamily.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontfamily (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontseries.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontseries (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontshape.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontshape (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-fontsize.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands fontsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-linespread.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands linespread (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-selectfont.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands selectfont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/low-level-font-commands-usefont.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="low level font commands usefont (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/lrbox.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="lrbox (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-0.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-1.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-2.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-n.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim n (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-delim-r.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex delim r (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-group-skip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex group skip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-length.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent length (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-indent-space.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex indent space (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-0.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 0 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-01.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 01 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-1.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-12.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 12 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-2.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item 2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x1.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x1 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-item-x2.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex item x2 (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-prefix.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead prefix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-lethead-suffix.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex lethead suffix (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-letheadflag.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex letheadflag (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-line-max.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex line max (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-page-precedence.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex page precedence (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-postamble.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex postamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex-preamble.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex preamble (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/makeindex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="makeindex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparpush.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/marginal-notes-marginparwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="marginal notes marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/math.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="math (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-depth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-height.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-totalheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/mbox-makebox-width.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="mbox makebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/medskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="medskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/minipage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="minipage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-inner-paragraph-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes inner paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-internal-vertical-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes internal vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-lr-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes lr mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-math-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes math mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-outer-paragraph-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes outer paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-paragraph-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes paragraph mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/modes-vertical-mode.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="modes vertical mode (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-directory.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output directory (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-aux.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files aux (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-dvi.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files dvi (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-log.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files log (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/output-files-pdf.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="output files pdf (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnseprule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-columnwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-evensidemargin.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters evensidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-footskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters footskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-headsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters headsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-hsize.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters hsize (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-linewidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters linewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparpush.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparpush (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginparwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginparwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-marginsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters marginsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-oddsidemargin.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters oddsidemargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-paperwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters paperwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-textwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters textwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topmargin.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topmargin (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/page-layout-parameters-topskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="page layout parameters topskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/picture.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="picture (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/quotation-_0026-quote.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>quotation &amp; quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>quotation &amp; quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="quotation &amp; quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="quotation &amp; quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="quotation &amp; quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="quotation &amp; quote (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-depth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox depth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-height.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox height (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-totalheight.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox totalheight (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/raisebox-width.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="raisebox width (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-secnumdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning secnumdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sectioning-tocdepth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sectioning tocdepth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/sloppypar.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="sloppypar (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -109,7 +109,9 @@
 <hr>
 <span id="sloppypar-1"></span><h4 class="subsection">9.6.1 <code>sloppypar</code></h4>
 
-<span id="index-sloppypar"></span>
+<span id="index-environment_002c-sloppypar"></span>
+<span id="index-sloppypar-environment-1"></span>
+        
 <span id="index-sloppypar-environment"></span>
 
 <p>Synopsis:

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/smallskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="smallskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-medspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode medspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode negthinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-qquad.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode qquad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-quad.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode quad (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thickspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="spacing in math mode thinspace (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-afterskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection afterskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-beforeskip.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection beforeskip (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-indent.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection indent (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-level.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection level (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-name.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/startsection-style.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="startsection style (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabbing.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabbing (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/table.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="table (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arrayrulewidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arrayrulewidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-arraystrech.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular arraystrech (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-doublerulesep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular doublerulesep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular-tabcolsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular tabcolsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tabular.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tabular (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-latex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines latex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-lualatex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines lualatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/tex-engines-xelatex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="tex engines xelatex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/thebibliography.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="thebibliography (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/theorem.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="theorem (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/titlepage.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="titlepage (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/trivlist.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="trivlist (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnseprule.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnseprule (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-columnwidth.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn columnwidth (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatpagefraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatpagefraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dblfloatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dblfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltextfloatsep.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltextfloatsep (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopfraction.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopfraction (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/twocolumn-dbltopnumber.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="twocolumn dbltopnumber (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-bp.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length bp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cc.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-cm.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length cm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-dd.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length dd (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-em.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length em (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-ex.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length ex (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-in.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length in (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mm.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length mm (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Index: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)

Property changes on: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-mu.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:eol-style
## -0,0 +1 ##
+native
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pc.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pc (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-pt.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length pt (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/units-of-length-sp.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -40,10 +40,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="units of length sp (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verbatim.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verbatim (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/verse.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="verse (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xr-package.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="xr package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">

Modified: trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e-help-texinfo-tree/latex2e/xspace-package.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
 <head>
 <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8">
 <!-- This document is an unofficial reference manual for LaTeX, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 
 This manual was originally translated from LATEX.HLP v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 
 Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -39,10 +39,10 @@
 
 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions. -->
-<title>xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))</title>
+<title>xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))</title>
 
-<meta name="description" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
-<meta name="keywords" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021))">
+<meta name="description" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
+<meta name="keywords" content="xspace package (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022))">
 <meta name="resource-type" content="document">
 <meta name="distribution" content="global">
 <meta name="Generator" content="makeinfo">
@@ -111,6 +111,9 @@
 <span id="xspace-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.13 xspace package</h3>
 
 <span id="index-_005cxspace"></span>
+<span id="index-package_002c-xspace"></span>
+<span id="index-xspace-package"></span>
+
 <span id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></span>
 <span id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></span>
 
@@ -137,16 +140,16 @@
 The \VT{} summers are nice.
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
 braces or else there would be no space separating &lsquo;<samp>Vermont</samp>&rsquo; from
-&lsquo;<samp>summers</samp>&rsquo;.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+&lsquo;<samp>summers</samp>&rsquo;.  (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
 <code>\ </code> for this.  See <a href="_005c_0028SPACE_0029.html">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>.)
 </p>
 <p>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>.  It is for writing
 commands which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It must be place
 at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
 after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions.  In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions.  In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
@@ -163,10 +166,10 @@
 </p>
 <p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>.  Putting it in
 a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn&rsquo;t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn&rsquo;t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
 <code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
 command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
 </p>
 
 </div>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.dbk
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.dbk	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.dbk	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
 <!-- $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $ -->
 <!-- Public domain. -->
 
-<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</title>
+<title>&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</title>
 <!-- %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 
 <!-- latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -29,6 +29,8 @@
 <!-- xx JH something on code listings -->
 <!-- xx JH ligatures -->
 <!-- -->
+<!-- xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17). -->
+<!-- -->
 <!-- xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel -->
 <!-- xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. -->
 <!-- xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. -->
@@ -37,7 +39,7 @@
 <!-- xx All the special characters should be definitively described. -->
 
 <bookinfo><legalnotice><para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -54,7 +56,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 </para>
 <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -81,7 +83,7 @@
 
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <filename>LATEX.HLP</filename> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -98,7 +100,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 </para>
 <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.
 
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.
 
@@ -127,7 +129,7 @@
 <title>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 </para>
 
 </chapter>
@@ -8049,7 +8051,9 @@
 <sect2 label="9.6.1" id="sloppypar">
 <title><literal>sloppypar</literal></title>
 
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>sloppypar</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary>environment, <literal>sloppypar</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="fn"><primary><literal>sloppypar</literal> environment</primary></indexterm>
+        
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>sloppypar environment</primary></indexterm>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -8605,7 +8609,7 @@
        \textit{HMS Polychrest} &amp;Post Captain  \\  
        \textit{HMS Lively}     &amp;Post Captain \\
        \textit{HMS Surprise}   &amp;A number of books\footnote{%
-                                  Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+                                  Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
      \end{tabular}
   \end{minipage}                              
 \end{center}
@@ -8639,8 +8643,11 @@
       Relationship is unresolved in XXI.}
 \end{center}
 </screen>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>tablefootnote</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>tablefootnote</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
 <para>For a floating <literal>table</literal> environment (see <link linkend="table">table</link>), use the
-<filename>tablefootnote</filename> package.
+<literal>tablefootnote</literal> package.
 </para>
 <screen>\usepackage{tablefootnote}  % in preamble
    ...
@@ -9631,6 +9638,9 @@
 <title>xspace package</title>
 
 <indexterm role="fn"><primary>\xspace</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>package, <literal>xspace</literal></primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary><literal>xspace</literal> package</primary></indexterm>
+
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>spaces, ignore around commands</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>commands, ignore spaces</primary></indexterm>
 
@@ -9654,16 +9664,16 @@
 Our college is in \VT .
 The \VT{} summers are nice.
 </screen>
-<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
 braces or else there would be no space separating &#8216;<literal>Vermont</literal>&#8217; from
-&#8216;<literal>summers</literal>&#8217;.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+&#8216;<literal>summers</literal>&#8217;.  (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
 <literal>\ </literal> for this.  See <link linkend="_005c_0028SPACE_0029">\(SPACE)</link>.)
 </para>
 <para>The <literal>xspace</literal> package provides <literal>\xspace</literal>.  It is for writing
 commands which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It must be place
 at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
 after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions.  In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions.  In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
 </para>
 <screen>\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
 Our college is in \VT .
@@ -9679,10 +9689,10 @@
 <!-- David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
 <para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <literal>\xspace</literal>.  Putting it in
 a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn&#8217;t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn&#8217;t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
 <literal>\xspace</literal> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
 command, and so <literal>\xspace</literal> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
 </para>
 
 </sect1>
@@ -10083,10 +10093,10 @@
   \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
 \end{minipage}
 </screen>
-<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<literal>fil</literal>, <literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>.  The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>).
+<para>&tex; has three levels of infinity for glue components: <literal>fil</literal>,
+<literal>fill</literal>, and <literal>filll</literal>.  The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(see <link linkend="_005chfill">\hfill</link> and see <link linkend="_005cvfill">\vfill</link>).
 </para>
 <para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after <literal>\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}</literal> and
@@ -10103,79 +10113,79 @@
 <para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of
 math mode.
 </para>
-<variablelist><varlistentry><term><literal>pt</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>point</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
-is 1point = 2.845mm = .2845cm. 
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pt</primary></indexterm><literal>pt</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>point</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="units-of-length-pt"/><para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm. 
 </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>pc</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>pc</primary></indexterm><literal>pc</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>pica</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>pc</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-pc"/><para>Pica, 12 pt
 </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>in</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>in</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>inch</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-in"/><para>Inch,  72.27 pt
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>in</primary></indexterm><literal>in</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>inch</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="units-of-length-in"/><para>Inch, 72.27 pt
 </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>bp</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bp</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>big point</primary></indexterm>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>bp</primary></indexterm><literal>bp</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>big point</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>PostScript point</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-bp"/><para>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cm</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm><literal>mm</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>millimeter</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm><literal>cm</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>centimeter</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>cm</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter
+<anchor id="units-of-length-cm"/><para>Centimeter, 10 mm
 </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>mm</literal>
-</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>millimeter</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>mm</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="units-of-length-mm"/><para>Millimeter
-</para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>dd</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm><literal>dd</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>didot point</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>dd</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-dd"/><para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>cc</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>cc</primary></indexterm><literal>cc</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>cicero</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>cc</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-cc"/><para>Cicero, 12 dd
 </para>
-</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>sp</literal>
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>sp</primary></indexterm><literal>sp</literal>
 </term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>scaled point</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>sp</primary></indexterm>
 <anchor id="units-of-length-sp"/><para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</para>
+<variablelist><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm><literal>ex</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>x-height</primary></indexterm>
 <indexterm role="cp"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>x-height</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>ex</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>m-width</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>em</primary></indexterm>
-<anchor id="Lengths_002fem"/><anchor id="Lengths_002fen"/><anchor id="Lengths_002fex"/><anchor id="units-of-length-em"/><anchor id="units-of-length-en"/><anchor id="units-of-length-ex"/><para>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font.  The x-height of the current font <firstterm>ex</firstterm>, traditionally the
+<anchor id="Lengths_002fex"/><anchor id="units-of-length-ex"/><para>The x-height of the current font <firstterm>ex</firstterm>, traditionally the
 height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <firstterm>em</firstterm>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<literal>\enspace</literal>, which is <literal>0.5em</literal>).  Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes.  For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<literal>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}</literal> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
 </para>
-<indexterm role="cp"><primary>mu, math unit</primary></indexterm>
-<indexterm role="fn"><primary>mu</primary></indexterm>
-<para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<firstterm>mu</firstterm> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in math mode</link>.
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>em</primary></indexterm><literal>em</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>m-width</primary></indexterm>
+<indexterm role="cp"><primary>em</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="Lengths_002fem"/><anchor id="units-of-length-em"/><para>Similarly <firstterm>em</firstterm>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will
+have 1em = 10pt.  &latex; has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (see <link linkend="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad">\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</link>).
 </para>
-
+</listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>mu</primary></indexterm><literal>mu</literal>
+</term><listitem><indexterm role="cp"><primary>mu, math unit</primary></indexterm>
+<anchor id="units-of-length-mu"/><para>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <firstterm>mu</firstterm>, defined by 1em = 18mu, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family.  See <link linkend="Spacing-in-math-mode">Spacing in
+math mode</link>.
+</para>
+</listitem></varlistentry></variablelist>
+<para>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <literal>\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex}</literal> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</para>
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="14.2" id="_005csetlength">
 <title><literal>\setlength</literal></title>
@@ -10207,10 +10217,8 @@
 <literal>\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}</literal>,
 then you get an error like &#8216;<literal>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
 \sepcindent</literal>&#8217;.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like &#8216;<literal>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be
-read again&gt; \relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}</literal>&#8217;
+then you get an error like &#8216;<literal>Missing number, treated as zero.</literal>&#8217;.
 </para>
-
 </sect1>
 <sect1 label="14.3" id="_005caddtolength">
 <title><literal>\addtolength</literal></title>
@@ -10867,7 +10875,7 @@
 
 <para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
 packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<literal>amsmath</literal> and <filename>amssymb</filename> (also be aware of the <literal>mathtools</literal>
+<literal>amsmath</literal> and <literal>amssymb</literal> (also be aware of the <literal>mathtools</literal>
 package that is an extension to, and loads, <literal>amsmath</literal>).  New
 documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
 Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;
@@ -11064,7 +11072,7 @@
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Box</primary></indexterm><literal>\Box</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x25A1; Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+(ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
 <!-- bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\bullet</primary></indexterm><literal>\bullet</literal>
@@ -11092,7 +11100,7 @@
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\complement</primary></indexterm><literal>\complement</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x2201;, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. Also used:
+<literal>$S^\complement$</literal> (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. Also used:
 <literal>$S^{\mathsf{c}}$</literal> or&#160;<literal>$\bar{S}$</literal>.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\cong</primary></indexterm><literal>\cong</literal>
@@ -11122,7 +11130,7 @@
 </term><listitem><para>&#x03B4; Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\Diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\Diamond</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+</term><listitem><para>&#x25C7; Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\diamond</primary></indexterm><literal>\diamond</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x22C4; Diamond operator (binary).  Similar: large
@@ -11322,7 +11330,7 @@
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\lhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\lhd</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<filename>amssymb</filename> and use&#160;<literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which is a relation
+<literal>amssymb</literal> and use&#160;<literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which is a relation
 and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\ll</primary></indexterm><literal>\ll</literal>
@@ -11411,7 +11419,7 @@
 following operator (relation).
 </para>
 <para>Many negated operators are available that don&#8217;t require <literal>\not</literal>,
-particularly with the <filename>amssymb</filename> package. For example, <literal>\notin</literal>
+particularly with the <literal>amssymb</literal> package. For example, <literal>\notin</literal>
 is typographically preferable to <literal>\not\in</literal>.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\notin</primary></indexterm><literal>\notin</literal>
@@ -11536,7 +11544,7 @@
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\restriction</primary></indexterm><literal>\restriction</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x21BE;, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<literal>\upharpoonright</literal>.  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+<literal>\upharpoonright</literal>.  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\revemptyset</primary></indexterm><literal>\revemptyset</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x29B0;, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary).  Related:
@@ -11549,7 +11557,7 @@
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\rhd</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x25C1; Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use&#160;<literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a
+load <literal>amssymb</literal> and use&#160;<literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\rho</primary></indexterm><literal>\rho</literal>
@@ -11622,7 +11630,7 @@
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubset</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x228F;, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset&#160;<literal>\subset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+subset&#160;<literal>\subset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsubseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsubseteq</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x2291; Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or
@@ -11630,7 +11638,7 @@
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupset</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupset</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x2290;, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset&#160;<literal>\supset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+superset&#160;<literal>\supset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\sqsupseteq</primary></indexterm><literal>\sqsupseteq</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x2292; Square superset or equal symbol (binary).
@@ -11700,26 +11708,26 @@
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleleft</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleleft</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x25C1; Not-filled triangle pointing left
 (binary). Similar:&#160;<literal>\lhd</literal>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <filename>amssymb</filename> and use&#160;<literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which
+should load <literal>amssymb</literal> and use&#160;<literal>\vartriangleleft</literal> (which
 is a relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\triangleright</primary></indexterm><literal>\triangleright</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x25B7; Not-filled triangle pointing right
 (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<filename>amssymb</filename> and use&#160;<literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a
+<literal>amssymb</literal> and use&#160;<literal>\vartriangleright</literal> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unlhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unlhd</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x22B4; Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <literal>amssymb</literal> and
 use&#160;<literal>\vartrianglelefteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\unrhd</primary></indexterm><literal>\unrhd</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x22B5; Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <filename>amssymb</filename> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <literal>amssymb</literal> and
 use&#160;<literal>\vartrianglerighteq</literal> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </para>
@@ -11746,7 +11754,7 @@
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\upharpoonright</primary></indexterm><literal>\upharpoonright</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x21BE;, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
 (relation). Synonym:&#160;<literal>&#92;restriction</literal>.
-Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\uplus</primary></indexterm><literal>\uplus</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x228E; Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in
@@ -11767,7 +11775,7 @@
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\vanothing</primary></indexterm><literal>\vanothing</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x2205;, Empty set symbol. Similar: <literal>\emptyset</literal>. Related:
-<literal>\revemptyset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <filename>amssymb</filename> package.
+<literal>\revemptyset</literal>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <literal>amssymb</literal> package.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><indexterm role="fn"><primary>\varphi</primary></indexterm><literal>\varphi</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>&#x03C6; Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
@@ -13433,7 +13441,7 @@
 </term><listitem><para>The header is empty.  The footer contains only a page number, centered.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>empty</literal>
-</term><listitem><para>The header and footer is empty.
+</term><listitem><para>The header and footer are both empty.
 </para>
 </listitem></varlistentry><varlistentry><term><literal>headings</literal>
 </term><listitem><para>Put running headers and footers on each page.  The document style
@@ -14148,13 +14156,13 @@
 here
 </para>
 <screen>\renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
 </screen>
 <para>which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.
 Similarly, adjust the dot spacing as with
 </para>
 <screen>\renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
-  \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+  \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
 </screen>
 <para>which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
 </para>
@@ -15540,7 +15548,7 @@
 </screen>
 <para>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <replaceable>extension</replaceable>.
 </para>
-<para>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<para>This example declares that all files with names of the form
 <filename>filename-without-dot.mps</filename> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.
@@ -16103,7 +16111,7 @@
 <para>The unstarred form <literal>\resizebox</literal> takes <replaceable>vertical length</replaceable> to be
 the box&#8217;s height while the starred form <literal>\resizebox*</literal> takes it to
 be height+depth.  For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <literal>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This
+quarter-inch with <literal>\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This
 box has both height and depth.}}</literal>.
 </para>
 <para>You can use <literal>\depth</literal>, <literal>\height</literal>, <literal>\totalheight</literal>, and
@@ -16775,9 +16783,9 @@
 <screen>\accent <replaceable>number</replaceable> <replaceable>character</replaceable>
 </screen>
 <para>A &tex; primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <replaceable>number</replaceable>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <replaceable>character</replaceable> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <replaceable>number</replaceable>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <replaceable>character</replaceable>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
 </para>
 <para>These are accented &#8216;<literal>e</literal>&#8217; characters.
 </para>
@@ -16787,7 +16795,8 @@
 \accent22 e
 \accent23 e
 </screen>
-<para>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<para>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
 </para>
 <para>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
 outcome of <literal>\accent</literal> use may differ between fonts. In &latex; it is
@@ -18833,9 +18842,9 @@
 </para>
 <screen>\openout <replaceable>number</replaceable>=<replaceable>filename</replaceable>
 </screen>
-<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  The <replaceable>number</replaceable>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <literal>\openin3</literal> (in Lua&latex;
-<replaceable>number</replaceable> can be between 0 and 255).
+<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  In most engines,
+the <replaceable>number</replaceable> must be between 0 and 15, as in <literal>\openin3</literal>; in
+Lua&latex;, <replaceable>number</replaceable> can be between 0 and 127.
 </para>
 <para>Here &tex; opens the file <filename>presidents.tex</filename> for reading.
 </para>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.dvi
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -11894,6 +11894,9 @@
 <span id="xspace-package-1"></span><h3 class="section">12.13 xspace package</h3>
 
 <span id="index-_005cxspace"></span>
+<span id="index-package_002c-xspace"></span>
+<span id="index-xspace-package"></span>
+
 <span id="index-spaces_002c-ignore-around-commands-1"></span>
 <span id="index-commands_002c-ignore-spaces-1"></span>
 
@@ -11920,16 +11923,16 @@
 The \VT{} summers are nice.
 </pre></div>
 
-<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+<p>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
 braces or else there would be no space separating &lsquo;<samp>Vermont</samp>&rsquo; from
-&lsquo;<samp>summers</samp>&rsquo;.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+&lsquo;<samp>summers</samp>&rsquo;.  (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
 <code>\ </code> for this.  See <a href="#g_t_005c_0028SPACE_0029">Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></a>.)
 </p>
 <p>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>.  It is for writing
 commands which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It must be place
 at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
 after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions.  In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions.  In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
 </p>
 <div class="example">
 <pre class="example">\newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
@@ -11946,10 +11949,10 @@
 </p>
 <p>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>.  Putting it in
 a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn&rsquo;t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn&rsquo;t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
 <code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
 command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
 </p>
 
 <hr>
@@ -26682,6 +26685,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xparse-1"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xparse</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xr_002dhyper"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xr-hyper</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xspace"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xspace</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-package_002c-xstring"><span class="roman">package</span>, <code>xstring</code></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-packages_002c-loading-additional">packages, loading additional</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Additional-packages">Additional packages</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-page-break_002c-forcing">page break, forcing</a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</a></td></tr>
@@ -27099,6 +27103,7 @@
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xparse-package-1"><code>xparse</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#g_t_005c_0040ifstar">\@ifstar</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr-package"><code>xr</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xr_002dhyper-package"><code>xr-hyper</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xr-package">xr package</a></td></tr>
+<tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xspace-package"><code>xspace</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#xspace-package">xspace package</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td></td><td valign="top"><a href="#index-xstring-package"><code>xstring</code> <span class="roman">package</span></a>:</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td valign="top"><a href="#Jobname">Jobname</a></td></tr>
 <tr><td colspan="4"> <hr></td></tr>
 </table>

Modified: trunk/latex2e.info
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.info	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.info	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -8448,16 +8448,16 @@
      Our college is in \VT .
      The \VT{} summers are nice.
 
-   But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy
+   But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty
 curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from
-'summers'.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for
-this.  *Note \(SPACE)::.)
+'summers'.  (Many authors instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for this.
+*Note \(SPACE)::.)
 
    The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'.  It is for writing commands
 which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It must be place at the
 very end of the definition of these commands.  It inserts a space after
 that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions.
-In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
 
      \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
      Our college is in \VT .
@@ -8472,10 +8472,10 @@
 
    A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'.  Putting it in a
 definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
 '\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
 command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
 
 
 File: latex2e.info,  Node: Counters,  Next: Lengths,  Prev: Definitions,  Up: Top
@@ -20089,6 +20089,7 @@
 * package, xparse <1>:                   \@ifstar.            (line  64)
 * package, xr:                           xr package.          (line   6)
 * package, xr-hyper:                     xr package.          (line   6)
+* package, xspace:                       xspace package.      (line   6)
 * package, xstring:                      Jobname.             (line  53)
 * packages, loading additional:          Additional packages. (line   6)
 * page break, forcing:                   \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
@@ -20561,6 +20562,7 @@
 * xparse package <1>:                    \@ifstar.            (line  64)
 * xr package:                            xr package.          (line   6)
 * xr-hyper package:                      xr package.          (line   6)
+* xspace package:                        xspace package.      (line   6)
 * xstring package:                       Jobname.             (line  53)
 
 
@@ -20834,281 +20836,281 @@
 Node: \protect318787
 Node: \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend321175
 Node: xspace package323925
-Node: Counters326135
-Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol327836
-Node: \usecounter330471
-Node: \value331330
-Node: \setcounter332383
-Node: \addtocounter332979
-Node: \refstepcounter333433
-Node: \stepcounter334102
-Node: \day & \month & \year334655
-Node: Lengths335564
-Node: Units of length340142
-Ref: units of length pt340345
-Ref: units of length pc340462
-Ref: units of length in340485
-Ref: units of length bp340511
-Ref: units of length mm340642
-Ref: units of length cm340674
-Ref: units of length dd340703
-Ref: units of length cc340735
-Ref: units of length sp340760
-Ref: Lengths/ex340902
-Ref: units of length ex340902
-Ref: Lengths/em341045
-Ref: units of length em341045
-Ref: units of length mu341386
-Node: \setlength341915
-Node: \addtolength343027
-Node: \settodepth344450
-Node: \settoheight345438
-Node: \settowidth346436
-Node: \stretch347441
-Node: Expressions348643
-Node: Making paragraphs353457
-Node: \par355772
-Node: \indent & \noindent357818
-Node: \parindent & \parskip359353
-Node: Marginal notes360682
-Ref: marginal notes marginparpush362078
-Ref: marginal notes marginparsep362252
-Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth362384
-Node: Math formulas362733
-Node: Subscripts & superscripts365781
-Node: Math symbols367942
-Node: Arrows391713
-Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath392901
-Node: Blackboard bold394420
-Node: Calligraphic395222
-Node: Delimiters395753
-Node: \left & \right397940
-Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.401977
-Node: Dots404747
-Ref: ellipses cdots405178
-Ref: ellipses ddots405323
-Ref: ellipses ldots405404
-Ref: ellipses vdots405821
-Node: Greek letters407005
-Node: Math functions408684
-Node: Math accents410328
-Node: Over- and Underlining411227
-Node: Spacing in math mode413054
-Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace413985
-Ref: spacing in math mode medspace414436
-Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace414892
-Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace414892
-Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace415373
-Ref: spacing in math mode quad415746
-Ref: spacing in math mode qquad416002
-Node: \smash416340
-Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom418557
-Node: \mathstrut421131
-Node: Math styles422093
-Node: Math miscellany424827
-Node: Colon character & \colon425324
-Node: \*426017
-Node: \frac426597
-Node: \sqrt426968
-Node: \stackrel427554
-Node: Modes427827
-Ref: modes paragraph mode428277
-Ref: modes lr mode428589
-Ref: modes math mode429195
-Ref: modes vertical mode429530
-Ref: modes internal vertical mode429748
-Ref: modes inner paragraph mode430271
-Ref: modes outer paragraph mode430271
-Node: \ensuremath430685
-Node: Page styles431390
-Node: \maketitle432153
-Node: \pagenumbering435171
-Node: \pagestyle437158
-Node: \thispagestyle440666
-Node: Spaces441620
-Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad442940
-Node: \hspace443855
-Node: \hfill445712
-Node: \hss446776
-Node: \spacefactor447470
-Node: \@450877
-Ref: \AT450997
-Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing452937
-Ref: \frenchspacing453055
-Node: \normalsfcodes453857
-Node: \(SPACE)454125
-Ref: Leading blanks456065
-Node: ~456378
-Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace459188
-Node: \/460386
-Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill462344
-Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip463704
-Ref: bigskip464522
-Ref: medskip464726
-Ref: smallskip464935
-Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak465596
-Node: \strut466582
-Node: \vspace469819
-Node: \vfill471380
-Node: \addvspace472308
-Node: Boxes474354
-Node: \mbox & \makebox475060
-Ref: mbox makebox depth476328
-Ref: mbox makebox height476328
-Ref: mbox makebox width476328
-Ref: mbox makebox totalheight476328
-Node: \fbox & \framebox478423
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule479730
-Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep479920
-Node: \parbox481022
-Node: \raisebox483328
-Ref: raisebox depth484301
-Ref: raisebox height484301
-Ref: raisebox width484301
-Ref: raisebox totalheight484301
-Node: \sbox & \savebox485002
-Node: lrbox488088
-Node: \usebox488974
-Node: Color489413
-Node: Color package options490212
-Node: Color models491858
-Ref: color models cmyk492655
-Ref: color models gray493018
-Ref: color models rgb493167
-Ref: color models RGB493504
-Ref: color models named493879
-Node: Commands for color494167
-Node: Define colors494582
-Node: Colored text495307
-Node: Colored boxes497704
-Node: Colored pages499093
-Node: Graphics499786
-Node: Graphics package options501912
-Node: Graphics package configuration504665
-Node: \graphicspath505467
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions508425
-Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule510243
-Node: Commands for graphics513422
-Node: \includegraphics513927
-Ref: includegraphics width518990
-Ref: includegraphics height519523
-Ref: includegraphics totalheight519929
-Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio520193
-Ref: includegraphics viewport521879
-Ref: includegraphics trim522274
-Ref: includegraphics clip522730
-Ref: includegraphics page522990
-Ref: includegraphics pagebox523081
-Ref: includegraphics interpolate523946
-Ref: includegraphics quiet524151
-Ref: includegraphics draft524312
-Ref: includegraphics bb525117
-Ref: includegraphics bbllx525515
-Ref: includegraphics bblly525515
-Ref: includegraphics bburx525515
-Ref: includegraphics bbury525515
-Ref: includegraphics natwidth525657
-Ref: includegraphics natheight525657
-Ref: includegraphics hiresbb525843
-Ref: includegraphics type526605
-Ref: includegraphics ext526645
-Ref: includegraphics read526748
-Ref: includegraphics command526865
-Node: \rotatebox527111
-Node: \scalebox529965
-Node: \resizebox531045
-Node: Special insertions532239
-Node: Reserved characters533107
-Node: Upper and lower case534367
-Node: Symbols by font position536753
-Node: Text symbols537432
-Node: Accents542416
-Node: \accent544701
-Node: Additional Latin letters546527
-Ref: Non-English characters546709
-Node: inputenc package547728
-Ref: \inputencoding549944
-Node: \rule550280
-Node: \today551468
-Node: Splitting the input552404
-Node: \endinput554146
-Node: \include & \includeonly555449
-Node: \input559746
-Node: Front/back matter560961
-Node: Table of contents etc.561294
-Node: \@dottedtocline567055
-Node: \addcontentsline568642
-Node: \addtocontents571705
-Node: \contentsline573922
-Node: \nofiles575700
-Node: \numberline576451
-Node: Indexes577615
-Node: Produce the index manually580409
-Node: \index581573
-Node: makeindex586784
-Ref: makeindex preamble588452
-Ref: makeindex postamble588598
-Ref: makeindex group skip588694
-Ref: makeindex letheadflag589034
-Ref: makeindex lethead prefix589495
-Ref: makeindex lethead suffix589647
-Ref: makeindex item 0589795
-Ref: makeindex item 1589875
-Ref: makeindex item 2589950
-Ref: makeindex item 01590028
-Ref: makeindex item x1590133
-Ref: makeindex item 12590338
-Ref: makeindex item x2590446
-Ref: makeindex delim 0590606
-Ref: makeindex delim 1590736
-Ref: makeindex delim 2590866
-Ref: makeindex delim n590992
-Ref: makeindex delim r591127
-Ref: makeindex line max591235
-Ref: makeindex indent space591370
-Ref: makeindex indent length591465
-Ref: makeindex page precedence591650
-Node: \printindex592687
-Node: Glossaries593160
-Node: \newglossaryentry595127
-Node: \gls596594
-Node: Letters597388
-Node: \address601006
-Node: \cc601817
-Node: \closing602259
-Node: \encl602573
-Node: \location602987
-Node: \makelabels603251
-Node: \name605568
-Node: \opening605809
-Node: \ps606090
-Node: \signature606379
-Node: \telephone607607
-Node: Input/output607972
-Node: \openin & \openout608702
-Node: \read611462
-Node: \typein612649
-Node: \typeout613909
-Node: \write614949
-Node: \write and security619676
-Node: \message620620
-Node: \wlog622449
-Node: \write18622950
-Node: Command line interface626441
-Ref: Command line626605
-Node: Command line options628758
-Ref: interaction modes629761
-Ref: output directory630715
-Node: Command line input632414
-Node: Jobname634531
-Node: Recovering from errors637774
-Node: Document templates639202
-Node: beamer template639636
-Node: article template640278
-Node: book template640741
-Node: Larger book template641220
-Node: Index642762
-Ref: Command Index642848
+Node: Counters326124
+Node: \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol327825
+Node: \usecounter330460
+Node: \value331319
+Node: \setcounter332372
+Node: \addtocounter332968
+Node: \refstepcounter333422
+Node: \stepcounter334091
+Node: \day & \month & \year334644
+Node: Lengths335553
+Node: Units of length340131
+Ref: units of length pt340334
+Ref: units of length pc340451
+Ref: units of length in340474
+Ref: units of length bp340500
+Ref: units of length mm340631
+Ref: units of length cm340663
+Ref: units of length dd340692
+Ref: units of length cc340724
+Ref: units of length sp340749
+Ref: Lengths/ex340891
+Ref: units of length ex340891
+Ref: Lengths/em341034
+Ref: units of length em341034
+Ref: units of length mu341375
+Node: \setlength341904
+Node: \addtolength343016
+Node: \settodepth344439
+Node: \settoheight345427
+Node: \settowidth346425
+Node: \stretch347430
+Node: Expressions348632
+Node: Making paragraphs353446
+Node: \par355761
+Node: \indent & \noindent357807
+Node: \parindent & \parskip359342
+Node: Marginal notes360671
+Ref: marginal notes marginparpush362067
+Ref: marginal notes marginparsep362241
+Ref: marginal notes marginparwidth362373
+Node: Math formulas362722
+Node: Subscripts & superscripts365770
+Node: Math symbols367931
+Node: Arrows391702
+Node: \boldmath & \unboldmath392890
+Node: Blackboard bold394409
+Node: Calligraphic395211
+Node: Delimiters395742
+Node: \left & \right397929
+Node: \bigl & \bigr etc.401966
+Node: Dots404736
+Ref: ellipses cdots405167
+Ref: ellipses ddots405312
+Ref: ellipses ldots405393
+Ref: ellipses vdots405810
+Node: Greek letters406994
+Node: Math functions408673
+Node: Math accents410317
+Node: Over- and Underlining411216
+Node: Spacing in math mode413043
+Ref: spacing in math mode thickspace413974
+Ref: spacing in math mode medspace414425
+Ref: Spacing in math mode/\thinspace414881
+Ref: spacing in math mode thinspace414881
+Ref: spacing in math mode negthinspace415362
+Ref: spacing in math mode quad415735
+Ref: spacing in math mode qquad415991
+Node: \smash416329
+Node: \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom418546
+Node: \mathstrut421120
+Node: Math styles422082
+Node: Math miscellany424816
+Node: Colon character & \colon425313
+Node: \*426006
+Node: \frac426586
+Node: \sqrt426957
+Node: \stackrel427543
+Node: Modes427816
+Ref: modes paragraph mode428266
+Ref: modes lr mode428578
+Ref: modes math mode429184
+Ref: modes vertical mode429519
+Ref: modes internal vertical mode429737
+Ref: modes inner paragraph mode430260
+Ref: modes outer paragraph mode430260
+Node: \ensuremath430674
+Node: Page styles431379
+Node: \maketitle432142
+Node: \pagenumbering435160
+Node: \pagestyle437147
+Node: \thispagestyle440655
+Node: Spaces441609
+Node: \enspace & \quad & \qquad442929
+Node: \hspace443844
+Node: \hfill445701
+Node: \hss446765
+Node: \spacefactor447459
+Node: \@450866
+Ref: \AT450986
+Node: \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing452926
+Ref: \frenchspacing453044
+Node: \normalsfcodes453846
+Node: \(SPACE)454114
+Ref: Leading blanks456054
+Node: ~456367
+Node: \thinspace & \negthinspace459177
+Node: \/460375
+Node: \hrulefill & \dotfill462333
+Node: \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip463693
+Ref: bigskip464511
+Ref: medskip464715
+Ref: smallskip464924
+Node: \bigbreak & \medbreak & \smallbreak465585
+Node: \strut466571
+Node: \vspace469808
+Node: \vfill471369
+Node: \addvspace472297
+Node: Boxes474343
+Node: \mbox & \makebox475049
+Ref: mbox makebox depth476317
+Ref: mbox makebox height476317
+Ref: mbox makebox width476317
+Ref: mbox makebox totalheight476317
+Node: \fbox & \framebox478412
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxrule479719
+Ref: fbox framebox fboxsep479909
+Node: \parbox481011
+Node: \raisebox483317
+Ref: raisebox depth484290
+Ref: raisebox height484290
+Ref: raisebox width484290
+Ref: raisebox totalheight484290
+Node: \sbox & \savebox484991
+Node: lrbox488077
+Node: \usebox488963
+Node: Color489402
+Node: Color package options490201
+Node: Color models491847
+Ref: color models cmyk492644
+Ref: color models gray493007
+Ref: color models rgb493156
+Ref: color models RGB493493
+Ref: color models named493868
+Node: Commands for color494156
+Node: Define colors494571
+Node: Colored text495296
+Node: Colored boxes497693
+Node: Colored pages499082
+Node: Graphics499775
+Node: Graphics package options501901
+Node: Graphics package configuration504654
+Node: \graphicspath505456
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsExtensions508414
+Node: \DeclareGraphicsRule510232
+Node: Commands for graphics513411
+Node: \includegraphics513916
+Ref: includegraphics width518979
+Ref: includegraphics height519512
+Ref: includegraphics totalheight519918
+Ref: includegraphics keepaspectratio520182
+Ref: includegraphics viewport521868
+Ref: includegraphics trim522263
+Ref: includegraphics clip522719
+Ref: includegraphics page522979
+Ref: includegraphics pagebox523070
+Ref: includegraphics interpolate523935
+Ref: includegraphics quiet524140
+Ref: includegraphics draft524301
+Ref: includegraphics bb525106
+Ref: includegraphics bbllx525504
+Ref: includegraphics bblly525504
+Ref: includegraphics bburx525504
+Ref: includegraphics bbury525504
+Ref: includegraphics natwidth525646
+Ref: includegraphics natheight525646
+Ref: includegraphics hiresbb525832
+Ref: includegraphics type526594
+Ref: includegraphics ext526634
+Ref: includegraphics read526737
+Ref: includegraphics command526854
+Node: \rotatebox527100
+Node: \scalebox529954
+Node: \resizebox531034
+Node: Special insertions532228
+Node: Reserved characters533096
+Node: Upper and lower case534356
+Node: Symbols by font position536742
+Node: Text symbols537421
+Node: Accents542405
+Node: \accent544690
+Node: Additional Latin letters546516
+Ref: Non-English characters546698
+Node: inputenc package547717
+Ref: \inputencoding549933
+Node: \rule550269
+Node: \today551457
+Node: Splitting the input552393
+Node: \endinput554135
+Node: \include & \includeonly555438
+Node: \input559735
+Node: Front/back matter560950
+Node: Table of contents etc.561283
+Node: \@dottedtocline567044
+Node: \addcontentsline568631
+Node: \addtocontents571694
+Node: \contentsline573911
+Node: \nofiles575689
+Node: \numberline576440
+Node: Indexes577604
+Node: Produce the index manually580398
+Node: \index581562
+Node: makeindex586773
+Ref: makeindex preamble588441
+Ref: makeindex postamble588587
+Ref: makeindex group skip588683
+Ref: makeindex letheadflag589023
+Ref: makeindex lethead prefix589484
+Ref: makeindex lethead suffix589636
+Ref: makeindex item 0589784
+Ref: makeindex item 1589864
+Ref: makeindex item 2589939
+Ref: makeindex item 01590017
+Ref: makeindex item x1590122
+Ref: makeindex item 12590327
+Ref: makeindex item x2590435
+Ref: makeindex delim 0590595
+Ref: makeindex delim 1590725
+Ref: makeindex delim 2590855
+Ref: makeindex delim n590981
+Ref: makeindex delim r591116
+Ref: makeindex line max591224
+Ref: makeindex indent space591359
+Ref: makeindex indent length591454
+Ref: makeindex page precedence591639
+Node: \printindex592676
+Node: Glossaries593149
+Node: \newglossaryentry595116
+Node: \gls596583
+Node: Letters597377
+Node: \address600995
+Node: \cc601806
+Node: \closing602248
+Node: \encl602562
+Node: \location602976
+Node: \makelabels603240
+Node: \name605557
+Node: \opening605798
+Node: \ps606079
+Node: \signature606368
+Node: \telephone607596
+Node: Input/output607961
+Node: \openin & \openout608691
+Node: \read611451
+Node: \typein612638
+Node: \typeout613898
+Node: \write614938
+Node: \write and security619665
+Node: \message620609
+Node: \wlog622438
+Node: \write18622939
+Node: Command line interface626430
+Ref: Command line626594
+Node: Command line options628747
+Ref: interaction modes629750
+Ref: output directory630704
+Node: Command line input632403
+Node: Jobname634520
+Node: Recovering from errors637763
+Node: Document templates639191
+Node: beamer template639625
+Node: article template640267
+Node: book template640730
+Node: Larger book template641209
+Node: Index642751
+Ref: Command Index642837
 
 End Tag Table
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.pdf
===================================================================
(Binary files differ)

Modified: trunk/latex2e.txt
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.txt	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.txt	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -352,8 +352,8 @@
 LaTeX2e: An unofficial reference manual
 ***************************************
 
-This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of October
-2021) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
+This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of January
+2022) for LaTeX2e, a document preparation system.
 
 1 About this document
 *********************
@@ -7147,7 +7147,7 @@
             \textit{HMS Polychrest} &Post Captain  \\
             \textit{HMS Lively}     &Post Captain \\
             \textit{HMS Surprise}   &A number of books\footnote{%
-                                       Starting with HMS Surprise.}
+                                       Starting with \textit{HMS Surprise}.}
           \end{tabular}
        \end{minipage}
      \end{center}
@@ -8048,16 +8048,16 @@
      Our college is in \VT .
      The \VT{} summers are nice.
 
-   But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy
+   But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty
 curly braces or else there would be no space separating 'Vermont' from
-'summers'.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for
-this.  *Note \(SPACE)::.)
+'summers'.  (Many authors instead use a backslash-space '\ ' for this.
+*Note \(SPACE)::.)
 
    The 'xspace' package provides '\xspace'.  It is for writing commands
 which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It must be place at the
 very end of the definition of these commands.  It inserts a space after
 that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of exceptions.
-In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
 
      \newcommand{\VT}{Vermont\xspace}
      Our college is in \VT .
@@ -8072,10 +8072,10 @@
 
    A comment: many experts prefer not to use '\xspace'.  Putting it in a
 definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn't easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn't easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
 '\xspace' will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
 command, and so '\xspace' can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
 
 13 Counters
 ***********
@@ -8396,10 +8396,10 @@
        \hspace{0pt plus 1fill}
      \end{minipage}
 
-   TeX actually has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil',
-'fill', and 'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier
-ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note
-\hfill:: and *note \vfill::).
+   TeX has three levels of infinity for glue components: 'fil', 'fill',
+and 'filll'.  The later ones are more infinite than the earlier ones.
+Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one (*note \hfill:: and
+*note \vfill::).
 
    Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length,
 so that after '\setlength{\ylength}{1in plus 0.2in}' and
@@ -8412,8 +8412,8 @@
 mode.
 
 'pt'
-     Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units is 1point =
-     2.845mm = .2845cm.
+     Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+     is 1point = .35146mm = .035146cm.
 
 'pc'
      Pica, 12 pt
@@ -8425,12 +8425,12 @@
      Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
      PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 
+'mm'
+     Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+
 'cm'
-     Centimeter
+     Centimeter, 10 mm
 
-'mm'
-     Millimeter
-
 'dd'
      Didot point, 1.07 pt
 
@@ -8440,21 +8440,32 @@
 'sp'
      Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 
-   Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer
-of the font.  The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the
-height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
-Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
-often used for horizontal lengths (there is also '\enspace', which is
-'0.5em').  Use of these can help make a definition work better across
-font changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between
-list items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}'
-is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
+   Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+
+'ex'
+     The x-height of the current font "ex", traditionally the height of
+     the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical lengths.
+
+'em'
+     Similarly "em", traditionally the width of the capital letter M, is
+     often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often the size of
+     the current font, e.g., a nominal 10pt font will have 1em = 10pt.
+     LaTeX has several commands to produce horizontal spaces based on
+     the em (*note \enspace & \quad & \qquad::).
+
+'mu'
+     Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of
+     the math unit "mu", defined by 1em = 18mu, where the em is taken
+     from the current math symbols family.  *Note Spacing in math
+     mode::.
+
+   Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as '\setlength{\itemsep}{1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex}' is
+more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a
 definition given in points.
 
-   In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math
-unit "mu" given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  *Note Spacing in math mode::.
-
 14.2 '\setlength'
 =================
 
@@ -8482,8 +8493,7 @@
 '\newlength{\specparindent}\setlength{\sepcparindent}{...}', then you
 get an error like 'Undefined control sequence. <argument> \sepcindent'.
 If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name then you get
-an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero. <to be read again>
-\relax l.19 \setlength{specparindent}{0.6\parindent}'
+an error like 'Missing number, treated as zero.'.
 
 14.3 '\addtolength'
 ===================
@@ -11226,7 +11236,7 @@
      centered.
 
 'empty'
-     The header and footer is empty.
+     The header and footer are both empty.
 
 'headings'
      Put running headers and footers on each page.  The document style
@@ -11813,13 +11823,13 @@
 here
 
      \renewcommand{\hrulefill}{%
-       \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z@}
+       \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt }
 
 which changes the default thickness of 0.4pt to 1pt.  Similarly, adjust
 the dot spacing as with
 
      \renewcommand{\dotfill}{%
-       \leavevmode\cleaders\hb at xt@1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern\z@}
+       \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em{\hss .\hss }\hfill\kern0pt }
 
 which changes the default length of 0.33em to 1.00em.
 
@@ -12990,7 +13000,7 @@
 
    Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in EXTENSION.
 
-   This example declares that all files with names have the form
+   This example declares that all files with names of the form
 'filename-without-dot.mps' will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.
@@ -13495,8 +13505,8 @@
 
    The unstarred form '\resizebox' takes VERTICAL LENGTH to be the box's
 height while the starred form '\resizebox*' takes it to be height+depth.
-For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter inch with
-'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{1in}{This box has both height and
+For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a quarter-inch with
+'\resizebox*{!}{0.25in}{\parbox{3.5in}{This box has both height and
 depth.}}'.
 
    You can use '\depth', '\height', '\totalheight', and '\width' to
@@ -13918,8 +13928,8 @@
 
    A TeX primitive command used to generate accented characters from
 accent marks and letters.  The accent mark is selected by NUMBER, a
-numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a CHARACTER argument to
+construct the accented character in the current font.
 
    These are accented 'e' characters.
 
@@ -13929,7 +13939,8 @@
      \accent22 e
      \accent23 e
 
-The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
 
    The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so
 the outcome of '\accent' use may differ between fonts.  In LaTeX it is
@@ -15579,9 +15590,9 @@
 
      \openout NUMBER=FILENAME
 
-   Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  The NUMBER must
-be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3' (in LuaLaTeX NUMBER can be between
-0 and 255).
+   Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  In most
+engines, the NUMBER must be between 0 and 15, as in '\openin3'; in
+LuaLaTeX, NUMBER can be between 0 and 127.
 
    Here TeX opens the file 'presidents.tex' for reading.
 
@@ -16451,7 +16462,7 @@
 * $$...$$ plain TeX display math:        displaymath.       (line  3860)
 * & for table cells:                     tabular.           (line  5726)
 * * prompt:                              Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 16285)
+                                                            (line 16296)
 * *, to \nocite all keys:                Using BibTeX.      (line  6257)
 * *-form of environment commands:        \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                             (line  7646)
@@ -16459,58 +16470,58 @@
 * *-form, defining new commands:         \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                             (line  7248)
 * --disable-write18 command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16110)
+                                                            (line 16121)
 * --enable-write18 command-line option:  Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16110)
+                                                            (line 16121)
 * --file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16131)
+                                                            (line 16142)
 * --halt-on-error command-line option:   Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16128)
+                                                            (line 16139)
 * --help command-line option:            Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16072)
+                                                            (line 16083)
 * --interaction command-line option:     Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16075)
+                                                            (line 16086)
 * --jobname command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16092)
+                                                            (line 16103)
 * --no-file-line-error command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16131)
+                                                            (line 16142)
 * --no-shell-escape command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16110)
+                                                            (line 16121)
 * --output-directory command-line option: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16097)
+                                                            (line 16108)
 * --shell-escape command-line option:    Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16110)
+                                                            (line 16121)
 * --version command-line option:         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16067)
-* -1, write stream number:               \write.            (line 15770)
+                                                            (line 16078)
+* -1, write stream number:               \write.            (line 15781)
 * .aux file:                             Output files.      (line   490)
 * .aux file and BibTeX commands:         BibTeX error messages.
                                                             (line  6264)
 * .dvi file:                             Output files.      (line   467)
 * .fmt file:                             TeX engines.       (line   509)
-* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 15169)
-* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 14759)
-* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 14958)
-* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 14958)
-* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 14970)
+* .glo file:                             Glossaries.        (line 15180)
+* .idx file:                             Indexes.           (line 14770)
+* .idx file <1>:                         makeindex.         (line 14969)
+* .ind file:                             makeindex.         (line 14969)
+* .isty file:                            makeindex.         (line 14981)
 * .lof file:                             Output files.      (line   500)
 * .lof file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14366)
-* .lof file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14662)
+                                                            (line 14377)
+* .lof file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14673)
 * .log file:                             Output files.      (line   485)
 * .lot file:                             Output files.      (line   500)
 * .lot file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14366)
-* .lot file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14662)
+                                                            (line 14377)
+* .lot file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14673)
 * .pdf file:                             Output files.      (line   477)
 * .tex, default extension:               Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 16024)
+                                                            (line 16035)
 * .toc file:                             Output files.      (line   500)
 * .toc file <1>:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14366)
-* .toc file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14662)
+                                                            (line 14377)
+* .toc file <2>:                         \contentsline.     (line 14673)
 * .xdv file:                             TeX engines.       (line   545)
-* /bin/sh, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 15989)
+* /bin/sh, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 16000)
 * 10pt option:                           Document class options.
                                                             (line   739)
 * 11pt option:                           Document class options.
@@ -16518,98 +16529,98 @@
 * 12pt option:                           Document class options.
                                                             (line   739)
 * : for math:                            Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10917)
+                                                            (line 10927)
 * [...] for optional arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
                                                             (line   595)
-* \  (backslash-space):                  \(SPACE).          (line 11596)
+* \  (backslash-space):                  \(SPACE).          (line 11606)
 * \ character starting commands:         LaTeX command syntax.
                                                             (line   595)
 * \!:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10678)
-* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 13841)
+                                                            (line 10688)
+* \" (umlaut accent):                    Accents.           (line 13851)
 * \#:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13522)
+                                                            (line 13532)
 * \$:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13522)
+                                                            (line 13532)
 * \%:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13522)
+                                                            (line 13532)
 * \&:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13522)
-* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 13845)
+                                                            (line 13532)
+* \' (acute accent):                     Accents.           (line 13855)
 * \' (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5574)
 * \(...\) inline math:                   math.              (line  4754)
-* \*:                                    \*.                (line 10937)
+* \*:                                    \*.                (line 10947)
 * \+:                                    tabbing.           (line  5566)
 * \,:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10664)
+                                                            (line 10674)
 * \-:                                    tabbing.           (line  5570)
 * \- (hyphenation):                      \- (hyphenation).  (line  6633)
-* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 13848)
-* \/:                                    \/.                (line 11744)
+* \. (dot-over accent):                  Accents.           (line 13858)
+* \/:                                    \/.                (line 11754)
 * \::                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10653)
+                                                            (line 10663)
 * \;:                                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10640)
+                                                            (line 10650)
 * \<:                                    tabbing.           (line  5562)
-* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 13852)
+* \= (macron accent):                    Accents.           (line 13862)
 * \= (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5556)
 * \>:                                    tabbing.           (line  5560)
 * \> <1>:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10653)
+                                                            (line 10663)
 * \> (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5559)
-* \@:                                    \@.                (line 11519)
-* \@auxout:                              \write.            (line 15785)
+* \@:                                    \@.                (line 11529)
+* \@auxout:                              \write.            (line 15796)
 * \@beginparpenalty:                     list.              (line  4636)
-* \@dottedtocline:                       \@dottedtocline.   (line 14490)
+* \@dottedtocline:                       \@dottedtocline.   (line 14501)
 * \@endparpenalty:                       list.              (line  4644)
 * \@fnsymbol:                            \footnote.         (line  6997)
 * \@ifstar:                              \@ifstar.          (line  7460)
 * \@itempenalty:                         list.              (line  4640)
-* \@mainaux:                             \write.            (line 15785)
+* \@mainaux:                             \write.            (line 15796)
 * \@startsection:                        \@startsection.    (line  3141)
 * \a (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5589)
 * \a' (acute accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5590)
 * \a= (macron accent in tabbing):        tabbing.           (line  5590)
 * \aa (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13964)
+                                                            (line 13975)
 * \AA (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13964)
-* \accent:                               \accent.           (line 13914)
-* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line 10534)
-* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 14525)
-* \address:                              \address.          (line 15347)
-* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 14604)
+                                                            (line 13975)
+* \accent:                               \accent.           (line 13924)
+* \acute:                                Math accents.      (line 10544)
+* \addcontentsline:                      \addcontentsline.  (line 14536)
+* \address:                              \address.          (line 15358)
+* \addtocontents{EXT}{TEXT}:             \addtocontents.    (line 14615)
 * \addtocounter:                         \addtocounter.     (line  8242)
-* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  8490)
-* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 12079)
+* \addtolength:                          \addtolength.      (line  8500)
+* \addvspace:                            \addvspace.        (line 12089)
 * \ae (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13968)
+                                                            (line 13979)
 * \AE (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13968)
-* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  9120)
+                                                            (line 13979)
+* \aleph:                                Math symbols.      (line  9130)
 * \Alph example:                         enumerate.         (line  3971)
-* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  9123)
+* \alpha:                                Math symbols.      (line  9133)
 * \alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                             (line  8117)
 * \Alph{COUNTER}:                        \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                             (line  8122)
-* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 14893)
-* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  9126)
-* \and for \author:                      \maketitle.        (line 11118)
-* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  9129)
+* \alsoname:                             \index.            (line 14904)
+* \amalg:                                Math symbols.      (line  9136)
+* \and for \author:                      \maketitle.        (line 11128)
+* \angle:                                Math symbols.      (line  9139)
 * \appendix:                             \appendix.         (line  3072)
-* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  9133)
+* \approx:                               Math symbols.      (line  9143)
 * \arabic{COUNTER}:                      \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                             (line  8127)
-* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line 10417)
-* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line 10420)
-* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line 10423)
-* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10426)
+* \arccos:                               Math functions.    (line 10427)
+* \arcsin:                               Math functions.    (line 10430)
+* \arctan:                               Math functions.    (line 10433)
+* \arg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10436)
 * \arraycolsep:                          array.             (line  3657)
 * \arrayrulewidth:                       tabular.           (line  5851)
 * \arraystretch:                         tabular.           (line  5857)
-* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9136)
-* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9143)
+* \ast:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9146)
+* \asymp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9153)
 * \AtBeginDocument:                      \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3884)
 * \AtBeginDvi:                           Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   919)
@@ -16618,13 +16629,13 @@
                                                             (line   924)
 * \AtEndOfPackage:                       Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   924)
-* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line 11117)
+* \author{NAME1 \and NAME2 \and ...}:    \maketitle.        (line 11127)
 * \a` (grave accent in tabbing):         tabbing.           (line  5590)
-* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13867)
+* \b (bar-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13877)
 * \backmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                             (line  3105)
-* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  9146)
-* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line 10537)
+* \backslash:                            Math symbols.      (line  9156)
+* \bar:                                  Math accents.      (line 10547)
 * \baselineskip:                         Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  1992)
 * \baselineskip <1>:                     \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
@@ -16632,7 +16643,7 @@
 * \baselinestretch:                      \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                             (line  2315)
 * \begin:                                Environments.      (line  3549)
-* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9150)
+* \beta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9160)
 * \bf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1770)
 * \bfseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1735)
 * \bibdata:                              BibTeX error messages.
@@ -16647,68 +16658,68 @@
 * \bibname:                              thebibliography.   (line  6062)
 * \bibstyle:                             BibTeX error messages.
                                                             (line  6277)
-* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  9153)
-* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  9157)
-* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  9160)
-* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  9164)
-* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9167)
-* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  9170)
+* \bigcap:                               Math symbols.      (line  9163)
+* \bigcirc:                              Math symbols.      (line  9167)
+* \bigcup:                               Math symbols.      (line  9170)
+* \bigodot:                              Math symbols.      (line  9174)
+* \bigoplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9177)
+* \bigotimes:                            Math symbols.      (line  9180)
 * \bigskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11860)
+                                                            (line 11870)
 * \bigskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11861)
-* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  9179)
-* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9173)
-* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9176)
-* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9182)
-* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  9186)
-* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  9189)
-* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10429)
+                                                            (line 11871)
+* \bigsqcup:                             Math symbols.      (line  9189)
+* \bigtriangledown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9183)
+* \bigtriangleup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9186)
+* \biguplus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9192)
+* \bigvee:                               Math symbols.      (line  9196)
+* \bigwedge:                             Math symbols.      (line  9199)
+* \bmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10439)
 * \boldmath:                             \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9990)
+                                                            (line 10000)
 * \boldmath <1>:                         \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9998)
-* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9192)
+                                                            (line 10008)
+* \bot:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9202)
 * \bottomfraction:                       Floats.            (line  2496)
 * \bottomfraction <1>:                   Floats.            (line  2497)
-* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  9196)
-* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9199)
-* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line 10540)
-* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  9204)
-* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 13877)
+* \bowtie:                               Math symbols.      (line  9206)
+* \Box:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9209)
+* \breve:                                Math accents.      (line 10550)
+* \bullet:                               Math symbols.      (line  9214)
+* \c (cedilla accent):                   Accents.           (line 13887)
 * \cal:                                  Font styles.       (line  1773)
-* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9207)
-* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 13845)
-* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 13905)
-* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 13909)
-* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 13877)
-* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 13856)
-* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 13841)
-* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 13881)
-* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 13860)
-* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 13885)
-* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 13852)
-* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 13899)
-* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 13889)
-* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 13893)
-* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 13899)
-* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 13864)
+* \cap:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9217)
+* \capitalacute:                         Accents.           (line 13855)
+* \capitalbreve:                         Accents.           (line 13915)
+* \capitalcaron:                         Accents.           (line 13919)
+* \capitalcedilla:                       Accents.           (line 13887)
+* \capitalcircumflex:                    Accents.           (line 13866)
+* \capitaldieresis:                      Accents.           (line 13851)
+* \capitaldotaccent:                     Accents.           (line 13891)
+* \capitalgrave:                         Accents.           (line 13870)
+* \capitalhungarumlaut:                  Accents.           (line 13895)
+* \capitalmacron:                        Accents.           (line 13862)
+* \capitalnewtie:                        Accents.           (line 13909)
+* \capitalogonek:                        Accents.           (line 13899)
+* \capitalring:                          Accents.           (line 13903)
+* \capitaltie:                           Accents.           (line 13909)
+* \capitaltilde:                         Accents.           (line 13874)
 * \caption:                              \caption.          (line  2558)
 * \caption <1>:                          figure.            (line  4094)
 * \caption <2>:                          table.             (line  5678)
-* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 15372)
-* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9211)
-* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line 10328)
+* \cc:                                   \cc.               (line 15383)
+* \cdot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9221)
+* \cdots:                                Dots.              (line 10338)
 * \centering:                            \centering.        (line  3736)
 * \chapter:                              Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * \chapter <1>:                          \chapter.          (line  2772)
-* \check:                                Math accents.      (line 10543)
+* \check:                                Math accents.      (line 10553)
 * \CheckCommand:                         Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   931)
 * \CheckCommand*:                        Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   931)
-* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9214)
-* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9217)
+* \chi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9224)
+* \circ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9227)
 * \circle:                               \circle.           (line  5223)
 * \citation:                             BibTeX error messages.
                                                             (line  6280)
@@ -16731,13 +16742,13 @@
                                                             (line  6814)
 * \cline:                                \cline.            (line  5985)
 * \closein:                              \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15573)
+                                                            (line 15584)
 * \closeout:                             \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15573)
-* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 15388)
-* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  9221)
+                                                            (line 15584)
+* \closing:                              \closing.          (line 15399)
+* \clubsuit:                             Math symbols.      (line  9231)
 * \colon:                                Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10917)
+                                                            (line 10927)
 * \columnsep:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2057)
 * \columnsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2182)
@@ -16753,28 +16764,28 @@
                                                             (line  2184)
 * \columnwidth <2>:                      Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2185)
-* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  9224)
-* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9230)
+* \complement:                           Math symbols.      (line  9234)
+* \cong:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9240)
 * \contentsline:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14422)
-* \contentsline <1>:                     \addcontentsline.  (line 14529)
-* \contentsline <2>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14662)
-* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  9233)
-* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 13617)
-* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line 10432)
-* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10435)
-* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line 10438)
-* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line 10441)
-* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line 10444)
-* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9236)
+                                                            (line 14433)
+* \contentsline <1>:                     \addcontentsline.  (line 14540)
+* \contentsline <2>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14673)
+* \coprod:                               Math symbols.      (line  9243)
+* \copyright:                            Text symbols.      (line 13627)
+* \cos:                                  Math functions.    (line 10442)
+* \cosh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10445)
+* \cot:                                  Math functions.    (line 10448)
+* \coth:                                 Math functions.    (line 10451)
+* \csc:                                  Math functions.    (line 10454)
+* \cup:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9246)
 * \CurrentOption:                        Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   970)
-* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13881)
-* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13621)
-* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  9240)
+* \d (dot-under accent):                 Accents.           (line 13891)
+* \dag:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13631)
+* \dagger:                               Math symbols.      (line  9250)
 * \dashbox:                              \dashbox.          (line  5433)
-* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9243)
-* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line 11125)
+* \dashv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9253)
+* \date{TEXT}:                           \maketitle.        (line 11135)
 * \day:                                  \day & \month & \year.
                                                             (line  8291)
 * \dblfloatpagefraction:                 \twocolumn.        (line  2103)
@@ -16782,16 +16793,16 @@
 * \dbltextfloatsep:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2116)
 * \dbltopfraction:                       \twocolumn.        (line  2082)
 * \dbltopnumber:                         \twocolumn.        (line  2121)
-* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13624)
-* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  9247)
-* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line 10546)
-* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line 10332)
+* \ddag:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13634)
+* \ddagger:                              Math symbols.      (line  9257)
+* \ddot:                                 Math accents.      (line 10556)
+* \ddots:                                Dots.              (line 10342)
 * \DeclareFontEncoding:                  \DeclareFontEncoding.
                                                             (line  1384)
 * \DeclareGraphicsExtensions:            \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 12944)
+                                                            (line 12954)
 * \DeclareGraphicsRule:                  \DeclareGraphicsRule.
-                                                            (line 12986)
+                                                            (line 12996)
 * \DeclareOption:                        Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   976)
 * \DeclareOption*:                       Class and package commands.
@@ -16824,51 +16835,51 @@
                                                             (line  1620)
 * \DeclareTextSymbolDefault:             \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
                                                             (line  1620)
-* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10447)
-* \DelayedShellEscape:                   \write18.          (line 16000)
-* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9250)
-* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9253)
-* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line 10450)
+* \deg:                                  Math functions.    (line 10457)
+* \DelayedShellEscape:                   \write18.          (line 16011)
+* \Delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9260)
+* \delta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9263)
+* \det:                                  Math functions.    (line 10460)
 * \dh (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13972)
+                                                            (line 13983)
 * \DH (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13972)
-* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9256)
-* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9260)
-* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  9264)
-* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10453)
-* \displaystyle:                         Math styles.       (line 10866)
-* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9267)
+                                                            (line 13983)
+* \Diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9266)
+* \diamond:                              Math symbols.      (line  9270)
+* \diamondsuit:                          Math symbols.      (line  9274)
+* \dim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10463)
+* \displaystyle:                         Math styles.       (line 10876)
+* \div:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9277)
 * \dj:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13978)
+                                                            (line 13989)
 * \DJ:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13978)
+                                                            (line 13989)
 * \documentclass:                        Document classes.  (line   696)
-* \documentclass, and texput jobname:    Jobname.           (line 16229)
-* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line 10549)
-* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9270)
+* \documentclass, and texput jobname:    Jobname.           (line 16240)
+* \dot:                                  Math accents.      (line 10559)
+* \doteq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9280)
 * \dotfill:                              \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 11789)
-* \dots:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13641)
+                                                            (line 11799)
+* \dots:                                 Text symbols.      (line 13651)
 * \doublerulesep:                        tabular.           (line  5862)
-* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9274)
-* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9278)
-* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9282)
+* \downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9284)
+* \Downarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9288)
+* \ell:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9292)
 * \emph:                                 Font styles.       (line  1755)
-* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9285)
-* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 15401)
+* \emptyset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9295)
+* \encl:                                 \encl.             (line 15412)
 * \end:                                  Environments.      (line  3549)
-* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 14177)
+* \endinput:                             \endinput.         (line 14188)
 * \enlargethispage:                      \enlargethispage.  (line  6888)
 * \enspace:                              \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 11328)
+                                                            (line 11338)
 * \enumi:                                enumerate.         (line  3957)
 * \enumii:                               enumerate.         (line  3957)
 * \enumiii:                              enumerate.         (line  3957)
 * \enumiv:                               enumerate.         (line  3957)
-* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9288)
-* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9294)
-* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9297)
+* \epsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9298)
+* \equiv:                                Math symbols.      (line  9304)
+* \eta:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9307)
 * \evensidemargin:                       Document class options.
                                                             (line   809)
 * \evensidemargin <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
@@ -16877,21 +16888,21 @@
                                                             (line  2244)
 * \ExecuteOptions:                       Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1082)
-* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  9300)
-* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line 10456)
+* \exists:                               Math symbols.      (line  9310)
+* \exp:                                  Math functions.    (line 10466)
 * \externaldocument:                     xr package.        (line  3495)
 * \extracolsep:                          tabular.           (line  5802)
-* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 12226)
+* \fbox:                                 \fbox & \framebox. (line 12236)
 * \fboxrule:                             \framebox (picture).
                                                             (line  5410)
-* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12258)
-* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12257)
+* \fboxrule <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268)
+* \fboxrule <2>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12267)
 * \fboxsep:                              \framebox (picture).
                                                             (line  5410)
-* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12263)
-* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12262)
-* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 11414)
-* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9303)
+* \fboxsep <1>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12273)
+* \fboxsep <2>:                          \fbox & \framebox. (line 12272)
+* \fill:                                 \hfill.            (line 11424)
+* \flat:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9313)
 * \floatpagefraction:                    Floats.            (line  2500)
 * \floatpagefraction <1>:                Floats.            (line  2501)
 * \floatsep:                             Floats.            (line  2516)
@@ -16900,7 +16911,7 @@
 * \fnsymbol, and footnotes:              \footnote.         (line  6997)
 * \fnsymbol{COUNTER}:                    \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                             (line  8140)
-* \fontdimen1:                           \/.                (line 11778)
+* \fontdimen1:                           \/.                (line 11788)
 * \fontencoding:                         Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  1902)
 * \fontfamily:                           Low-level font commands.
@@ -16921,36 +16932,36 @@
                                                             (line  2202)
 * \footskip <1>:                         Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2203)
-* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  9306)
-* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line 10953)
+* \forall:                               Math symbols.      (line  9316)
+* \frac:                                 \frac.             (line 10963)
 * \frame:                                \frame.            (line  5421)
 * \framebox:                             \framebox (picture).
                                                             (line  5385)
-* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12226)
+* \framebox <1>:                         \fbox & \framebox. (line 12236)
 * \frenchspacing:                        \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
-                                                            (line 11565)
+                                                            (line 11575)
 * \frontmatter:                          \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                             (line  3105)
-* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  9309)
+* \frown:                                Math symbols.      (line  9319)
 * \fussy:                                \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6690)
-* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9312)
-* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9315)
-* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line 10459)
-* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9318)
-* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9322)
-* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9326)
-* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9329)
-* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 15239)
-* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 12881)
+* \Gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9322)
+* \gamma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9325)
+* \gcd:                                  Math functions.    (line 10469)
+* \ge:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9328)
+* \geq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9332)
+* \gets:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9336)
+* \gg:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9339)
+* \gls:                                  \gls.              (line 15250)
+* \graphicspath:                         \graphicspath.     (line 12891)
 * \graphpaper:                           \graphpaper.       (line  5126)
-* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line 10552)
-* \guillemotleft (?):                    Text symbols.      (line 13633)
-* \guillemotright (?):                   Text symbols.      (line 13634)
-* \guilsinglleft (?):                    Text symbols.      (line 13635)
-* \guilsinglright (?):                   Text symbols.      (line 13636)
-* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 13885)
-* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line 10555)
-* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9332)
+* \grave:                                Math accents.      (line 10562)
+* \guillemotleft (?):                    Text symbols.      (line 13643)
+* \guillemotright (?):                   Text symbols.      (line 13644)
+* \guilsinglleft (?):                    Text symbols.      (line 13645)
+* \guilsinglright (?):                   Text symbols.      (line 13646)
+* \H (Hungarian umlaut accent):          Accents.           (line 13895)
+* \hat:                                  Math accents.      (line 10565)
+* \hbar:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9342)
 * \headheight:                           Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2190)
 * \headheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
@@ -16959,26 +16970,26 @@
                                                             (line  2195)
 * \headsep <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2196)
-* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9335)
-* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 11402)
+* \heartsuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9345)
+* \hfill:                                \hfill.            (line 11412)
 * \hline:                                \hline.            (line  6007)
-* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line 10462)
-* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9338)
-* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9341)
+* \hom:                                  Math functions.    (line 10472)
+* \hookleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9348)
+* \hookrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9351)
 * \hrulefill:                            \hrulefill & \dotfill.
-                                                            (line 11789)
+                                                            (line 11799)
 * \hsize:                                Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2295)
 * \hsize <1>:                            Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2296)
-* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line 11355)
-* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 11435)
+* \hspace:                               \hspace.           (line 11365)
+* \hss:                                  \hss.              (line 11445)
 * \huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1845)
 * \Huge:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1845)
 * \hyphenation:                          \hyphenation.      (line  6732)
-* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 13835)
-* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring:      Jobname.           (line 16250)
-* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9344)
+* \i (dotless i):                        Accents.           (line 13845)
+* \IfBeginWith* macro from xstring:      Jobname.           (line 16261)
+* \iff:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9354)
 * \IfFileExists:                         Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1038)
 * \ignorespaces:                         \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
@@ -16986,62 +16997,62 @@
 * \ignorespacesafterend:                 \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
                                                             (line  7955)
 * \ij (ij):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13984)
+                                                            (line 13995)
 * \IJ (IJ):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13984)
-* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9348)
-* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9351)
-* \immediate\write:                      \write.            (line 15800)
-* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9355)
+                                                            (line 13995)
+* \Im:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9358)
+* \imath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9361)
+* \immediate\write:                      \write.            (line 15811)
+* \in:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9365)
 * \include:                              \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 14209)
-* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
+                                                            (line 14220)
+* \includegraphics:                      \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
 * \includeonly:                          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 14209)
+                                                            (line 14220)
 * \indent:                               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8845)
-* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 14759)
-* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 14841)
-* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 14943)
+                                                            (line  8855)
+* \index:                                Indexes.           (line 14770)
+* \index <1>:                            \index.            (line 14852)
+* \indexentry:                           \index.            (line 14954)
 * \indexspace:                           Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14830)
-* \indexspace <1>:                       makeindex.         (line 15011)
-* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line 10465)
-* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  9359)
-* \input:                                \input.            (line 14328)
-* \inputencoding:                        inputenc package.  (line 14059)
+                                                            (line 14841)
+* \indexspace <1>:                       makeindex.         (line 15022)
+* \inf:                                  Math functions.    (line 10475)
+* \infty:                                Math symbols.      (line  9369)
+* \input:                                \input.            (line 14339)
+* \inputencoding:                        inputenc package.  (line 14070)
 * \InputIfFileExists:                    Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1038)
-* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9362)
+* \int:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9372)
 * \intextsep:                            Floats.            (line  2520)
 * \intextsep <1>:                        Floats.            (line  2521)
-* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9365)
+* \iota:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9375)
 * \it:                                   Font styles.       (line  1776)
 * \item:                                 description.       (line  3803)
 * \item <1>:                             enumerate.         (line  3939)
 * \item <2>:                             itemize.           (line  4289)
 * \item <3>:                             itemize.           (line  4313)
 * \item <4>:                             Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14830)
+                                                            (line 14841)
 * \itemindent:                           list.              (line  4460)
 * \itemsep:                              list.              (line  4464)
 * \itshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1729)
-* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 13835)
-* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9371)
-* \jobname:                              Jobname.           (line 16203)
-* \jobname <1>:                          Jobname.           (line 16243)
-* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9368)
-* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 13889)
-* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  9375)
-* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line 10468)
+* \j (dotless j):                        Accents.           (line 13845)
+* \jmath:                                Math symbols.      (line  9381)
+* \jobname:                              Jobname.           (line 16214)
+* \jobname <1>:                          Jobname.           (line 16254)
+* \Join:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9378)
+* \k (ogonek):                           Accents.           (line 13899)
+* \kappa:                                Math symbols.      (line  9385)
+* \ker:                                  Math functions.    (line 10478)
 * \kill:                                 tabbing.           (line  5594)
 * \l (?):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13988)
+                                                            (line 13999)
 * \L (?):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13988)
-* \l at chapter:                            \contentsline.     (line 14662)
-* \l at section:                            \contentsline.     (line 14662)
-* \l at subsection:                         \contentsline.     (line 14662)
+                                                            (line 13999)
+* \l at chapter:                            \contentsline.     (line 14673)
+* \l at section:                            \contentsline.     (line 14673)
+* \l at subsection:                         \contentsline.     (line 14673)
 * \label:                                \label.            (line  3384)
 * \labelenumi:                           enumerate.         (line  3966)
 * \labelenumii:                          enumerate.         (line  3966)
@@ -17053,30 +17064,30 @@
 * \labelitemiv:                          itemize.           (line  4325)
 * \labelsep:                             list.              (line  4476)
 * \labelwidth:                           list.              (line  4481)
-* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9378)
-* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9381)
-* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9384)
-* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9388)
+* \Lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9388)
+* \lambda:                               Math symbols.      (line  9391)
+* \land:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9394)
+* \langle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9398)
 * \large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1845)
 * \Large:                                Font sizes.        (line  1845)
 * \LARGE:                                Font sizes.        (line  1845)
 * \LastDeclaredEncoding:                 \LastDeclaredEncoding.
                                                             (line  1646)
-* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 13627)
-* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 13630)
-* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9392)
-* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9395)
-* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9398)
-* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line 10335)
-* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 13640)
-* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9402)
-* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  9405)
-* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line 10123)
-* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9411)
-* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9415)
+* \LaTeX:                                Text symbols.      (line 13637)
+* \LaTeXe:                               Text symbols.      (line 13640)
+* \lbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9402)
+* \lbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9405)
+* \lceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9408)
+* \ldots:                                Dots.              (line 10345)
+* \ldots <1>:                            Text symbols.      (line 13650)
+* \le:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9412)
+* \leadsto:                              Math symbols.      (line  9415)
+* \left:                                 \left & \right.    (line 10133)
+* \Leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9421)
+* \leftarrow:                            Math symbols.      (line  9425)
 * \lefteqn:                              eqnarray.          (line  4021)
-* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9419)
-* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9422)
+* \leftharpoondown:                      Math symbols.      (line  9429)
+* \leftharpoonup:                        Math symbols.      (line  9432)
 * \leftmargin:                           itemize.           (line  4341)
 * \leftmargin <1>:                       list.              (line  4501)
 * \leftmargini:                          itemize.           (line  4341)
@@ -17085,15 +17096,15 @@
 * \leftmarginiv:                         itemize.           (line  4341)
 * \leftmarginv:                          itemize.           (line  4341)
 * \leftmarginvi:                         itemize.           (line  4341)
-* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9425)
-* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9429)
-* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9433)
-* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9436)
-* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line 10471)
-* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9439)
-* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10474)
-* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line 10477)
-* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line 10480)
+* \Leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9435)
+* \leftrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9439)
+* \leq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9443)
+* \lfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9446)
+* \lg:                                   Math functions.    (line 10481)
+* \lhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9449)
+* \lim:                                  Math functions.    (line 10484)
+* \liminf:                               Math functions.    (line 10487)
+* \limsup:                               Math functions.    (line 10490)
 * \line:                                 \line.             (line  5150)
 * \linebreak:                            \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
                                                             (line  6751)
@@ -17111,159 +17122,159 @@
 * \linewidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2210)
 * \listoffigures:                        Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14366)
-* \listoffigures <1>:                    \contentsline.     (line 14662)
+                                                            (line 14377)
+* \listoffigures <1>:                    \contentsline.     (line 14673)
 * \listoftables:                         Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14366)
-* \listoftables <1>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14662)
+                                                            (line 14377)
+* \listoftables <1>:                     \contentsline.     (line 14673)
 * \listparindent:                        list.              (line  4518)
-* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9445)
-* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line 10483)
-* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9448)
+* \ll:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9455)
+* \ln:                                   Math functions.    (line 10493)
+* \lnot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9458)
 * \LoadClass:                            Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1058)
 * \LoadClassWithOptions:                 Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1058)
-* \location:                             \location.         (line 15416)
-* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line 10486)
+* \location:                             \location.         (line 15427)
+* \log:                                  Math functions.    (line 10496)
 * \long:                                 \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                             (line  7248)
-* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9451)
-* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  9455)
-* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  9459)
-* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9463)
-* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9467)
-* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13646)
+* \longleftarrow:                        Math symbols.      (line  9461)
+* \longleftrightarrow:                   Math symbols.      (line  9465)
+* \longmapsto:                           Math symbols.      (line  9469)
+* \longrightarrow:                       Math symbols.      (line  9473)
+* \lor:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9477)
+* \lq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13656)
 * \mainmatter:                           \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                             (line  3105)
-* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12136)
+* \makebox:                              \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12146)
 * \makebox (for picture):                \makebox (picture).
                                                             (line  5347)
-* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 15132)
-* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 15169)
-* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 14759)
+* \makeglossary:                         Glossaries.        (line 15143)
+* \makeglossary <1>:                     Glossaries.        (line 15180)
+* \makeindex:                            Indexes.           (line 14770)
 * \makelabel:                            list.              (line  4437)
-* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 15426)
-* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line 11081)
-* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9471)
-* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  8926)
+* \makelabels:                           \makelabels.       (line 15437)
+* \maketitle:                            \maketitle.        (line 11091)
+* \mapsto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9481)
+* \marginpar:                            Marginal notes.    (line  8936)
 * \marginparpush:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2216)
 * \marginparpush <1>:                    Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2219)
-* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  8955)
-* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  8960)
+* \marginparpush <2>:                    Marginal notes.    (line  8965)
+* \marginparsep:                         Marginal notes.    (line  8970)
 * \marginparwidth:                       Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2218)
 * \marginparwidth <1>:                   Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2219)
-* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8964)
+* \marginparwidth <2>:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8974)
 * \marginsep:                            Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2217)
 * \marginsep <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2219)
-* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line 11278)
-* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.        (line 11287)
+* \markboth{LEFT-HEAD}{RIGHT-HEAD}:      \pagestyle.        (line 11288)
+* \markright{RIGHT}:                     \pagestyle.        (line 11297)
 * \mathbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1806)
 * \mathcal:                              Font styles.       (line  1822)
-* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  9931)
+* \mathdollar:                           Math symbols.      (line  9941)
 * \mathnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1819)
-* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  9934)
-* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line 10558)
+* \mathparagraph:                        Math symbols.      (line  9944)
+* \mathring:                             Math accents.      (line 10568)
 * \mathrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1803)
-* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  9937)
+* \mathsection:                          Math symbols.      (line  9947)
 * \mathsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1809)
-* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  9940)
-* \mathstrut:                            \mathstrut.        (line 10821)
+* \mathsterling:                         Math symbols.      (line  9950)
+* \mathstrut:                            \mathstrut.        (line 10831)
 * \mathtt:                               Font styles.       (line  1812)
-* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  9943)
+* \mathunderscore:                       Math symbols.      (line  9953)
 * \mathversion:                          Font styles.       (line  1824)
-* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line 10489)
-* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12136)
+* \max:                                  Math functions.    (line 10499)
+* \mbox:                                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12146)
 * \mdseries:                             Font styles.       (line  1732)
 * \medskip:                              \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11865)
+                                                            (line 11875)
 * \medskipamount:                        \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11866)
+                                                            (line 11876)
 * \medspace:                             Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10653)
-* \message:                              \message.          (line 15871)
-* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9475)
-* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9478)
-* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line 10492)
-* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  9488)
+                                                            (line 10663)
+* \message:                              \message.          (line 15882)
+* \mho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9485)
+* \mid:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9488)
+* \min:                                  Math functions.    (line 10502)
+* \models:                               Math symbols.      (line  9498)
 * \month:                                \day & \month & \year.
                                                             (line  8291)
-* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9492)
-* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9495)
+* \mp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9502)
+* \mu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9505)
 * \multicolumn:                          \multicolumn.      (line  5877)
 * \multiput:                             \multiput.         (line  5063)
-* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  9498)
-* \name:                                 \name.             (line 15483)
-* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  9501)
-* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9504)
-* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9507)
+* \nabla:                                Math symbols.      (line  9508)
+* \name:                                 \name.             (line 15494)
+* \natural:                              Math symbols.      (line  9511)
+* \ne:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9514)
+* \nearrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9517)
 * \NeedsTeXFormat:                       Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1092)
-* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9510)
+* \neg:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9520)
 * \negmedspace:                          Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10659)
+                                                            (line 10669)
 * \negthickspace:                        Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10647)
+                                                            (line 10657)
 * \negthinspace:                         Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10678)
+                                                            (line 10688)
 * \negthinspace <1>:                     \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11715)
-* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9514)
+                                                            (line 11725)
+* \neq:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9524)
 * \newcommand:                           \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                             (line  7227)
 * \newcounter:                           \newcounter.       (line  7532)
 * \newenvironment:                       \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                             (line  7625)
 * \newfont:                              \newfont.          (line  7871)
-* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 15180)
+* \newglossaryentry:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 15191)
 * \newlength:                            \newlength.        (line  7573)
 * \newline:                              \newline.          (line  6609)
-* \<NEWLINE>:                            \(SPACE).          (line 11596)
+* \<NEWLINE>:                            \(SPACE).          (line 11606)
 * \newpage:                              \newpage.          (line  6855)
 * \newsavebox:                           \newsavebox.       (line  7597)
 * \newtheorem:                           \newtheorem.       (line  7759)
-* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 13899)
-* \newwrite:                             \write.            (line 15764)
+* \newtie:                               Accents.           (line 13909)
+* \newwrite:                             \write.            (line 15775)
 * \ng:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13992)
+                                                            (line 14003)
 * \NG:                                   Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13992)
-* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9517)
+                                                            (line 14003)
+* \ni:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9527)
 * \nocite:                               \nocite.           (line  6187)
 * \nocite and internal \citation:        BibTeX error messages.
                                                             (line  6281)
 * \nocite {*}, for all keys:             Using BibTeX.      (line  6257)
 * \nocorr:                               Font styles.       (line  1717)
 * \nocorrlist:                           Font styles.       (line  1717)
-* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 14703)
+* \nofiles:                              \nofiles.          (line 14714)
 * \noindent:                             \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8845)
+                                                            (line  8855)
 * \nolinebreak:                          \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
                                                             (line  6751)
 * \nonfrenchspacing:                     \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
-                                                            (line 11565)
+                                                            (line 11575)
 * \nonumber:                             eqnarray.          (line  4016)
 * \nopagebreak:                          \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
                                                             (line  6913)
 * \normalfont:                           Font styles.       (line  1753)
-* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  8942)
-* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 11586)
+* \normalmarginpar:                      Marginal notes.    (line  8952)
+* \normalsfcodes:                        \normalsfcodes.    (line 11596)
 * \normalsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1845)
-* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9521)
-* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  9529)
-* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9533)
-* \numberline:                           \numberline.       (line 14728)
-* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9536)
+* \not:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9531)
+* \notin:                                Math symbols.      (line  9539)
+* \nu:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9543)
+* \numberline:                           \numberline.       (line 14739)
+* \nwarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9546)
 * \o (?):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13996)
+                                                            (line 14007)
 * \O (?):                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13996)
+                                                            (line 14007)
 * \obeycr:                               \obeycr & \restorecr.
                                                             (line  6569)
 * \oddsidemargin:                        Document class options.
@@ -17272,34 +17283,34 @@
                                                             (line  2242)
 * \oddsidemargin <2>:                    Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2244)
-* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9539)
+* \odot:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9549)
 * \oe (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14000)
+                                                            (line 14011)
 * \OE (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14000)
-* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9543)
+                                                            (line 14011)
+* \oint:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9553)
 * \oldstylenums:                         Font styles.       (line  1828)
-* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9546)
-* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9549)
-* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  9552)
+* \Omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9556)
+* \omega:                                Math symbols.      (line  9559)
+* \ominus:                               Math symbols.      (line  9562)
 * \onecolumn:                            \onecolumn.        (line  2031)
 * \openin:                               \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15573)
-* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 15493)
+                                                            (line 15584)
+* \opening:                              \opening.          (line 15504)
 * \openout:                              \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15573)
-* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9555)
+                                                            (line 15584)
+* \oplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9565)
 * \OptionNotUsed:                        Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1110)
-* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  9559)
-* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  9562)
+* \oslash:                               Math symbols.      (line  9569)
+* \otimes:                               Math symbols.      (line  9572)
 * \oval:                                 \oval.             (line  5242)
 * \overbrace{MATH}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10612)
+                                                            (line 10622)
 * \overline{TEXT}:                       Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10593)
-* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9566)
-* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13649)
+                                                            (line 10603)
+* \owns:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9576)
+* \P:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13659)
 * \PackageError:                         Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   951)
 * \PackageInfo:                          Class and package commands.
@@ -17312,9 +17323,9 @@
                                                             (line   951)
 * \pagebreak:                            \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
                                                             (line  6913)
-* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line 11152)
+* \pagenumbering:                        \pagenumbering.    (line 11162)
 * \pageref:                              \pageref.          (line  3442)
-* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line 11209)
+* \pagestyle:                            \pagestyle.        (line 11219)
 * \paperheight:                          Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2255)
 * \paperheight <1>:                      Page layout parameters.
@@ -17323,24 +17334,24 @@
                                                             (line  2261)
 * \paperwidth <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2262)
-* \par:                                  \par.              (line  8792)
+* \par:                                  \par.              (line  8802)
 * \paragraph:                            Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * \paragraph <1>:                        \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                             (line  3007)
-* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  9570)
-* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 12293)
+* \parallel:                             Math symbols.      (line  9580)
+* \parbox:                               \parbox.           (line 12303)
 * \parindent:                            minipage.          (line  4857)
 * \parindent <1>:                        \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8845)
+                                                            (line  8855)
 * \parindent <2>:                        \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8894)
+                                                            (line  8904)
 * \parsep:                               list.              (line  4524)
 * \parskip:                              \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8894)
+                                                            (line  8904)
 * \parskip example:                      itemize.           (line  4361)
 * \part:                                 Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * \part <1>:                             \part.             (line  2718)
-* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  9573)
+* \partial:                              Math symbols.      (line  9583)
 * \partopsep:                            list.              (line  4533)
 * \PassOptionsToClass:                   Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1116)
@@ -17350,33 +17361,33 @@
                                                             (line   765)
 * \pdfpagewidth:                         Document class options.
                                                             (line   765)
-* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9576)
-* \Phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9580)
-* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9583)
-* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9587)
-* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9590)
-* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9594)
-* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10495)
+* \perp:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9586)
+* \Phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9590)
+* \phi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9593)
+* \Pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9597)
+* \pi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9600)
+* \pm:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9604)
+* \pmod:                                 Math functions.    (line 10505)
 * \poptabs:                              tabbing.           (line  5600)
 * \poptabs <1>:                          tabbing.           (line  5601)
-* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 13653)
-* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line 10498)
-* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9597)
-* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9600)
+* \pounds:                               Text symbols.      (line 13663)
+* \Pr:                                   Math functions.    (line 10508)
+* \prec:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9607)
+* \preceq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9610)
 * \prevdepth:                            \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                             (line  2354)
-* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  9604)
-* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 15132)
-* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 15169)
-* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 15117)
+* \prime:                                Math symbols.      (line  9614)
+* \printglossaries:                      Glossaries.        (line 15143)
+* \printglossaries <1>:                  Glossaries.        (line 15180)
+* \printindex:                           \printindex.       (line 15128)
 * \ProcessOptions:                       Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1153)
 * \ProcessOptions*:                      Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1153)
-* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9613)
-* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9616)
+* \prod:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9623)
+* \propto:                               Math symbols.      (line  9626)
 * \protect:                              \protect.          (line  7903)
-* \protected at write:                      \write.            (line 15810)
+* \protected at write:                      \write.            (line 15821)
 * \providecommand:                       \providecommand.   (line  7386)
 * \ProvidesClass:                        Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1191)
@@ -17390,59 +17401,59 @@
                                                             (line  1519)
 * \ProvideTextCommandDefault:            \DeclareTextCommandDefault & \ProvideTextCommandDefault.
                                                             (line  1519)
-* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 15505)
-* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9619)
-* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9622)
+* \ps:                                   \ps.               (line 15516)
+* \Psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9629)
+* \psi:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9632)
 * \pushtabs:                             tabbing.           (line  5603)
 * \put:                                  \put.              (line  5045)
 * \qbezier:                              \qbezier.          (line  5086)
 * \qquad:                                Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10692)
+                                                            (line 10702)
 * \qquad <1>:                            \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 11328)
+                                                            (line 11338)
 * \quad:                                 Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10686)
+                                                            (line 10696)
 * \quad <1>:                             \enspace & \quad & \qquad.
-                                                            (line 11328)
-* \quotedblbase (?):                     Text symbols.      (line 13657)
-* \quotesinglbase (?):                   Text symbols.      (line 13658)
-* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 13893)
+                                                            (line 11338)
+* \quotedblbase (?):                     Text symbols.      (line 13667)
+* \quotesinglbase (?):                   Text symbols.      (line 13668)
+* \r (ring accent):                      Accents.           (line 13903)
 * \raggedbottom:                         \raggedbottom.     (line  2171)
 * \raggedleft:                           \raggedleft.       (line  4262)
 * \raggedright:                          \raggedright.      (line  4209)
-* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 12344)
-* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9625)
-* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9629)
-* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9632)
-* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9636)
-* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9639)
-* \read:                                 \read.             (line 15637)
+* \raisebox:                             \raisebox.         (line 12354)
+* \rangle:                               Math symbols.      (line  9635)
+* \rbrace:                               Math symbols.      (line  9639)
+* \rbrack:                               Math symbols.      (line  9642)
+* \rceil:                                Math symbols.      (line  9646)
+* \Re:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9649)
+* \read:                                 \read.             (line 15648)
 * \ref:                                  \ref.              (line  3466)
-* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 13448)
+* \reflectbox:                           \scalebox.         (line 13458)
 * \refname:                              thebibliography.   (line  6062)
 * \refstepcounter:                       \refstepcounter.   (line  8258)
 * \renewenvironment:                     \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                             (line  7625)
 * \RequirePackage:                       Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1233)
-* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname:   Jobname.           (line 16229)
+* \RequirePackage, and texput jobname:   Jobname.           (line 16240)
 * \RequirePackageWithOptions:            Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1233)
-* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 13480)
+* \resizebox:                            \resizebox.        (line 13490)
 * \restorecr:                            \obeycr & \restorecr.
                                                             (line  6569)
-* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  9644)
-* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  9649)
-* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  8942)
-* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9654)
-* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9658)
-* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9664)
-* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line 10123)
-* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9668)
-* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9672)
-* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  9676)
-* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  9679)
-* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  9682)
+* \restriction:                          Math symbols.      (line  9654)
+* \revemptyset:                          Math symbols.      (line  9659)
+* \reversemarginpar:                     Marginal notes.    (line  8952)
+* \rfloor:                               Math symbols.      (line  9664)
+* \rhd:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9668)
+* \rho:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9674)
+* \right:                                \left & \right.    (line 10133)
+* \Rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9678)
+* \rightarrow:                           Math symbols.      (line  9682)
+* \rightharpoondown:                     Math symbols.      (line  9686)
+* \rightharpoonup:                       Math symbols.      (line  9689)
+* \rightleftharpoons:                    Math symbols.      (line  9692)
 * \rightmargin:                          list.              (line  4548)
 * \rm:                                   Font styles.       (line  1779)
 * \rmfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1726)
@@ -17450,216 +17461,216 @@
                                                             (line  8130)
 * \Roman{COUNTER}:                       \alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol.
                                                             (line  8135)
-* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 13380)
-* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13661)
-* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 14068)
-* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13664)
+* \rotatebox:                            \rotatebox.        (line 13390)
+* \rq:                                   Text symbols.      (line 13671)
+* \rule:                                 \rule.             (line 14079)
+* \S:                                    Text symbols.      (line 13674)
 * \samepage:                             \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
                                                             (line  6951)
-* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12390)
-* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12390)
+* \savebox:                              \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12400)
+* \sbox:                                 \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12400)
 * \sc:                                   Font styles.       (line  1782)
-* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 13448)
-* \scriptscriptstyle:                    Math styles.       (line 10866)
+* \scalebox:                             \scalebox.         (line 13458)
+* \scriptscriptstyle:                    Math styles.       (line 10876)
 * \scriptsize:                           Font sizes.        (line  1845)
-* \scriptstyle:                          Math styles.       (line 10866)
+* \scriptstyle:                          Math styles.       (line 10876)
 * \scshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1747)
-* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9685)
-* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line 10501)
+* \searrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9695)
+* \sec:                                  Math functions.    (line 10511)
 * \section:                              Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * \section <1>:                          \section.          (line  2865)
-* \seename:                              \index.            (line 14893)
+* \seename:                              \index.            (line 14904)
 * \selectfont:                           Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  2009)
 * \setcounter:                           \setcounter.       (line  8224)
-* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  8460)
-* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9688)
-* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  8525)
-* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  8550)
-* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  8575)
+* \setlength:                            \setlength.        (line  8471)
+* \setminus:                             Math symbols.      (line  9698)
+* \settodepth:                           \settodepth.       (line  8535)
+* \settoheight:                          \settoheight.      (line  8560)
+* \settowidth:                           \settowidth.       (line  8585)
 * \sf:                                   Font styles.       (line  1785)
 * \sffamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1744)
-* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9693)
-* \ShellEscape:                          \write18.          (line 16000)
-* \shipout and expansion:                \write.            (line 15805)
+* \sharp:                                Math symbols.      (line  9703)
+* \ShellEscape:                          \write18.          (line 16011)
+* \shipout and expansion:                \write.            (line 15816)
 * \shortstack:                           \shortstack.       (line  5279)
-* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9696)
-* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9699)
-* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 15522)
-* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9703)
-* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9706)
-* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line 10504)
-* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10507)
+* \Sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9706)
+* \sigma:                                Math symbols.      (line  9709)
+* \signature:                            \signature.        (line 15533)
+* \sim:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9713)
+* \simeq:                                Math symbols.      (line  9716)
+* \sin:                                  Math functions.    (line 10514)
+* \sinh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10517)
 * \sl:                                   Font styles.       (line  1788)
 * \sloppy:                               \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6690)
 * \slshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1741)
 * \small:                                Font sizes.        (line  1845)
-* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  9709)
+* \smallint:                             Math symbols.      (line  9719)
 * \smallskip:                            \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11870)
+                                                            (line 11880)
 * \smallskipamount:                      \bigskip & \medskip & \smallskip.
-                                                            (line 11871)
-* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  9713)
-* \<SPACE>:                              \(SPACE).          (line 11596)
-* \<SPACE> <1>:                          \(SPACE).          (line 11596)
+                                                            (line 11881)
+* \smile:                                Math symbols.      (line  9723)
+* \<SPACE>:                              \(SPACE).          (line 11606)
+* \<SPACE> <1>:                          \(SPACE).          (line 11606)
 * \space:                                \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 14291)
-* \space <1>:                            \input.            (line 14354)
-* \space <2>:                            \typeout.          (line 15729)
-* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 11461)
-* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9716)
-* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  9719)
-* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  9723)
-* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line 10965)
-* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9727)
-* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9732)
-* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9736)
-* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9741)
+                                                            (line 14302)
+* \space <1>:                            \input.            (line 14365)
+* \space <2>:                            \typeout.          (line 15740)
+* \spacefactor:                          \spacefactor.      (line 11471)
+* \spadesuit:                            Math symbols.      (line  9726)
+* \sqcap:                                Math symbols.      (line  9729)
+* \sqcup:                                Math symbols.      (line  9733)
+* \sqrt:                                 \sqrt.             (line 10975)
+* \sqsubset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9737)
+* \sqsubseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9742)
+* \sqsupset:                             Math symbols.      (line  9746)
+* \sqsupseteq:                           Math symbols.      (line  9751)
 * \ss (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14004)
+                                                            (line 14015)
 * \SS (SS):                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14004)
-* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line 10981)
-* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9745)
+                                                            (line 14015)
+* \stackrel:                             \stackrel.         (line 10991)
+* \star:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9755)
 * \stepcounter:                          \stepcounter.      (line  8276)
 * \stop:                                 Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 16285)
-* \stretch:                              \stretch.          (line  8600)
-* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 11914)
+                                                            (line 16296)
+* \stretch:                              \stretch.          (line  8610)
+* \strut:                                \strut.            (line 11924)
 * \subitem:                              Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14830)
+                                                            (line 14841)
 * \subparagraph:                         Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * \subparagraph <1>:                     \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                             (line  3007)
 * \subsection:                           Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * \subsection <1>:                       \subsection.       (line  2943)
-* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9752)
-* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9755)
+* \subset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9762)
+* \subseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9765)
 * \subsubitem:                           Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14830)
+                                                            (line 14841)
 * \subsubsection:                        Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * \subsubsection <1>:                    \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                             (line  3007)
-* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9758)
-* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9761)
-* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9765)
-* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line 10510)
+* \succ:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9768)
+* \succeq:                               Math symbols.      (line  9771)
+* \sum:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9775)
+* \sup:                                  Math functions.    (line 10520)
 * \suppressfloats:                       Floats.            (line  2489)
-* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9768)
-* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9771)
-* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9774)
-* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9779)
+* \supset:                               Math symbols.      (line  9778)
+* \supseteq:                             Math symbols.      (line  9781)
+* \surd:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9784)
+* \swarrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9789)
 * \symbol:                               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 13598)
-* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 13899)
-* \<TAB>:                                \(SPACE).          (line 11596)
+                                                            (line 13608)
+* \t (tie-after accent):                 Accents.           (line 13909)
+* \<TAB>:                                \(SPACE).          (line 11606)
 * \tabbingsep:                           tabbing.           (line  5608)
 * \tabcolsep:                            tabular.           (line  5866)
 * \tableofcontents:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14366)
-* \tableofcontents <1>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14662)
-* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line 10513)
-* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10516)
-* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9782)
-* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 15552)
-* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13668)
-* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 13706)
-* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 13671)
-* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 13674)
-* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 13677)
+                                                            (line 14377)
+* \tableofcontents <1>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14673)
+* \tan:                                  Math functions.    (line 10523)
+* \tanh:                                 Math functions.    (line 10526)
+* \tau:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9792)
+* \telephone:                            \telephone.        (line 15563)
+* \TeX:                                  Text symbols.      (line 13678)
+* \textascendercompwordmark:             Text symbols.      (line 13716)
+* \textasciicircum:                      Text symbols.      (line 13681)
+* \textasciitilde:                       Text symbols.      (line 13684)
+* \textasteriskcentered:                 Text symbols.      (line 13687)
 * \textbackslash:                        Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13527)
-* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 13680)
-* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 13683)
-* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 13686)
+                                                            (line 13537)
+* \textbackslash <1>:                    Text symbols.      (line 13690)
+* \textbar:                              Text symbols.      (line 13693)
+* \textbardbl:                           Text symbols.      (line 13696)
 * \textbf:                               Font styles.       (line  1735)
-* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 13689)
-* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 13692)
-* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 13695)
-* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 13698)
-* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 13705)
-* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 13701)
-* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 13704)
-* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 13618)
-* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 13713)
-* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 13716)
-* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 13719)
-* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 13642)
-* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 13722)
-* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 13728)
-* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 13731)
-* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 13739)
-* \textfiguredash:                       Text symbols.      (line 13742)
+* \textbigcircle:                        Text symbols.      (line 13699)
+* \textbraceleft:                        Text symbols.      (line 13702)
+* \textbraceright:                       Text symbols.      (line 13705)
+* \textbullet:                           Text symbols.      (line 13708)
+* \textcapitalcompwordmark:              Text symbols.      (line 13715)
+* \textcircled{LETTER}:                  Text symbols.      (line 13711)
+* \textcompwordmark:                     Text symbols.      (line 13714)
+* \textcopyright:                        Text symbols.      (line 13628)
+* \textdagger:                           Text symbols.      (line 13723)
+* \textdaggerdbl:                        Text symbols.      (line 13726)
+* \textdollar (or \$):                   Text symbols.      (line 13729)
+* \textellipsis:                         Text symbols.      (line 13652)
+* \textemdash (or ---):                  Text symbols.      (line 13732)
+* \textendash (or --):                   Text symbols.      (line 13738)
+* \texteuro:                             Text symbols.      (line 13741)
+* \textexclamdown (or !`):               Text symbols.      (line 13749)
+* \textfiguredash:                       Text symbols.      (line 13752)
 * \textfloatsep:                         Floats.            (line  2525)
 * \textfloatsep <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2526)
 * \textfraction:                         Floats.            (line  2504)
 * \textfraction <1>:                     Floats.            (line  2505)
-* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 13749)
+* \textgreater:                          Text symbols.      (line 13759)
 * \textheight:                           Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2267)
 * \textheight <1>:                       Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2268)
-* \texthorizontalbar:                    Text symbols.      (line 13752)
+* \texthorizontalbar:                    Text symbols.      (line 13762)
 * \textit:                               Font styles.       (line  1729)
-* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 13760)
-* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 13757)
+* \textleftarrow:                        Text symbols.      (line 13770)
+* \textless:                             Text symbols.      (line 13767)
 * \textmd:                               Font styles.       (line  1732)
-* \textnonbreakinghyphen:                Text symbols.      (line 13763)
+* \textnonbreakinghyphen:                Text symbols.      (line 13773)
 * \textnormal:                           Font styles.       (line  1753)
-* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 13769)
-* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 13770)
-* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 13650)
-* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 13773)
-* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 13776)
-* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 13779)
-* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 13782)
-* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 13785)
-* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 13788)
-* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 13791)
-* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 13794)
-* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 13795)
-* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 13798)
-* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 13801)
+* \textordfeminine:                      Text symbols.      (line 13779)
+* \textordmasculine:                     Text symbols.      (line 13780)
+* \textparagraph:                        Text symbols.      (line 13660)
+* \textperiodcentered:                   Text symbols.      (line 13783)
+* \textquestiondown (or ?`):             Text symbols.      (line 13786)
+* \textquotedblleft (or ``):             Text symbols.      (line 13789)
+* \textquotedblright (or ''):            Text symbols.      (line 13792)
+* \textquoteleft (or `):                 Text symbols.      (line 13795)
+* \textquoteright (or '):                Text symbols.      (line 13798)
+* \textquotesingle:                      Text symbols.      (line 13801)
+* \textquotestraightbase:                Text symbols.      (line 13804)
+* \textquotestraightdblbase:             Text symbols.      (line 13805)
+* \textregistered:                       Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* \textrightarrow:                       Text symbols.      (line 13811)
 * \textrm:                               Font styles.       (line  1726)
 * \textsc:                               Font styles.       (line  1747)
-* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 13665)
+* \textsection:                          Text symbols.      (line 13675)
 * \textsf:                               Font styles.       (line  1744)
 * \textsl:                               Font styles.       (line  1741)
-* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 13654)
-* \textstyle:                            Math styles.       (line 10866)
-* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 13804)
-* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 13807)
+* \textsterling:                         Text symbols.      (line 13664)
+* \textstyle:                            Math styles.       (line 10876)
+* \textthreequartersemdash:              Text symbols.      (line 13814)
+* \texttrademark:                        Text symbols.      (line 13817)
 * \texttt:                               Font styles.       (line  1750)
-* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 13810)
-* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 13813)
+* \texttwelveudash:                      Text symbols.      (line 13820)
+* \textunderscore:                       Text symbols.      (line 13823)
 * \textup:                               Font styles.       (line  1738)
-* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 13816)
+* \textvisiblespace:                     Text symbols.      (line 13826)
 * \textwidth:                            Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2275)
 * \textwidth <1>:                        Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2276)
 * \th (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14008)
+                                                            (line 14019)
 * \TH (?):                               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14008)
-* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line 11131)
-* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9785)
+                                                            (line 14019)
+* \thanks{TEXT}:                         \maketitle.        (line 11141)
+* \theta:                                Math symbols.      (line  9795)
 * \thicklines:                           \thicklines.       (line  5215)
 * \thickspace:                           Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10640)
+                                                            (line 10650)
 * \thinlines:                            \thinlines.        (line  5207)
 * \thinspace:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10664)
+                                                            (line 10674)
 * \thinspace <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11715)
-* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line 11293)
-* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line 10561)
-* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  9789)
+                                                            (line 11725)
+* \thispagestyle:                        \thispagestyle.    (line 11303)
+* \tilde:                                Math accents.      (line 10571)
+* \times:                                Math symbols.      (line  9799)
 * \tiny:                                 Font sizes.        (line  1845)
-* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line 11138)
-* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9792)
-* \today:                                \today.            (line 14103)
-* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9796)
+* \title{TEXT}:                          \maketitle.        (line 11148)
+* \to:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9802)
+* \today:                                \today.            (line 14114)
+* \top:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9806)
 * \topfraction:                          Floats.            (line  2509)
 * \topfraction <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2510)
 * \topmargin:                            Page layout parameters.
@@ -17669,37 +17680,37 @@
                                                             (line  2307)
 * \topskip <1>:                          Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2308)
-* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  9800)
-* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  9803)
-* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  9809)
+* \triangle:                             Math symbols.      (line  9810)
+* \triangleleft:                         Math symbols.      (line  9813)
+* \triangleright:                        Math symbols.      (line  9819)
 * \tt:                                   Font styles.       (line  1791)
 * \ttfamily:                             Font styles.       (line  1750)
 * \twocolumn:                            \twocolumn.        (line  2043)
-* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 15668)
-* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 15713)
-* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 13905)
+* \typein:                               \typein.           (line 15679)
+* \typeout:                              \typeout.          (line 15724)
+* \u (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 13915)
 * \unboldmath:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9990)
+                                                            (line 10000)
 * \unboldmath <1>:                       \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9998)
-* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 13869)
+                                                            (line 10008)
+* \underbar:                             Accents.           (line 13879)
 * \underbrace{MATH}:                     Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10598)
+                                                            (line 10608)
 * \underline{TEXT}:                      Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10582)
+                                                            (line 10592)
 * \unitlength:                           picture.           (line  4940)
-* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9815)
-* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9821)
-* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9827)
-* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9831)
-* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9835)
-* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9840)
-* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  9845)
-* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9850)
+* \unlhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9825)
+* \unrhd:                                Math symbols.      (line  9831)
+* \Uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9837)
+* \uparrow:                              Math symbols.      (line  9841)
+* \Updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9845)
+* \updownarrow:                          Math symbols.      (line  9850)
+* \upharpoonright:                       Math symbols.      (line  9855)
+* \uplus:                                Math symbols.      (line  9860)
 * \upshape:                              Font styles.       (line  1738)
-* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9855)
-* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9858)
-* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 12499)
+* \Upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9865)
+* \upsilon:                              Math symbols.      (line  9868)
+* \usebox:                               \usebox.           (line 12509)
 * \usecounter:                           \usecounter.       (line  8165)
 * \usefont:                              Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  2017)
@@ -17709,47 +17720,47 @@
                                                             (line  1663)
 * \UseTextSymbol:                        \UseTextSymbol & \UseTextAccent.
                                                             (line  1663)
-* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 13909)
+* \v (breve accent):                     Accents.           (line 13919)
 * \value:                                \value.            (line  8191)
-* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  9866)
-* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  9861)
-* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  9871)
-* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  9875)
-* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  9879)
-* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  9883)
-* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  9887)
+* \vanothing:                            Math symbols.      (line  9876)
+* \varepsilon:                           Math symbols.      (line  9871)
+* \varphi:                               Math symbols.      (line  9881)
+* \varpi:                                Math symbols.      (line  9885)
+* \varrho:                               Math symbols.      (line  9889)
+* \varsigma:                             Math symbols.      (line  9893)
+* \vartheta:                             Math symbols.      (line  9897)
 * \vbox (plain TeX):                     minipage.          (line  4811)
-* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  9891)
-* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line 10344)
-* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line 10564)
+* \vdash:                                Math symbols.      (line  9901)
+* \vdots:                                Dots.              (line 10354)
+* \vec:                                  Math accents.      (line 10574)
 * \vector:                               \vector.           (line  5325)
-* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9895)
+* \vee:                                  Math symbols.      (line  9905)
 * \verb:                                 \verb.             (line  6403)
-* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9899)
-* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9903)
-* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 12050)
+* \Vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9909)
+* \vert:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9913)
+* \vfill:                                \vfill.            (line 12060)
 * \vline:                                \vline.            (line  5959)
-* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 11999)
+* \vspace:                               \vspace.           (line 12009)
 * \vtop plain TeX:                       minipage.          (line  4807)
-* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  9909)
-* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line 10567)
-* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line 10570)
-* \wlog:                                 \wlog.             (line 15917)
-* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9913)
-* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9916)
-* \write:                                \write.            (line 15746)
+* \wedge:                                Math symbols.      (line  9919)
+* \widehat:                              Math accents.      (line 10577)
+* \widetilde:                            Math accents.      (line 10580)
+* \wlog:                                 \wlog.             (line 15928)
+* \wp:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9923)
+* \wr:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9926)
+* \write:                                \write.            (line 15757)
 * \write and security:                   \write and security.
-                                                            (line 15847)
-* \write streams 16, 17, 18:             \write.            (line 15826)
-* \write18:                              \write18.          (line 15935)
+                                                            (line 15858)
+* \write streams 16, 17, 18:             \write.            (line 15837)
+* \write18:                              \write18.          (line 15946)
 * \write18, enabling:                    Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16110)
-* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9919)
-* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9922)
+                                                            (line 16121)
+* \Xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9929)
+* \xi:                                   Math symbols.      (line  9932)
 * \xspace:                               xspace package.    (line  8030)
 * \year:                                 \day & \month & \year.
                                                             (line  8291)
-* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9925)
+* \zeta:                                 Math symbols.      (line  9935)
 * \[...\] display math:                  displaymath.       (line  3854)
 * \\ (for center):                       center.            (line  3698)
 * \\ (for eqnarray):                     eqnarray.          (line  4006)
@@ -17757,36 +17768,36 @@
 * \\ (for \shortstack objects):          \shortstack.       (line  5308)
 * \\ (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5553)
 * \\ for flushleft:                      flushleft.         (line  4188)
-* \\ for letters:                        Letters.           (line 15311)
+* \\ for letters:                        Letters.           (line 15322)
 * \\ for tabular:                        tabular.           (line  5730)
 * \\ for verse:                          verse.             (line  6469)
-* \\ for \author:                        \maketitle.        (line 11118)
-* \\ for \title:                         \maketitle.        (line 11139)
+* \\ for \author:                        \maketitle.        (line 11128)
+* \\ for \title:                         \maketitle.        (line 11149)
 * \\ force line break:                   \\.                (line  6507)
 * \\* (for eqnarray):                    eqnarray.          (line  4012)
 * \^:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13527)
-* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 13856)
+                                                            (line 13537)
+* \^ (circumflex accent):                Accents.           (line 13866)
 * \_:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13522)
-* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 13860)
+                                                            (line 13532)
+* \` (grave accent):                     Accents.           (line 13870)
 * \` (tabbing):                          tabbing.           (line  5580)
 * \{:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13522)
-* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  9117)
+                                                            (line 13532)
+* \|:                                    Math symbols.      (line  9127)
 * \}:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13522)
+                                                            (line 13532)
 * \~:                                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13527)
-* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 13864)
+                                                            (line 13537)
+* \~ (tilde accent):                     Accents.           (line 13874)
 * ^ superscript:                         Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9042)
-* ^^J, in \write:                        \write.            (line 15834)
+                                                            (line  9052)
+* ^^J, in \write:                        \write.            (line 15845)
 * _ subscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9042)
+                                                            (line  9052)
 * {...} for required arguments:          LaTeX command syntax.
                                                             (line   595)
-* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 11650)
+* ~:                                     ~.                 (line 11660)
 * a4paper option:                        Document class options.
                                                             (line   744)
 * a5paper option:                        Document class options.
@@ -17794,7 +17805,7 @@
 * abstract environment:                  abstract.          (line  3566)
 * abstract package:                      abstract.          (line  3587)
 * abstracts:                             abstract.          (line  3566)
-* accents:                               Accents.           (line 13822)
+* accents:                               Accents.           (line 13832)
 * accents, defining:                     \DeclareFontEncoding.
                                                             (line  1384)
 * accents, defining <1>:                 \DeclareTextAccent.
@@ -17807,96 +17818,96 @@
                                                             (line  1575)
 * accents, defining <5>:                 \DeclareTextSymbolDefault.
                                                             (line  1620)
-* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line 10530)
+* accents, mathematical:                 Math accents.      (line 10540)
 * accessing any character of a font:     Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 13598)
-* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 15132)
-* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 13845)
-* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10535)
+                                                            (line 13608)
+* acronyms, list of:                     Glossaries.        (line 15143)
+* acute accent:                          Accents.           (line 13855)
+* acute accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10545)
 * additional packages, loading:          Additional packages.
                                                             (line   830)
-* adjustbox package:                     Boxes.             (line 12130)
+* adjustbox package:                     Boxes.             (line 12140)
 * ae ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13968)
+                                                            (line 13979)
 * algorithm2e package:                   tabbing.           (line  5633)
 * align environment, from amsmath:       eqnarray.          (line  3983)
 * aligning equations:                    eqnarray.          (line  3983)
 * alignment via tabbing:                 tabbing.           (line  5493)
-* amscd package:                         Arrows.            (line  9984)
-* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  9031)
-* amsfonts package <1>:                  Arrows.            (line  9949)
+* amscd package:                         Arrows.            (line  9994)
+* amsfonts package:                      Math formulas.     (line  9041)
+* amsfonts package <1>:                  Arrows.            (line  9959)
 * amsmath package:                       array.             (line  3661)
 * amsmath package <1>:                   array.             (line  3669)
 * amsmath package <2>:                   displaymath.       (line  3850)
 * amsmath package <3>:                   equation.          (line  4051)
 * amsmath package <4>:                   theorem.           (line  6313)
-* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  9031)
-* amsmath package <6>:                   \left & \right.    (line 10147)
+* amsmath package <5>:                   Math formulas.     (line  9041)
+* amsmath package <6>:                   \left & \right.    (line 10157)
 * amsmath package <7>:                   \bigl & \bigr etc..
-                                                            (line 10292)
-* amsmath package <8>:                   Dots.              (line 10347)
-* amsmath package <9>:                   Math functions.    (line 10519)
+                                                            (line 10302)
+* amsmath package <8>:                   Dots.              (line 10357)
+* amsmath package <9>:                   Math functions.    (line 10529)
 * amsmath package <10>:                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10640)
+                                                            (line 10650)
 * amsmath package <11>:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10808)
+                                                            (line 10818)
 * amsmath package <12>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10926)
+                                                            (line 10936)
 * amsmath package <13>:                  Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10930)
+                                                            (line 10940)
 * amsmath package <14>:                  \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11735)
+                                                            (line 11745)
 * amsmath package, replacing eqnarray:   eqnarray.          (line  3983)
 * amsthm package:                        theorem.           (line  6313)
-* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 14080)
-* answers package:                       \write.            (line 15839)
+* amsthm package <1>:                    \rule.             (line 14091)
+* answers package:                       \write.            (line 15850)
 * appendices:                            \appendix.         (line  3072)
 * appendix:                              \appendix.         (line  3072)
 * appendix package:                      \appendix.         (line  3095)
 * aring:                                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13964)
+                                                            (line 13975)
 * array environment:                     array.             (line  3612)
 * array package:                         array.             (line  3680)
 * arrays, math:                          array.             (line  3612)
-* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13761)
-* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13802)
-* arrows:                                Arrows.            (line  9949)
+* arrow, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13771)
+* arrow, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13812)
+* arrows:                                Arrows.            (line  9959)
 * article class:                         Document classes.  (line   701)
-* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 13707)
-* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13672)
-* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13675)
-* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13678)
+* ascender height:                       Text symbols.      (line 13717)
+* ASCII circumflex, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13682)
+* ASCII tilde, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13685)
+* asterisk, centered, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13688)
 * Asymptote package:                     \line.             (line  5179)
-* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 11970)
-* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12204)
-* Asymptote package <3>:                 \write18.          (line 15942)
+* Asymptote package <1>:                 \strut.            (line 11980)
+* Asymptote package <2>:                 \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12214)
+* Asymptote package <3>:                 \write18.          (line 15953)
 * at clause, in font definitions:        \newfont.          (line  7884)
-* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 11519)
-* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 11118)
+* at-sign:                               \@.                (line 11529)
+* author, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 11128)
 * auxiliary file:                        Output files.      (line   490)
 * b5paper option:                        Document class options.
                                                             (line   744)
 * babel package:                         \chapter.          (line  2837)
 * babel package <1>:                     thebibliography.   (line  6071)
-* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 13822)
-* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 14110)
+* babel package <2>:                     Accents.           (line 13832)
+* babel package <3>:                     \today.            (line 14121)
 * babel package <4>:                     Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14483)
-* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 14893)
+                                                            (line 14494)
+* babel package <5>:                     \index.            (line 14904)
 * back matter of a book:                 \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                             (line  3105)
-* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 12747)
-* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 13681)
-* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13687)
-* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13684)
-* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13852)
-* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10538)
-* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13867)
+* background, colored:                   Colored pages.     (line 12757)
+* backslash, in text:                    Text symbols.      (line 13691)
+* bar, double vertical, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13697)
+* bar, vertical, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13694)
+* bar-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13862)
+* bar-over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10548)
+* bar-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13877)
 * basics of LaTeX:                       Overview.          (line   402)
 * batchmode:                             Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16076)
-* beamer package:                        beamer template.   (line 16313)
-* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 16313)
+                                                            (line 16087)
+* beamer package:                        beamer template.   (line 16324)
+* beamer template and class:             beamer template.   (line 16324)
 * beginning of document hook:            \AtBeginDocument.  (line  3884)
 * bibliography format, open:             Document class options.
                                                             (line   792)
@@ -17905,20 +17916,20 @@
 * BibTeX error messages:                 BibTeX error messages.
                                                             (line  6264)
 * bibTeX, using:                         Using BibTeX.      (line  6202)
-* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13690)
+* big circle symbols, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13700)
 * big point:                             Units of length.   (line  8424)
 * bigfoot package:                       Footnotes of footnotes.
                                                             (line  7206)
 * black boxes, omitting:                 Document class options.
                                                             (line   778)
-* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line 10030)
+* blackboard bold:                       Blackboard bold.   (line 10040)
 * bm package:                            \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line 10016)
+                                                            (line 10026)
 * bold font:                             Font styles.       (line  1771)
 * bold math:                             Font styles.       (line  1824)
 * bold typewriter, avoiding:             description.       (line  3808)
 * boldface mathematics:                  \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9990)
+                                                            (line 10000)
 * book class:                            Document classes.  (line   701)
 * book, back matter:                     \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                             (line  3105)
@@ -17930,79 +17941,79 @@
                                                             (line  3105)
 * bottomnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2532)
 * bottomnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2533)
-* bounding box:                          \includegraphics.  (line 13180)
-* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12136)
+* bounding box:                          \includegraphics.  (line 13190)
+* box:                                   \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12146)
 * box, allocating new:                   \newsavebox.       (line  7597)
-* box, bounding:                         \includegraphics.  (line 13180)
-* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 12710)
-* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12390)
-* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 12499)
-* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 12127)
-* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8424)
-* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13693)
-* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13696)
-* braces:                                Delimiters.        (line 10073)
-* brackets:                              Delimiters.        (line 10073)
+* box, bounding:                         \includegraphics.  (line 13190)
+* box, colored:                          Colored boxes.     (line 12720)
+* box, save:                             \sbox & \savebox.  (line 12400)
+* box, use saved box:                    \usebox.           (line 12509)
+* boxes:                                 Boxes.             (line 12137)
+* bp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8423)
+* brace, left, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13703)
+* brace, right, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13706)
+* braces:                                Delimiters.        (line 10083)
+* brackets:                              Delimiters.        (line 10083)
 * breaking lines:                        Line breaking.     (line  6490)
 * breaking pages:                        Page breaking.     (line  6783)
-* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line 10937)
-* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 13905)
-* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10541)
+* breaks, multiplication discretionary:  \*.                (line 10947)
+* breve accent:                          Accents.           (line 13915)
+* breve accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10551)
 * bug reporting:                         About this document.
                                                             (line   378)
 * bullet lists:                          itemize.           (line  4289)
-* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  9205)
-* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13699)
+* bullet symbol:                         Math symbols.      (line  9215)
+* bullet, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13709)
 * bulleted lists:                        itemize.           (line  4289)
-* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line 10056)
+* calligraphic fonts:                    Calligraphic.      (line 10066)
 * calligraphic letters for math:         Font styles.       (line  1774)
-* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 13707)
+* cap height:                            Text symbols.      (line 13717)
 * caption package:                       \caption.          (line  2624)
 * captions:                              \caption.          (line  2558)
-* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 13909)
+* caron accent:                          Accents.           (line 13919)
 * catcode:                               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                             (line  7426)
 * category code, character:              \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                             (line  7426)
-* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8437)
-* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 15372)
-* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 13877)
+* cc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8436)
+* cc list, in letters:                   \cc.               (line 15383)
+* cedilla accent:                        Accents.           (line 13887)
 * center environment:                    center.            (line  3688)
-* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13678)
+* centered asterisk, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13688)
 * centered equations:                    Document class options.
                                                             (line   782)
-* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 13774)
+* centered period, in text:              Text symbols.      (line 13784)
 * centering text, declaration for:       \centering.        (line  3736)
 * centering text, environment for:       center.            (line  3688)
-* centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8428)
+* centimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8431)
 * changing case of characters:           Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13545)
+                                                            (line 13555)
 * chapter:                               Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * chapter <1>:                           \chapter.          (line  2772)
 * chapter counter:                       Counters.          (line  8091)
 * character category code:               \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                             (line  7426)
-* character encoding:                    inputenc package.  (line 14024)
+* character encoding:                    inputenc package.  (line 14035)
 * character, invisible:                  \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10758)
-* character, invisible <1>:              \mathstrut.        (line 10821)
-* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 13822)
+                                                            (line 10768)
+* character, invisible <1>:              \mathstrut.        (line 10831)
+* characters, accented:                  Accents.           (line 13832)
 * characters, case of:                   Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13545)
+                                                            (line 13555)
 * characters, non-English:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13958)
+                                                            (line 13969)
 * characters, reserved:                  Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13515)
+                                                            (line 13525)
 * characters, special:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13515)
-* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 13909)
-* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10544)
+                                                            (line 13525)
+* check accent:                          Accents.           (line 13919)
+* check accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10554)
 * cicero:                                Units of length.   (line  8437)
-* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13690)
-* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13702)
-* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 13856)
-* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10556)
-* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13672)
+* circle symbol, big, in text:           Text symbols.      (line 13700)
+* circled letter, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13712)
+* circumflex accent:                     Accents.           (line 13866)
+* circumflex accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10566)
+* circumflex, ASCII, in text:            Text symbols.      (line 13682)
 * citation key:                          \bibitem.          (line  6088)
 * class and package commands:            Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   916)
@@ -18025,33 +18036,33 @@
 * cleveref package <1>:                  \ref.              (line  3489)
 * cleveref package <2>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  7087)
 * CLI:                                   Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 16011)
+                                                            (line 16022)
 * clock option to slides class:          Document class options.
                                                             (line   824)
-* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 15388)
-* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13662)
-* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8428)
+* closing letters:                       \closing.          (line 15399)
+* closing quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13672)
+* cm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8430)
 * cm-super package:                      fontenc package.   (line  1328)
-* cmd.exe, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 15989)
+* cmd.exe, used by \write18:             \write18.          (line 16000)
 * code, typesetting:                     verbatim.          (line  6360)
 * colon character:                       Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10917)
-* color:                                 Color.             (line 12512)
-* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 12617)
-* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 12639)
-* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 12710)
-* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 12747)
-* color models:                          Color models.      (line 12565)
+                                                            (line 10927)
+* color:                                 Color.             (line 12522)
+* color <1>:                             Define colors.     (line 12627)
+* color <2>:                             Colored text.      (line 12649)
+* color <3>:                             Colored boxes.     (line 12720)
+* color <4>:                             Colored pages.     (line 12757)
+* color models:                          Color models.      (line 12575)
 * color package commands:                Commands for color.
-                                                            (line 12612)
+                                                            (line 12622)
 * color package options:                 Color package options.
-                                                            (line 12527)
-* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 12617)
-* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 12710)
-* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 12747)
-* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 12639)
+                                                            (line 12537)
+* color, define:                         Define colors.     (line 12627)
+* colored boxes:                         Colored boxes.     (line 12720)
+* colored page:                          Colored pages.     (line 12757)
+* colored text:                          Colored text.      (line 12649)
 * command line interface:                Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 16011)
+                                                            (line 16022)
 * command syntax:                        LaTeX command syntax.
                                                             (line   595)
 * commands, class and package:           Class and package commands.
@@ -18062,21 +18073,21 @@
 * commands, document class:              Class and package construction.
                                                             (line   846)
 * commands, graphics package:            Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 13059)
+                                                            (line 13069)
 * commands, ignore spaces:               \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
                                                             (line  7955)
 * commands, ignore spaces <1>:           xspace package.    (line  8030)
 * commands, redefining:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                             (line  7227)
-* commands, run from LaTeX:              \write18.          (line 15935)
+* commands, run from LaTeX:              \write18.          (line 15946)
 * commands, star-variants:               \@ifstar.          (line  7460)
-* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13707)
-* comprehensive package:                 Math symbols.      (line  9105)
+* composite word mark, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13717)
+* comprehensive package:                 Math symbols.      (line  9115)
 * computer programs, typesetting:        verbatim.          (line  6360)
 * configuration, graphics package:       Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 12869)
+                                                            (line 12879)
 * contents file:                         Output files.      (line   500)
-* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13619)
+* copyright symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13629)
 * counters, a list of:                   Counters.          (line  8082)
 * counters, defining new:                \newcounter.       (line  7532)
 * counters, getting value of:            \value.            (line  8191)
@@ -18087,31 +18098,31 @@
 * cprotect package <1>:                  \verb.             (line  6442)
 * creating pictures:                     picture.           (line  4918)
 * creating tables:                       table.             (line  5642)
-* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line 11132)
+* credit footnote:                       \maketitle.        (line 11142)
 * cross references:                      Cross references.  (line  3344)
 * cross references, resolving:           Output files.      (line   490)
 * cross referencing with page number:    \pageref.          (line  3442)
 * cross referencing, across documents:   xr package.        (line  3495)
 * cross referencing, symbolic:           \ref.              (line  3466)
 * CTAN:                                  CTAN.              (line   668)
-* curly braces:                          Delimiters.        (line 10073)
-* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 13720)
-* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 13732)
-* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13717)
-* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13622)
-* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13714)
+* curly braces:                          Delimiters.        (line 10083)
+* currency, dollar:                      Text symbols.      (line 13730)
+* currency, euro:                        Text symbols.      (line 13742)
+* dagger, double, in text:               Text symbols.      (line 13727)
+* dagger, in text:                       Text symbols.      (line 13632)
+* dagger, in text <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13724)
 * DANTE e.V.:                            CTAN.              (line   682)
-* datatool package:                      \read.             (line 15662)
-* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line 11126)
-* date, today's:                         \today.            (line 14103)
-* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 14124)
+* datatool package:                      \read.             (line 15673)
+* date, for titlepage:                   \maketitle.        (line 11136)
+* date, today's:                         \today.            (line 14114)
+* datetime package:                      \today.            (line 14135)
 * dbltopnumber:                          Floats.            (line  2536)
 * dbltopnumber <1>:                      Floats.            (line  2537)
 * dcolumn package:                       array.             (line  3680)
-* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  8434)
+* dd:                                    Units of length.   (line  8433)
 * declaration form of font size commands: Font sizes.       (line  1858)
 * declaration form of font style commands: Font styles.     (line  1703)
-* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 12617)
+* define color:                          Define colors.     (line 12627)
 * defining a new command:                \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                             (line  7227)
 * defining a new command <1>:            \providecommand.   (line  7386)
@@ -18120,34 +18131,34 @@
 * defining new fonts:                    \newfont.          (line  7871)
 * defining new theorems:                 \newtheorem.       (line  7759)
 * definitions:                           Definitions.       (line  7222)
-* delayed \write:                        \write.            (line 15805)
-* delimiters:                            Delimiters.        (line 10073)
-* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line 10123)
-* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 15061)
-* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 15065)
-* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 15069)
-* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 15073)
-* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 15077)
-* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 15220)
+* delayed \write:                        \write.            (line 15816)
+* delimiters:                            Delimiters.        (line 10083)
+* delimiters, paired:                    \left & \right.    (line 10133)
+* delim_0:                               makeindex.         (line 15072)
+* delim_1:                               makeindex.         (line 15076)
+* delim_2:                               makeindex.         (line 15080)
+* delim_n:                               makeindex.         (line 15084)
+* delim_r:                               makeindex.         (line 15088)
+* description:                           \newglossaryentry. (line 15231)
 * description environment:               description.       (line  3778)
 * description lists, creating:           description.       (line  3778)
 * design size, in font definitions:      \newfont.          (line  7884)
 * didot point:                           Units of length.   (line  8434)
-* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 13841)
+* dieresis accent:                       Accents.           (line 13851)
 * difference between class and package:  Class and package construction.
                                                             (line   855)
 * dimen plain TeX:                       Lengths.           (line  8316)
-* directory listings, from system:       \write18.          (line 15994)
-* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line 10937)
+* directory listings, from system:       \write18.          (line 16005)
+* discretionary breaks, multiplication:  \*.                (line 10947)
 * discretionary hyphenation:             \discretionary.    (line  6667)
-* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line 11016)
-* display style:                         Math styles.       (line 10855)
+* display math mode:                     Modes.             (line 11026)
+* display style:                         Math styles.       (line 10865)
 * displaying quoted text with paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
                                                             (line  5463)
 * displaying quoted text without paragraph indentation: quotation & quote.
                                                             (line  5463)
 * displaymath environment:               displaymath.       (line  3834)
-* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  8976)
+* displaymath environment <1>:           Math formulas.     (line  8986)
 * document class commands:               Class and package construction.
                                                             (line   846)
 * document class options:                Document class options.
@@ -18156,52 +18167,52 @@
                                                             (line   442)
 * document classes:                      Document classes.  (line   696)
 * document environment:                  document.          (line  3878)
-* document root name:                    Jobname.           (line 16203)
+* document root name:                    Jobname.           (line 16214)
 * document templates:                    Document templates.
-                                                            (line 16306)
-* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 13720)
-* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 13848)
-* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10550)
-* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13848)
-* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13881)
-* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 13835)
-* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9352)
-* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 13835)
-* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9372)
-* dots:                                  Dots.              (line 10317)
-* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13637)
-* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13625)
-* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 13717)
-* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10547)
-* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13637)
-* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13780)
-* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13659)
-* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 13796)
-* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13783)
+                                                            (line 16317)
+* dollar sign:                           Text symbols.      (line 13730)
+* dot accent:                            Accents.           (line 13858)
+* dot over accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10560)
+* dot-over accent:                       Accents.           (line 13858)
+* dot-under accent:                      Accents.           (line 13891)
+* dotless i:                             Accents.           (line 13845)
+* dotless i, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9362)
+* dotless j:                             Accents.           (line 13845)
+* dotless j, math:                       Math symbols.      (line  9382)
+* dots:                                  Dots.              (line 10327)
+* double angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13647)
+* double dagger, in text:                Text symbols.      (line 13635)
+* double dagger, in text <1>:            Text symbols.      (line 13727)
+* double dot accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10557)
+* double guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13647)
+* double left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13790)
+* double low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13669)
+* double quote, straight base:           Text symbols.      (line 13806)
+* double right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13793)
 * double spacing:                        \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                             (line  2315)
-* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13687)
-* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line 10030)
+* double vertical bar, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13697)
+* doublestruck:                          Blackboard bold.   (line 10040)
 * draft option:                          Document class options.
                                                             (line   774)
 * dvilualatex-dev:                       TeX engines.       (line   566)
 * dvipdfmx command:                      Output files.      (line   467)
 * dvips command:                         Output files.      (line   467)
 * dvitype command:                       Output files.      (line   467)
-* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 13729)
+* e-dash:                                Text symbols.      (line 13739)
 * e-TeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   519)
-* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line 10317)
-* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 13643)
-* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  8442)
-* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8442)
-* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 13723)
-* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 13805)
-* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 13811)
+* ellipses:                              Dots.              (line 10327)
+* ellipsis:                              Text symbols.      (line 13653)
+* em:                                    Units of length.   (line  8450)
+* em <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8449)
+* em-dash:                               Text symbols.      (line 13733)
+* em-dash, three-quarters:               Text symbols.      (line 13815)
+* em-dash, two-thirds:                   Text symbols.      (line 13821)
 * emphasis:                              Font styles.       (line  1755)
-* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 15401)
+* enclosure list:                        \encl.             (line 15412)
 * encoding, font:                        \DeclareFontEncoding.
                                                             (line  1384)
-* encoding, of input files:              inputenc package.  (line 14024)
+* encoding, of input files:              inputenc package.  (line 14035)
 * end matter of a book:                  \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                             (line  3105)
 * end of document hook:                  \AtEndDocument.    (line  3900)
@@ -18224,12 +18235,12 @@
 * environment, center:                   center.            (line  3688)
 * environment, description:              description.       (line  3778)
 * environment, displaymath:              displaymath.       (line  3834)
-* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  8976)
+* environment, displaymath <1>:          Math formulas.     (line  8986)
 * environment, document:                 document.          (line  3878)
 * environment, enumerate:                enumerate.         (line  3916)
 * environment, eqnarray:                 eqnarray.          (line  3983)
 * environment, equation:                 equation.          (line  4037)
-* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  8976)
+* environment, equation <1>:             Math formulas.     (line  8986)
 * environment, figure:                   figure.            (line  4057)
 * environment, filecontents:             filecontents.      (line  4115)
 * environment, filecontents*:            filecontents.      (line  4115)
@@ -18239,17 +18250,18 @@
 * environment, letter:                   letter.            (line  4377)
 * environment, list:                     list.              (line  4382)
 * environment, math:                     math.              (line  4748)
-* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  8976)
+* environment, math <1>:                 Math formulas.     (line  8986)
 * environment, minipage:                 minipage.          (line  4760)
 * environment, picture:                  picture.           (line  4918)
 * environment, quotation:                quotation & quote. (line  5463)
 * environment, quote:                    quotation & quote. (line  5463)
+* environment, sloppypar:                sloppypar.         (line  6704)
 * environment, tabbing:                  tabbing.           (line  5493)
 * environment, table:                    table.             (line  5642)
 * environment, tabular:                  tabular.           (line  5700)
 * environment, thebibliography:          thebibliography.   (line  6024)
 * environment, theindex:                 Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14817)
+                                                            (line 14828)
 * environment, theorem:                  theorem.           (line  6291)
 * environment, theorem-like:             \newtheorem.       (line  7759)
 * environment, titlepage:                titlepage.         (line  6321)
@@ -18258,12 +18270,12 @@
 * environments:                          Environments.      (line  3549)
 * environments, defining:                \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                             (line  7625)
-* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 15475)
-* EPS files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
+* envlab package:                        \makelabels.       (line 15486)
+* EPS files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
 * eqnarray environment:                  eqnarray.          (line  3983)
 * equation counter:                      Counters.          (line  8091)
 * equation environment:                  equation.          (line  4037)
-* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  8976)
+* equation environment <1>:              Math formulas.     (line  8986)
 * equation number, cross referencing:    \ref.              (line  3466)
 * equation numbers, left vs. right:      Document class options.
                                                             (line   788)
@@ -18275,59 +18287,59 @@
 * error messages, from BibTeX:           BibTeX error messages.
                                                             (line  6264)
 * errorstopmode:                         Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16076)
+                                                            (line 16087)
 * es-zet German letter:                  Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14004)
+                                                            (line 14015)
 * etex command:                          TeX engines.       (line   519)
 * eth, Icelandic letter:                 Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13972)
+                                                            (line 13983)
 * etoolbox package:                      Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1020)
-* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 13732)
-* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 13732)
-* eurosym package <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13733)
-* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  8442)
-* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8442)
-* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 13740)
+* euro symbol:                           Text symbols.      (line 13742)
+* eurosym package:                       Text symbols.      (line 13742)
+* eurosym package <1>:                   Text symbols.      (line 13743)
+* ex:                                    Units of length.   (line  8446)
+* ex <1>:                                Units of length.   (line  8445)
+* exclamation point, upside-down:        Text symbols.      (line 13750)
 * executivepaper option:                 Document class options.
                                                             (line   744)
 * expl3 package:                         LaTeX command syntax.
                                                             (line   624)
 * expl3 package <1>:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13587)
+                                                            (line 13597)
 * exponent:                              Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9042)
-* expressions:                           Expressions.       (line  8636)
+                                                            (line  9052)
+* expressions:                           Expressions.       (line  8646)
 * extended Latin:                        Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13958)
-* external commands:                     \write18.          (line 15935)
+                                                            (line 13969)
+* external commands:                     \write18.          (line 15946)
 * external files, writing:               filecontents.      (line  4115)
-* fallback jobname:                      Jobname.           (line 16224)
+* fallback jobname:                      Jobname.           (line 16235)
 * families, of fonts:                    Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  1912)
-* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line 11075)
-* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line 11216)
+* fancyhdr package:                      Page styles.       (line 11085)
+* fancyhdr package <1>:                  \pagestyle.        (line 11226)
 * fancyvrb package:                      tabbing.           (line  5633)
 * fancyvrb package <1>:                  verbatim.          (line  6395)
-* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 13771)
+* feminine ordinal symbol:               Text symbols.      (line 13781)
 * figure counter:                        Counters.          (line  8091)
-* figure dash character:                 Text symbols.      (line 13743)
+* figure dash character:                 Text symbols.      (line 13753)
 * figure environment:                    figure.            (line  4057)
 * figure number, cross referencing:      \ref.              (line  3466)
 * figures, footnotes in:                 minipage.          (line  4861)
 * figures, inserting:                    figure.            (line  4057)
 * file, closing:                         \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15573)
+                                                            (line 15584)
 * file, opening:                         \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15573)
-* file, reading:                         \read.             (line 15637)
+                                                            (line 15584)
+* file, reading:                         \read.             (line 15648)
 * file, root:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 14138)
-* file, root <1>:                        Jobname.           (line 16203)
+                                                            (line 14149)
+* file, root <1>:                        Jobname.           (line 16214)
 * filecontents environment:              filecontents.      (line  4115)
 * filecontents* environment:             filecontents.      (line  4115)
 * filename for current job:              Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16092)
+                                                            (line 16103)
 * final option:                          Document class options.
                                                             (line   774)
 * first-latex-doc document:              About this document.
@@ -18348,7 +18360,7 @@
                                                             (line  1912)
 * font commands, low-level:              Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  1897)
-* font dimension, slant:                 \/.                (line 11778)
+* font dimension, slant:                 \/.                (line 11788)
 * font encoding:                         fontenc package.   (line  1298)
 * font encoding <1>:                     \DeclareTextAccent.
                                                             (line  1418)
@@ -18359,13 +18371,13 @@
 * font sizes:                            Font sizes.        (line  1840)
 * font styles:                           Font styles.       (line  1701)
 * font symbols, by number:               Symbols by font position.
-                                                            (line 13598)
+                                                            (line 13608)
 * fontenc:                               fontenc package.   (line  1298)
 * fonts:                                 Fonts.             (line  1261)
 * fonts, new commands for:               \newfont.          (line  7871)
-* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line 10056)
+* fonts, script:                         Calligraphic.      (line 10066)
 * fontspec package:                      fontenc package.   (line  1309)
-* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11209)
+* footer style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11219)
 * footer, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2182)
 * footnote counter:                      Counters.          (line  8091)
@@ -18384,18 +18396,18 @@
 * force option for filecontents:         filecontents.      (line  4140)
 * format files, TeX:                     TeX engines.       (line   509)
 * formulas, environment for:             equation.          (line  4037)
-* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  8976)
+* formulas, math:                        Math formulas.     (line  8986)
 * forward reference:                     Cross references.  (line  3365)
 * forward references, resolving:         Output files.      (line   490)
-* fraction:                              \frac.             (line 10953)
+* fraction:                              \frac.             (line 10963)
 * fragile commands:                      \protect.          (line  7903)
-* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 12258)
-* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 12258)
-* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 12263)
-* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 13637)
+* frame rule width:                      \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268)
+* frame, line width:                     \fbox & \framebox. (line 12268)
+* frame, separation from contents:       \fbox & \framebox. (line 12273)
+* French quotation marks:                Text symbols.      (line 13647)
 * front matter of a book:                \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                             (line  3105)
-* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line 10414)
+* functions, math:                       Math functions.    (line 10424)
 * geometry package:                      Document class options.
                                                             (line   765)
 * geometry package <1>:                  Document class options.
@@ -18404,45 +18416,45 @@
                                                             (line   731)
 * global options <1>:                    Additional packages.
                                                             (line   839)
-* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 15132)
-* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 15132)
-* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 15180)
-* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 15239)
+* glossaries:                            Glossaries.        (line 15143)
+* glossary:                              Glossaries.        (line 15143)
+* glossary, entries:                     \newglossaryentry. (line 15191)
+* glossary, entry reference:             \gls.              (line 15250)
 * glue plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  8316)
 * glue register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7573)
-* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 12768)
+* graphics:                              Graphics.          (line 12778)
 * graphics <1>:                          Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 12869)
-* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
-* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 12768)
+                                                            (line 12879)
+* graphics <2>:                          \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
+* graphics package:                      Graphics.          (line 12778)
 * graphics package <1>:                  Graphics package configuration.
-                                                            (line 12869)
-* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
+                                                            (line 12879)
+* graphics package <2>:                  \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
 * graphics package commands:             Commands for graphics.
-                                                            (line 13059)
+                                                            (line 13069)
 * graphics package options:              Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 12805)
+                                                            (line 12815)
 * graphics packages:                     \line.             (line  5179)
-* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 13448)
-* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 13480)
-* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 13448)
-* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 13480)
+* graphics, resizing:                    \scalebox.         (line 13458)
+* graphics, resizing <1>:                \resizebox.        (line 13490)
+* graphics, scaling:                     \scalebox.         (line 13458)
+* graphics, scaling <1>:                 \resizebox.        (line 13490)
 * graphpap package:                      \graphpaper.       (line  5131)
-* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 13860)
-* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10553)
-* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13750)
-* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  9105)
-* Greek letters:                         Greek letters.     (line 10371)
+* grave accent:                          Accents.           (line 13870)
+* grave accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10563)
+* greater than symbol, in text:          Text symbols.      (line 13760)
+* greek letters:                         Math symbols.      (line  9115)
+* Greek letters:                         Greek letters.     (line 10381)
 * grfext package:                        \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 12977)
+                                                            (line 12987)
 * group, and environments:               Environments.      (line  3561)
-* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 15010)
-* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 13909)
-* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 14075)
-* hard space:                            ~.                 (line 11650)
-* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 13856)
-* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line 10556)
-* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11209)
+* group_skip:                            makeindex.         (line 15021)
+* hacek accent:                          Accents.           (line 13919)
+* Halmos symbol:                         \rule.             (line 14086)
+* hard space:                            ~.                 (line 11660)
+* hat accent:                            Accents.           (line 13866)
+* hat accent, math:                      Math accents.      (line 10566)
+* header style:                          \pagestyle.        (line 11219)
 * header, parameters for:                Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2182)
 * hello, world:                          Starting and ending.
@@ -18450,41 +18462,41 @@
 * here, putting floats:                  Floats.            (line  2454)
 * home page for manual:                  About this document.
                                                             (line   360)
-* horizontal bar character:              Text symbols.      (line 13753)
+* horizontal bar character:              Text symbols.      (line 13763)
 * horizontal paragraph indentation:      \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8894)
-* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 11435)
-* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 11435)
+                                                            (line  8904)
+* horizontal space:                      \hss.              (line 11445)
+* horizontal space, stretchable:         \hss.              (line 11445)
 * horizontal spacing:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10758)
-* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 13885)
+                                                            (line 10768)
+* hungarian umlaut accent:               Accents.           (line 13895)
 * hyperref package:                      \footnotemark.     (line  7087)
 * hyperref package <1>:                  \footnotemark.     (line  7096)
-* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 11191)
-* hyperref package <3>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14693)
+* hyperref package <2>:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 11201)
+* hyperref package <3>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14704)
 * hyperref package <4>:                  Command line input.
-                                                            (line 16147)
-* hyphen character, non-breaking:        Text symbols.      (line 13764)
+                                                            (line 16158)
+* hyphen character, non-breaking:        Text symbols.      (line 13774)
 * hyphenation, defining:                 \hyphenation.      (line  6732)
 * hyphenation, discretionary:            \discretionary.    (line  6667)
 * hyphenation, forcing:                  \- (hyphenation).  (line  6633)
-* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12136)
-* h??ek accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10544)
+* hyphenation, preventing:               \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12146)
+* h??ek accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10554)
 * Icelandic eth:                         Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13972)
+                                                            (line 13983)
 * Icelandic thorn:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14008)
-* idx file:                              \index.            (line 14943)
+                                                            (line 14019)
+* idx file:                              \index.            (line 14954)
 * ij letter, Dutch:                      Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13984)
-* immediate \write:                      \write.            (line 15800)
+                                                            (line 13995)
+* immediate \write:                      \write.            (line 15811)
 * implementations of TeX:                TeX engines.       (line   509)
-* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
-* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  8421)
+* importing graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
+* in:                                    Units of length.   (line  8420)
 * inch:                                  Units of length.   (line  8421)
-* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
+* including graphics:                    \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
 * indent, forcing:                       \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8845)
+                                                            (line  8855)
 * indentation of paragraphs, in minipage: minipage.         (line  4857)
 * indentfirst package:                   \part.             (line  2762)
 * indentfirst package <1>:               \chapter.          (line  2824)
@@ -18493,58 +18505,58 @@
 * indentfirst package <4>:               \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                             (line  3060)
 * indentfirst package <5>:               \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8887)
-* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 15089)
-* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 15085)
-* index entries, subentries:             \index.            (line 14861)
-* index entries, 'see' and 'see also':   \index.            (line 14893)
-* index entry:                           \index.            (line 14841)
-* index package:                         \index.            (line 14938)
-* index, multiple:                       Indexes.           (line 14804)
-* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 14877)
-* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 15117)
-* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 14958)
+                                                            (line  8897)
+* indent_length:                         makeindex.         (line 15100)
+* indent_space:                          makeindex.         (line 15096)
+* index entries, subentries:             \index.            (line 14872)
+* index entries, 'see' and 'see also':   \index.            (line 14904)
+* index entry:                           \index.            (line 14852)
+* index package:                         \index.            (line 14949)
+* index, multiple:                       Indexes.           (line 14815)
+* index, page range:                     \index.            (line 14888)
+* index, printing:                       \printindex.       (line 15128)
+* index, processing:                     makeindex.         (line 14969)
 * index, producing manually:             Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14814)
-* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 14970)
-* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 14759)
-* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 11402)
-* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 12050)
+                                                            (line 14825)
+* index, style file:                     makeindex.         (line 14981)
+* indexes:                               Indexes.           (line 14770)
+* infinite horizontal stretch:           \hfill.            (line 11412)
+* infinite vertical stretch:             \vfill.            (line 12060)
 * inline formulas:                       math.              (line  4748)
-* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 11036)
+* inner paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 11046)
 * input file:                            Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 14134)
+                                                            (line 14145)
 * input, on command line:                Command line input.
-                                                            (line 16139)
-* input/output:                          Input/output.      (line 15564)
-* input/output, to terminal:             Input/output.      (line 15564)
-* inputenc:                              inputenc package.  (line 14015)
+                                                            (line 16150)
+* input/output:                          Input/output.      (line 15575)
+* input/output, to terminal:             Input/output.      (line 15575)
+* inputenc:                              inputenc package.  (line 14026)
 * inserting figures:                     figure.            (line  4057)
 * insertions of special characters:      Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 13509)
+                                                            (line 13519)
 * interface, command line:               Command line interface.
-                                                            (line 16011)
+                                                            (line 16022)
 * interline space:                       \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                             (line  2315)
-* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line 11026)
+* internal vertical mode:                Modes.             (line 11036)
 * invisible character:                   \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10758)
-* invisible character <1>:               \mathstrut.        (line 10821)
-* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 11744)
+                                                            (line 10768)
+* invisible character <1>:               \mathstrut.        (line 10831)
+* italic correction:                     \/.                (line 11754)
 * italic font:                           Font styles.       (line  1777)
 * itemize environment:                   itemize.           (line  4289)
-* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 15034)
-* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 15043)
-* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 15037)
-* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 15052)
-* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 15040)
-* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 15047)
-* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 15056)
+* item_0:                                makeindex.         (line 15045)
+* item_01:                               makeindex.         (line 15054)
+* item_1:                                makeindex.         (line 15048)
+* item_12:                               makeindex.         (line 15063)
+* item_2:                                makeindex.         (line 15051)
+* item_x1:                               makeindex.         (line 15058)
+* item_x2:                               makeindex.         (line 15067)
 * jobname:                               Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16092)
-* jobname <1>:                           Jobname.           (line 16203)
-* JPEG files:                            \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
-* JPG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
+                                                            (line 16103)
+* jobname <1>:                           Jobname.           (line 16214)
+* JPEG files:                            \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
+* JPG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
 * justification, ragged left:            \raggedleft.       (line  4262)
 * justification, ragged right:           \raggedright.      (line  4209)
 * Knuth, Donald E.:                      Overview.          (line   402)
@@ -18559,7 +18571,7 @@
 * latex:                                 TeX engines.       (line   517)
 * latex command:                         Output files.      (line   467)
 * LaTeX format (.fmt) files:             TeX engines.       (line   509)
-* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 13628)
+* LaTeX logo:                            Text symbols.      (line 13638)
 * LaTeX overview:                        Overview.          (line   402)
 * LaTeX Project team:                    About this document.
                                                             (line   374)
@@ -18568,63 +18580,63 @@
 * latex-dev:                             TeX engines.       (line   567)
 * latex-doc-ptr document:                About this document.
                                                             (line   387)
-* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 13631)
+* LaTeX2e logo:                          Text symbols.      (line 13641)
 * LaTeX3 syntax:                         LaTeX command syntax.
                                                             (line   624)
 * <latexrefman at tug.org> email address:   About this document.
                                                             (line   374)
-* latexsym package:                      Arrows.            (line  9949)
+* latexsym package:                      Arrows.            (line  9959)
 * Latin letters, additional:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13958)
+                                                            (line 13969)
 * layout commands:                       Layout.            (line  2026)
 * layout, page parameters for:           Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2182)
-* leaders, dots in table of contents:    \@dottedtocline.   (line 14511)
+* leaders, dots in table of contents:    \@dottedtocline.   (line 14522)
 * leading:                               \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                             (line  2315)
-* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 13637)
-* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13761)
-* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13693)
-* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 13647)
-* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 13780)
-* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 13786)
+* left angle quotation marks:            Text symbols.      (line 13647)
+* left arrow, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13771)
+* left brace, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13703)
+* left quote:                            Text symbols.      (line 13657)
+* left quote, double:                    Text symbols.      (line 13790)
+* left quote, single:                    Text symbols.      (line 13796)
 * left-hand equation numbers:            Document class options.
                                                             (line   788)
 * left-justifying text:                  \raggedright.      (line  4209)
 * left-justifying text, environment for: flushleft.         (line  4180)
-* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line 11003)
+* left-to-right mode:                    Modes.             (line 11013)
 * legalpaper option:                     Document class options.
                                                             (line   744)
-* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  8490)
+* lengths, adding to:                    \addtolength.      (line  8500)
 * lengths, allocating new:               \newlength.        (line  7573)
 * lengths, defining and using:           Lengths.           (line  8313)
-* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  8460)
+* lengths, setting:                      \setlength.        (line  8471)
 * leqno option:                          Document class options.
                                                             (line   774)
-* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13758)
-* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 15017)
-* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 15026)
-* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 15030)
+* less than symbol, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13768)
+* lethead_flag:                          makeindex.         (line 15028)
+* lethead_prefix:                        makeindex.         (line 15037)
+* lethead_suffix:                        makeindex.         (line 15041)
 * letter class:                          Document classes.  (line   701)
 * letter environment:                    letter.            (line  4377)
 * letterpaper option:                    Document class options.
                                                             (line   744)
-* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 13822)
+* letters, accented:                     Accents.           (line 13832)
 * letters, additional Latin:             Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13958)
-* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 15388)
-* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 15493)
-* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 15269)
+                                                            (line 13969)
+* letters, ending:                       \closing.          (line 15399)
+* letters, starting:                     \opening.          (line 15504)
+* letters, writing:                      Letters.           (line 15280)
 * line break, forcing:                   \\.                (line  6507)
 * line breaking:                         Line breaking.     (line  6490)
 * line breaks, changing:                 \fussy & \sloppy.  (line  6690)
 * line breaks, forcing:                  \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
                                                             (line  6751)
-* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line 10937)
+* line breaks, multiplication discretionary: \*.            (line 10947)
 * line breaks, preventing:               \linebreak & \nolinebreak.
                                                             (line  6751)
 * lines in tables:                       tabular.           (line  5700)
-* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 15081)
+* line_max:                              makeindex.         (line 15092)
 * lining numerals:                       Font styles.       (line  1828)
 * lining text up in tables:              tabular.           (line  5700)
 * lining text up using tab stops:        tabbing.           (line  5493)
@@ -18641,104 +18653,104 @@
 * lmodern package:                       fontenc package.   (line  1328)
 * loading additional packages:           Additional packages.
                                                             (line   830)
-* locale information, from system:       \write18.          (line 15994)
+* locale information, from system:       \write18.          (line 16005)
 * log file:                              Output files.      (line   485)
-* log file, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15770)
-* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 13628)
-* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 13631)
-* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 13669)
+* log file, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15781)
+* logo, LaTeX:                           Text symbols.      (line 13638)
+* logo, LaTeX2e:                         Text symbols.      (line 13641)
+* logo, TeX:                             Text symbols.      (line 13679)
 * long command:                          Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   933)
-* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 13659)
+* low-9 quotation marks, single and double: Text symbols.   (line 13669)
 * low-level font commands:               Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  1897)
 * lowercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13545)
+                                                            (line 13555)
 * LR box:                                picture.           (line  5005)
-* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line 11003)
-* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 12470)
+* LR mode:                               Modes.             (line 11013)
+* lrbox:                                 lrbox.             (line 12480)
 * lshort document:                       About this document.
                                                             (line   393)
 * lualatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   535)
 * lualatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   568)
 * LuaTeX:                                TeX engines.       (line   536)
-* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in:         \write.            (line 15782)
-* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  8442)
-* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 13852)
-* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10538)
+* LuaTeX, 256 output streams in:         \write.            (line 15793)
+* m-width:                               Units of length.   (line  8450)
+* macron accent:                         Accents.           (line 13862)
+* macron accent, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10548)
 * macros2e package:                      \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                             (line  7446)
 * Madsen, Lars:                          eqnarray.          (line  3983)
-* mail merges:                           \read.             (line 15662)
+* mail merges:                           \read.             (line 15673)
 * main matter of a book:                 \frontmatter & \mainmatter & \backmatter.
                                                             (line  3105)
-* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12136)
-* makeidx package:                       \printindex.       (line 15123)
-* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 14958)
-* makeindex, program:                    makeindex.         (line 14958)
-* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 14970)
+* make a box:                            \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12146)
+* makeidx package:                       \printindex.       (line 15134)
+* makeindex program:                     makeindex.         (line 14969)
+* makeindex, program:                    makeindex.         (line 14969)
+* makeindex, style file:                 makeindex.         (line 14981)
 * making a title page:                   titlepage.         (line  6321)
-* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  8731)
-* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  8926)
-* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 13771)
-* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line 10123)
-* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line 10123)
-* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line 10530)
+* making paragraphs:                     Making paragraphs. (line  8741)
+* marginal notes:                        Marginal notes.    (line  8936)
+* masculine ordinal symbol:              Text symbols.      (line 13781)
+* matching brackets:                     \left & \right.    (line 10133)
+* matching parentheses:                  \left & \right.    (line 10133)
+* math accents:                          Math accents.      (line 10540)
 * math environment:                      math.              (line  4748)
-* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  8976)
-* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  8976)
-* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line 10414)
-* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line 10911)
-* math mode:                             Modes.             (line 11013)
-* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  8976)
+* math environment <1>:                  Math formulas.     (line  8986)
+* math formulas:                         Math formulas.     (line  8986)
+* math functions:                        Math functions.    (line 10424)
+* math miscellany:                       Math miscellany.   (line 10921)
+* math mode:                             Modes.             (line 11023)
+* math mode, entering:                   Math formulas.     (line  8986)
 * math mode, spacing:                    Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10623)
+                                                            (line 10633)
 * math mode, spacing <1>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10758)
-* math mode, spacing <2>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10821)
-* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line 10698)
-* math styles:                           Math styles.       (line 10843)
-* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  9105)
-* math, arrows:                          Arrows.            (line  9949)
+                                                            (line 10768)
+* math mode, spacing <2>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10831)
+* math mode, vertical space:             \smash.            (line 10708)
+* math styles:                           Math styles.       (line 10853)
+* math symbols:                          Math symbols.      (line  9115)
+* math, arrows:                          Arrows.            (line  9959)
 * math, bold:                            Font styles.       (line  1824)
-* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  9031)
-* mathtools package <1>:                 Delimiters.        (line 10108)
-* mathtools package <2>:                 \left & \right.    (line 10147)
+* mathtools package:                     Math formulas.     (line  9041)
+* mathtools package <1>:                 Delimiters.        (line 10118)
+* mathtools package <2>:                 \left & \right.    (line 10157)
 * mathtools package <3>:                 Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10617)
-* mathtools package <4>:                 \smash.            (line 10752)
+                                                            (line 10627)
+* mathtools package <4>:                 \smash.            (line 10762)
 * mathtools package <5>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10800)
+                                                            (line 10810)
 * MetaPost package:                      \line.             (line  5179)
 * mfirstuc package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13584)
+                                                            (line 13594)
 * mhchem package:                        Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9098)
-* millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8431)
+                                                            (line  9108)
+* millimeter:                            Units of length.   (line  8428)
 * minipage environment:                  minipage.          (line  4760)
 * minipage, creating a:                  minipage.          (line  4760)
 * minted package:                        tabbing.           (line  5633)
 * minted package <1>:                    verbatim.          (line  6389)
 * minted package <2>:                    \verb.             (line  6439)
 * mirrors of CTAN:                       CTAN.              (line   687)
-* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8431)
-* modes:                                 Modes.             (line 10991)
+* mm:                                    Units of length.   (line  8427)
+* modes:                                 Modes.             (line 11001)
 * monospace font:                        Font styles.       (line  1792)
 * moving arguments:                      \protect.          (line  7916)
 * mpfootnote counter:                    \footnote.         (line  7035)
 * mpfootnote counter <1>:                Counters.          (line  8091)
-* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  8453)
-* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  8453)
+* mu:                                    Units of length.   (line  8456)
+* mu, math unit:                         Units of length.   (line  8457)
 * multicolumn text:                      \twocolumn.        (line  2043)
-* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 13822)
-* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 14804)
-* multiple indexes:                      Indexes.           (line 14804)
-* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line 10937)
-* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 15217)
-* name of document root:                 Jobname.           (line 16203)
-* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 11650)
+* multilingual support:                  Accents.           (line 13832)
+* multind package:                       Indexes.           (line 14815)
+* multiple indexes:                      Indexes.           (line 14815)
+* multiplication, discretionary:         \*.                (line 10947)
+* name:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 15228)
+* name of document root:                 Jobname.           (line 16214)
+* NBSP:                                  ~.                 (line 11660)
 * nested \include, not allowed:          \include & \includeonly.
-                                                            (line 14309)
+                                                            (line 14320)
 * new class commands:                    Class and package construction.
                                                             (line   846)
 * new command, check:                    Class and package commands.
@@ -18753,24 +18765,24 @@
 * new line, starting:                    \\.                (line  6507)
 * new line, starting (paragraph mode):   \newline.          (line  6609)
 * new page, starting:                    \newpage.          (line  6855)
-* newline, in \write:                    \write.            (line 15834)
+* newline, in \write:                    \write.            (line 15845)
 * noheader option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  4143)
-* non-breaking hyphen character:         Text symbols.      (line 13764)
+* non-breaking hyphen character:         Text symbols.      (line 13774)
 * non-English characters:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13958)
+                                                            (line 13969)
 * nonstopmode:                           Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16076)
+                                                            (line 16087)
 * nosearch option for filecontents:      filecontents.      (line  4146)
-* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8926)
+* notes in the margin:                   Marginal notes.    (line  8936)
 * notitlepage option:                    Document class options.
                                                             (line   774)
-* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line 10123)
+* null delimiter:                        \left & \right.    (line 10133)
 * numbered items, specifying counter:    \usecounter.       (line  8165)
 * numerals, old-style:                   Font styles.       (line  1828)
 * oblique font:                          Font styles.       (line  1789)
 * oe ligature:                           Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14000)
-* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 13889)
+                                                            (line 14011)
+* ogonek:                                Accents.           (line 13899)
 * old-style numerals:                    Font styles.       (line  1828)
 * one-column output:                     \onecolumn.        (line  2031)
 * onecolumn option:                      Document class options.
@@ -18778,22 +18790,22 @@
 * oneside option:                        Document class options.
                                                             (line   803)
 * open a file:                           \openin & \openout.
-                                                            (line 15573)
+                                                            (line 15584)
 * openany option:                        Document class options.
                                                             (line   803)
 * openbib option:                        Document class options.
                                                             (line   774)
-* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13647)
+* opening quote:                         Text symbols.      (line 13657)
 * openright option:                      Document class options.
                                                             (line   803)
 * OpenType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   509)
-* operating system information:          \write18.          (line 15994)
+* operating system information:          \write18.          (line 16005)
 * options, class:                        Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   976)
 * options, color package:                Color package options.
-                                                            (line 12527)
+                                                            (line 12537)
 * options, command line:                 Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16055)
+                                                            (line 16066)
 * options, document class:               Document class options.
                                                             (line   731)
 * options, document class <1>:           Class and package structure.
@@ -18801,22 +18813,22 @@
 * options, global:                       Additional packages.
                                                             (line   839)
 * options, graphics package:             Graphics package options.
-                                                            (line 12805)
+                                                            (line 12815)
 * options, package:                      Class and package structure.
                                                             (line   869)
 * options, package <1>:                  Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   976)
-* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 13771)
+* ordinals, feminine and masculine:      Text symbols.      (line 13781)
 * oslash:                                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13996)
+                                                            (line 14007)
 * OT1:                                   fontenc package.   (line  1298)
-* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 11036)
+* outer paragraph mode:                  Modes.             (line 11046)
 * output directory for all external files: Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16097)
-* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 13852)
-* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line 10550)
+                                                            (line 16108)
+* overbar accent:                        Accents.           (line 13862)
+* overdot accent, math:                  Math accents.      (line 10560)
 * overlining:                            Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10579)
+                                                            (line 10589)
 * overview of LaTeX:                     Overview.          (line   402)
 * overwrite option for filecontents:     filecontents.      (line  4140)
 * package file layout:                   Class and package structure.
@@ -18826,77 +18838,77 @@
 * package options <1>:                   Class and package commands.
                                                             (line   976)
 * package, abstract:                     abstract.          (line  3587)
-* package, adjustbox:                    Boxes.             (line 12130)
+* package, adjustbox:                    Boxes.             (line 12140)
 * package, algorithm2e:                  tabbing.           (line  5633)
-* package, amscd:                        Arrows.            (line  9984)
-* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  9031)
-* package, amsfonts <1>:                 Arrows.            (line  9949)
+* package, amscd:                        Arrows.            (line  9994)
+* package, amsfonts:                     Math formulas.     (line  9041)
+* package, amsfonts <1>:                 Arrows.            (line  9959)
 * package, amsmath:                      array.             (line  3661)
 * package, amsmath <1>:                  array.             (line  3669)
 * package, amsmath <2>:                  displaymath.       (line  3850)
 * package, amsmath <3>:                  equation.          (line  4051)
 * package, amsmath <4>:                  theorem.           (line  6313)
-* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  9031)
-* package, amsmath <6>:                  \left & \right.    (line 10147)
+* package, amsmath <5>:                  Math formulas.     (line  9041)
+* package, amsmath <6>:                  \left & \right.    (line 10157)
 * package, amsmath <7>:                  \bigl & \bigr etc..
-                                                            (line 10292)
-* package, amsmath <8>:                  Dots.              (line 10347)
-* package, amsmath <9>:                  Math functions.    (line 10519)
+                                                            (line 10302)
+* package, amsmath <8>:                  Dots.              (line 10357)
+* package, amsmath <9>:                  Math functions.    (line 10529)
 * package, amsmath <10>:                 Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10640)
+                                                            (line 10650)
 * package, amsmath <11>:                 \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10808)
+                                                            (line 10818)
 * package, amsmath <12>:                 Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10926)
+                                                            (line 10936)
 * package, amsmath <13>:                 Colon character & \colon.
-                                                            (line 10930)
+                                                            (line 10940)
 * package, amsmath <14>:                 \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11735)
+                                                            (line 11745)
 * package, amsthm:                       theorem.           (line  6313)
-* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 14080)
-* package, answers:                      \write.            (line 15839)
+* package, amsthm <1>:                   \rule.             (line 14091)
+* package, answers:                      \write.            (line 15850)
 * package, appendix:                     \appendix.         (line  3095)
 * package, array:                        array.             (line  3680)
 * package, Asymptote:                    \line.             (line  5179)
-* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 11970)
-* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12204)
-* package, Asymptote <3>:                \write18.          (line 15942)
+* package, Asymptote <1>:                \strut.            (line 11980)
+* package, Asymptote <2>:                \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12214)
+* package, Asymptote <3>:                \write18.          (line 15953)
 * package, babel:                        \chapter.          (line  2837)
 * package, babel <1>:                    thebibliography.   (line  6071)
-* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 13822)
-* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 14110)
+* package, babel <2>:                    Accents.           (line 13832)
+* package, babel <3>:                    \today.            (line 14121)
 * package, babel <4>:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14483)
-* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 14893)
-* package, beamer:                       beamer template.   (line 16313)
+                                                            (line 14494)
+* package, babel <5>:                    \index.            (line 14904)
+* package, beamer:                       beamer template.   (line 16324)
 * package, bigfoot:                      Footnotes of footnotes.
                                                             (line  7206)
 * package, bm:                           \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line 10016)
+                                                            (line 10026)
 * package, caption:                      \caption.          (line  2624)
 * package, cleveref:                     Cross references.  (line  3376)
 * package, cleveref <1>:                 \ref.              (line  3489)
 * package, cleveref <2>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  7087)
 * package, cm-super:                     fontenc package.   (line  1328)
-* package, comprehensive:                Math symbols.      (line  9105)
+* package, comprehensive:                Math symbols.      (line  9115)
 * package, cprotect:                     verbatim.          (line  6379)
 * package, cprotect <1>:                 \verb.             (line  6442)
-* package, datatool:                     \read.             (line 15662)
-* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 14124)
+* package, datatool:                     \read.             (line 15673)
+* package, datetime:                     \today.            (line 14135)
 * package, dcolumn:                      array.             (line  3680)
 * package, enumitem:                     itemize.           (line  4349)
 * package, enumitem <1>:                 list.              (line  4648)
-* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 15475)
+* package, envlab:                       \makelabels.       (line 15486)
 * package, etoolbox:                     Class and package commands.
                                                             (line  1020)
-* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 13732)
-* package, eurosym <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 13733)
+* package, eurosym:                      Text symbols.      (line 13742)
+* package, eurosym <1>:                  Text symbols.      (line 13743)
 * package, expl3:                        LaTeX command syntax.
                                                             (line   624)
 * package, expl3 <1>:                    Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13587)
-* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line 11075)
-* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line 11216)
+                                                            (line 13597)
+* package, fancyhdr:                     Page styles.       (line 11085)
+* package, fancyhdr <1>:                 \pagestyle.        (line 11226)
 * package, fancyvrb:                     tabbing.           (line  5633)
 * package, fancyvrb <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6395)
 * package, flafter:                      Floats.            (line  2484)
@@ -18908,13 +18920,13 @@
                                                             (line   769)
 * package, graphpap:                     \graphpaper.       (line  5131)
 * package, grfext:                       \DeclareGraphicsExtensions.
-                                                            (line 12977)
+                                                            (line 12987)
 * package, hyperref:                     \footnotemark.     (line  7087)
 * package, hyperref <1>:                 \footnotemark.     (line  7096)
-* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line 11191)
-* package, hyperref <3>:                 \contentsline.     (line 14693)
+* package, hyperref <2>:                 \pagenumbering.    (line 11201)
+* package, hyperref <3>:                 \contentsline.     (line 14704)
 * package, hyperref <4>:                 Command line input.
-                                                            (line 16147)
+                                                            (line 16158)
 * package, indentfirst:                  \part.             (line  2762)
 * package, indentfirst <1>:              \chapter.          (line  2824)
 * package, indentfirst <2>:              \section.          (line  2919)
@@ -18922,54 +18934,56 @@
 * package, indentfirst <4>:              \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                             (line  3060)
 * package, indentfirst <5>:              \indent & \noindent.
-                                                            (line  8887)
-* package, index:                        \index.            (line 14938)
-* package, latexsym:                     Arrows.            (line  9949)
+                                                            (line  8897)
+* package, index:                        \index.            (line 14949)
+* package, latexsym:                     Arrows.            (line  9959)
 * package, listings:                     tabbing.           (line  5633)
 * package, listings <1>:                 verbatim.          (line  6389)
 * package, listings <2>:                 \verb.             (line  6439)
 * package, lmodern:                      fontenc package.   (line  1328)
 * package, macros2e:                     \makeatletter & \makeatother.
                                                             (line  7446)
-* package, makeidx:                      \printindex.       (line 15123)
-* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  9031)
-* package, mathtools <1>:                Delimiters.        (line 10108)
-* package, mathtools <2>:                \left & \right.    (line 10147)
+* package, makeidx:                      \printindex.       (line 15134)
+* package, mathtools:                    Math formulas.     (line  9041)
+* package, mathtools <1>:                Delimiters.        (line 10118)
+* package, mathtools <2>:                \left & \right.    (line 10157)
 * package, mathtools <3>:                Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10617)
-* package, mathtools <4>:                \smash.            (line 10752)
+                                                            (line 10627)
+* package, mathtools <4>:                \smash.            (line 10762)
 * package, mathtools <5>:                \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10800)
+                                                            (line 10810)
 * package, MetaPost:                     \line.             (line  5179)
 * package, mfirstuc:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13584)
+                                                            (line 13594)
 * package, mhchem:                       Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9098)
+                                                            (line  9108)
 * package, minted:                       tabbing.           (line  5633)
 * package, minted <1>:                   verbatim.          (line  6389)
 * package, minted <2>:                   \verb.             (line  6439)
-* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 14804)
+* package, multind:                      Indexes.           (line 14815)
 * package, pict2e:                       \line.             (line  5179)
-* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 13822)
-* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 14110)
+* package, polyglossia:                  Accents.           (line 13832)
+* package, polyglossia <1>:              \today.            (line 14121)
 * package, polyglossia <2>:              Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14484)
-* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 14893)
+                                                            (line 14495)
+* package, polyglossia <3>:              \index.            (line 14904)
 * package, PSTricks:                     \line.             (line  5179)
 * package, setspace:                     \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                             (line  2388)
-* package, shellesc:                     \write18.          (line 16000)
-* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 14804)
+* package, shellesc:                     \write18.          (line 16011)
+* package, showidx:                      Indexes.           (line 14815)
 * package, siunitx:                      minipage.          (line  4891)
-* package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                 (line 11686)
+* package, siunitx <1>:                  ~.                 (line 11696)
 * package, suffix:                       \@ifstar.          (line  7518)
-* package, texosquery:                   \write18.          (line 15994)
+* package, tablefootnote:                Footnotes in a table.
+                                                            (line  7183)
+* package, texosquery:                   \write18.          (line 16005)
 * package, textcase:                     Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13581)
+                                                            (line 13591)
 * package, TikZ:                         \line.             (line  5179)
-* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 11970)
-* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12203)
-* package, tikz-cd:                      Arrows.            (line  9984)
+* package, TikZ <1>:                     \strut.            (line 11980)
+* package, TikZ <2>:                     \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12213)
+* package, tikz-cd:                      Arrows.            (line  9994)
 * package, titlesec:                     Sectioning.        (line  2686)
 * package, titlesec <1>:                 \part.             (line  2766)
 * package, titlesec <2>:                 \chapter.          (line  2845)
@@ -18978,13 +18992,13 @@
 * package, titlesec <5>:                 \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                             (line  3064)
 * package, tocbibbind:                   Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14470)
+                                                            (line 14481)
 * package, tocloft:                      Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14470)
-* package, tocloft <1>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14690)
+                                                            (line 14481)
+* package, tocloft <1>:                  \contentsline.     (line 14701)
 * package, ulem:                         Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10588)
-* package, unicode-math:                 Greek letters.     (line 10402)
+                                                            (line 10598)
+* package, unicode-math:                 Greek letters.     (line 10412)
 * package, url:                          \verb.             (line  6436)
 * package, verbatimbox:                  verbatim.          (line  6395)
 * package, xparse:                       LaTeX command syntax.
@@ -18992,7 +19006,8 @@
 * package, xparse <1>:                   \@ifstar.          (line  7518)
 * package, xr:                           xr package.        (line  3495)
 * package, xr-hyper:                     xr package.        (line  3495)
-* package, xstring:                      Jobname.           (line 16250)
+* package, xspace:                       xspace package.    (line  8030)
+* package, xstring:                      Jobname.           (line 16261)
 * packages, loading additional:          Additional packages.
                                                             (line   830)
 * page break, forcing:                   \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
@@ -19004,159 +19019,160 @@
 * page layout parameters:                Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2182)
 * page number, cross referencing:        \pageref.          (line  3442)
-* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 11152)
-* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line 11293)
-* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line 11069)
-* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 12747)
-* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 15094)
-* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line 10123)
+* page numbering style:                  \pagenumbering.    (line 11162)
+* page style, this page:                 \thispagestyle.    (line 11303)
+* page styles:                           Page styles.       (line 11079)
+* page, colored:                         Colored pages.     (line 12757)
+* page_precedence:                       makeindex.         (line 15105)
+* paired delimiters:                     \left & \right.    (line 10133)
 * paragraph:                             Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * paragraph <1>:                         \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                             (line  3007)
 * paragraph counter:                     Counters.          (line  8091)
 * paragraph indentation:                 \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8894)
+                                                            (line  8904)
 * paragraph indentation, in minipage:    minipage.          (line  4857)
 * paragraph indentations in quoted text: quotation & quote. (line  5463)
 * paragraph indentations in quoted text, omitting: quotation & quote.
                                                             (line  5463)
-* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line 10997)
-* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 12293)
-* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13651)
-* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  8792)
-* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 12293)
-* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  8731)
+* paragraph mode:                        Modes.             (line 11007)
+* paragraph mode <1>:                    \parbox.           (line 12303)
+* paragraph symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13661)
+* paragraph, ending:                     \par.              (line  8802)
+* paragraph, in a box:                   \parbox.           (line 12303)
+* paragraphs:                            Making paragraphs. (line  8741)
 * parameters, for footnotes:             \footnote.         (line  7007)
 * parameters, page layout:               Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2182)
 * parent directories, cannot write to:   \write and security.
-                                                            (line 15863)
-* parentheses:                           Delimiters.        (line 10073)
+                                                            (line 15874)
+* parentheses:                           Delimiters.        (line 10083)
 * part:                                  Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * part <1>:                              \part.             (line  2718)
 * part counter:                          Counters.          (line  8091)
 * pattern, current tab stops, tabbing:   tabbing.           (line  5538)
-* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8418)
-* PDF graphic files:                     \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
+* pc:                                    Units of length.   (line  8417)
+* PDF graphic files:                     \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
 * pdflatex:                              TeX engines.       (line   518)
 * pdflatex command:                      Output files.      (line   477)
 * pdflatex-dev:                          TeX engines.       (line   569)
 * pdfTeX:                                Output files.      (line   477)
 * pdfTeX engine:                         TeX engines.       (line   519)
-* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 11519)
-* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13774)
-* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 11519)
-* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 11519)
+* period, abbreviation-ending:           \@.                (line 11529)
+* period, centered, in text:             Text symbols.      (line 13784)
+* period, sentence-ending:               \@.                (line 11529)
+* period, spacing after:                 \@.                (line 11529)
 * pica:                                  Units of length.   (line  8418)
 * pict2e package:                        \line.             (line  5179)
 * picture environment:                   picture.           (line  4918)
 * pictures, creating:                    picture.           (line  4918)
-* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 13651)
+* pilcrow:                               Text symbols.      (line 13661)
 * placement of floats:                   Floats.            (line  2433)
 * platex:                                TeX engines.       (line   557)
 * platex-dev:                            TeX engines.       (line   570)
-* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 15225)
-* PNG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13065)
+* plural:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 15236)
+* PNG files:                             \includegraphics.  (line 13075)
 * poetry, an environment for:            verse.             (line  6454)
 * point:                                 Units of length.   (line  8414)
 * polish l:                              Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13988)
-* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 13822)
-* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 14110)
+                                                            (line 13999)
+* polyglossia package:                   Accents.           (line 13832)
+* polyglossia package <1>:               \today.            (line 14121)
 * polyglossia package <2>:               Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14484)
-* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 14893)
+                                                            (line 14495)
+* polyglossia package <3>:               \index.            (line 14904)
 * portrait orientation:                  Document class options.
                                                             (line   785)
 * position, in picture:                  picture.           (line  4976)
 * positional parameter:                  \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                             (line  7275)
-* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 15006)
-* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 15505)
-* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 13655)
-* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 15002)
+* postamble:                             makeindex.         (line 15017)
+* PostScript point:                      Units of length.   (line  8424)
+* postscript, in letters:                \ps.               (line 15516)
+* pounds symbol:                         Text symbols.      (line 13665)
+* preamble:                              makeindex.         (line 15013)
 * preamble, defined:                     Starting and ending.
                                                             (line   447)
 * prerelease testing:                    TeX engines.       (line   573)
 * prompt, *:                             Recovering from errors.
-                                                            (line 16285)
+                                                            (line 16296)
 * pronunciation:                         Overview.          (line   423)
 * PSTricks package:                      \line.             (line  5179)
-* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  8414)
+* pt:                                    Units of length.   (line  8413)
 * quad:                                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10686)
-* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 13777)
+                                                            (line 10696)
+* question mark, upside-down:            Text symbols.      (line 13787)
 * quotation environment:                 quotation & quote. (line  5463)
-* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 13637)
+* quotation marks, French:               Text symbols.      (line 13647)
 * quote environment:                     quotation & quote. (line  5463)
-* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13792)
-* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13796)
+* quote, single straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13802)
+* quote, straight base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13806)
 * quoted text with paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
                                                             (line  5463)
 * quoted text without paragraph indentation, displaying: quotation & quote.
                                                             (line  5463)
-* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line 10965)
+* radical:                               \sqrt.             (line 10975)
 * ragged left text:                      \raggedleft.       (line  4262)
 * ragged left text, environment for:     flushright.        (line  4242)
 * ragged right text:                     \raggedright.      (line  4209)
 * ragged right text, environment for:    flushleft.         (line  4180)
-* read a file:                           \read.             (line 15637)
+* read a file:                           \read.             (line 15648)
 * redefining environments:               \newenvironment & \renewenvironment.
                                                             (line  7625)
 * reference, forward:                    Cross references.  (line  3365)
 * references, resolving forward:         Output files.      (line   490)
-* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 13799)
-* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line 10981)
+* registered symbol:                     Text symbols.      (line 13809)
+* relation, text above:                  \stackrel.         (line 10991)
 * release candidates:                    TeX engines.       (line   573)
-* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  8926)
+* remarks in the margin:                 Marginal notes.    (line  8936)
 * report class:                          Document classes.  (line   701)
 * reporting bugs:                        About this document.
                                                             (line   378)
 * reserved characters:                   Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13515)
-* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 13448)
-* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 13480)
-* restricted shell access:               \write18.          (line 15982)
-* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 13637)
-* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13802)
-* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13696)
-* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 13662)
-* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 13783)
-* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 13789)
+                                                            (line 13525)
+* resizing:                              \scalebox.         (line 13458)
+* resizing <1>:                          \resizebox.        (line 13490)
+* restricted shell access:               \write18.          (line 15993)
+* right angle quotation marks:           Text symbols.      (line 13647)
+* right arrow, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13812)
+* right brace, in text:                  Text symbols.      (line 13706)
+* right quote:                           Text symbols.      (line 13672)
+* right quote, double:                   Text symbols.      (line 13793)
+* right quote, single:                   Text symbols.      (line 13799)
 * right-hand equation numbers:           Document class options.
                                                             (line   788)
 * right-justifying text:                 \raggedleft.       (line  4262)
 * right-justifying text, environment for: flushright.       (line  4242)
 * rigid lengths:                         Lengths.           (line  8316)
-* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 13893)
-* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line 10559)
+* ring accent:                           Accents.           (line 13903)
+* ring accent, math:                     Math accents.      (line 10569)
 * robust commands:                       \protect.          (line  7903)
 * roman font:                            Font styles.       (line  1780)
 * root file:                             Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 14138)
-* root file <1>:                         Jobname.           (line 16203)
-* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line 10965)
-* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 13380)
-* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 13380)
-* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 13380)
+                                                            (line 14149)
+* root file <1>:                         Jobname.           (line 16214)
+* roots:                                 \sqrt.             (line 10975)
+* rotating graphics:                     \rotatebox.        (line 13390)
+* rotating text:                         \rotatebox.        (line 13390)
+* rotation:                              \rotatebox.        (line 13390)
 * row, tabbing:                          tabbing.           (line  5533)
 * rubber lengths:                        Lengths.           (line  8316)
 * rubber lengths, defining new:          \newlength.        (line  7573)
 * running header and footer:             Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2182)
-* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line 11209)
+* running header and footer style:       \pagestyle.        (line 11219)
 * samepage environment:                  \pagebreak & \nopagebreak.
                                                             (line  6951)
 * sans serif font:                       Font styles.       (line  1786)
 * scaled point:                          Units of length.   (line  8440)
-* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 13448)
-* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 13480)
-* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line 10056)
+* scaling:                               \scalebox.         (line 13458)
+* scaling <1>:                           \resizebox.        (line 13490)
+* script fonts:                          Calligraphic.      (line 10066)
 * script letters for math:               Font styles.       (line  1774)
-* script style:                          Math styles.       (line 10860)
-* scriptscript style:                    Math styles.       (line 10863)
+* script style:                          Math styles.       (line 10870)
+* scriptscript style:                    Math styles.       (line 10873)
 * scrollmode:                            Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16076)
+                                                            (line 16087)
 * secnumdepth:                           Sectioning.        (line  2695)
 * secnumdepth counter:                   Sectioning.        (line  2696)
 * section:                               Sectioning.        (line  2632)
@@ -19164,86 +19180,86 @@
 * section counter:                       Counters.          (line  8091)
 * section number, cross referencing:     \ref.              (line  3466)
 * section numbers, printing:             Sectioning.        (line  2696)
-* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 13666)
+* section symbol:                        Text symbols.      (line 13676)
 * section, redefining:                   \@startsection.    (line  3141)
 * sectioning commands:                   Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * sectioning, part:                      \part.             (line  2718)
 * security and \write:                   \write and security.
-                                                            (line 15847)
-* see and see also index entries:        \index.            (line 14893)
+                                                            (line 15858)
+* see and see also index entries:        \index.            (line 14904)
 * self-contained sources:                filecontents.      (line  4151)
 * series, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  1939)
 * setspace package:                      \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                             (line  2388)
 * setting counters:                      \setcounter.       (line  8224)
-* sh, used by \write18:                  \write18.          (line 15989)
+* sh, used by \write18:                  \write18.          (line 16000)
 * shapes, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  1979)
 * sharp S letters:                       Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14004)
-* shell access:                          \write18.          (line 15935)
+                                                            (line 14015)
+* shell access:                          \write18.          (line 15946)
 * shell escape:                          Command line options.
-                                                            (line 16110)
-* SHELL, environment variables:          \write18.          (line 15989)
-* shellesc package:                      \write18.          (line 16000)
-* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 14804)
+                                                            (line 16121)
+* SHELL, environment variables:          \write18.          (line 16000)
+* shellesc package:                      \write18.          (line 16011)
+* showidx package:                       Indexes.           (line 14815)
 * simulating typed text:                 verbatim.          (line  6360)
-* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13637)
-* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13637)
-* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13786)
-* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13659)
-* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13792)
-* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13789)
+* single angle quotation marks:          Text symbols.      (line 13647)
+* single guillemets:                     Text symbols.      (line 13647)
+* single left quote:                     Text symbols.      (line 13796)
+* single low-9 quotation mark:           Text symbols.      (line 13669)
+* single quote, straight:                Text symbols.      (line 13802)
+* single right quote:                    Text symbols.      (line 13799)
 * siunitx package:                       minipage.          (line  4891)
-* siunitx package <1>:                   ~.                 (line 11686)
+* siunitx package <1>:                   ~.                 (line 11696)
 * sizes of text:                         Font sizes.        (line  1840)
 * skip plain TeX:                        Lengths.           (line  8316)
 * skip register, plain TeX:              \newlength.        (line  7573)
 * slanted font:                          Font styles.       (line  1789)
 * slides class:                          Document classes.  (line   701)
-* sloppypar:                             sloppypar.         (line  6704)
 * sloppypar environment:                 sloppypar.         (line  6704)
+* sloppypar environment <1>:             sloppypar.         (line  6704)
 * slot, font:                            \DeclareTextAccent.
                                                             (line  1425)
 * small caps font:                       Font styles.       (line  1783)
-* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 15229)
+* sort:                                  \newglossaryentry. (line 15240)
 * source files, making self-contained:   filecontents.      (line  4151)
-* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8440)
+* sp:                                    Units of length.   (line  8439)
 * space between lines:                   \baselineskip & \baselinestretch.
                                                             (line  2315)
-* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 11435)
-* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 12079)
+* space, inserting horizontal:           \hss.              (line 11445)
+* space, inserting vertical:             \addvspace.        (line 12089)
 * space, negative thin:                  \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11715)
+                                                            (line 11725)
 * space, thin:                           \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11715)
-* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 11650)
-* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 11999)
-* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line 11321)
+                                                            (line 11725)
+* space, unbreakable:                    ~.                 (line 11660)
+* space, vertical:                       \vspace.           (line 12009)
+* spaces:                                Spaces.            (line 11331)
 * spaces, ignore around commands:        \ignorespaces & \ignorespacesafterend.
                                                             (line  7955)
 * spaces, ignore around commands <1>:    xspace package.    (line  8030)
 * spacing within math mode:              Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10623)
+                                                            (line 10633)
 * spacing, inter-sentence:               \frenchspacing & \nonfrenchspacing.
-                                                            (line 11565)
-* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 11586)
+                                                            (line 11575)
+* spacing, inter-sentence <1>:           \normalsfcodes.    (line 11596)
 * spacing, math mode:                    \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10758)
-* spacing, math mode <1>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10821)
-* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 13771)
+                                                            (line 10768)
+* spacing, math mode <1>:                \mathstrut.        (line 10831)
+* Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine: Text symbols.   (line 13781)
 * special characters:                    Reserved characters.
-                                                            (line 13515)
+                                                            (line 13525)
 * special characters <1>:                Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 13958)
+                                                            (line 13969)
 * special insertions:                    Special insertions.
-                                                            (line 13509)
+                                                            (line 13519)
 * specifier, float placement:            Floats.            (line  2433)
 * splitting the input file:              Splitting the input.
-                                                            (line 14134)
-* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line 10965)
-* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line 10981)
+                                                            (line 14145)
+* square root:                           \sqrt.             (line 10975)
+* stack math:                            \stackrel.         (line 10991)
 * star-variants, commands:               \@ifstar.          (line  7460)
 * starred form, defining new commands:   \newcommand & \renewcommand.
                                                             (line  7248)
@@ -19254,24 +19270,24 @@
                                                             (line   431)
 * starting on a right-hand page:         \clearpage & \cleardoublepage.
                                                             (line  6814)
-* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 13655)
-* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 13796)
-* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13796)
-* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 13792)
-* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 11402)
-* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 12050)
+* sterling symbol:                       Text symbols.      (line 13665)
+* straight double quote, base:           Text symbols.      (line 13806)
+* straight quote, base:                  Text symbols.      (line 13806)
+* straight single quote:                 Text symbols.      (line 13802)
+* stretch, infinite horizontal:          \hfill.            (line 11412)
+* stretch, infinite vertical:            \vfill.            (line 12060)
 * stretch, omitting vertical:            \raggedbottom.     (line  2171)
 * strut:                                 \footnote.         (line  7020)
-* strut <1>:                             \strut.            (line 11914)
-* strut, math:                           \mathstrut.        (line 10821)
+* strut <1>:                             \strut.            (line 11924)
+* strut, math:                           \mathstrut.        (line 10831)
 * styles of text:                        Font styles.       (line  1701)
-* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line 11069)
+* styles, page:                          Page styles.       (line 11079)
 * subparagraph:                          Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * subparagraph <1>:                      \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                             (line  3007)
 * subparagraph counter:                  Counters.          (line  8091)
 * subscript:                             Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9042)
+                                                            (line  9052)
 * subsection:                            Sectioning.        (line  2632)
 * subsection <1>:                        \subsection.       (line  2943)
 * subsection counter:                    Counters.          (line  8091)
@@ -19281,96 +19297,98 @@
 * subsubsection counter:                 Counters.          (line  8091)
 * suffix package:                        \@ifstar.          (line  7518)
 * superscript:                           Subscripts & superscripts.
-                                                            (line  9042)
-* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 15233)
+                                                            (line  9052)
+* symbol:                                \newglossaryentry. (line 15244)
 * symbol, defining:                      \DeclareTextSymbol.
                                                             (line  1593)
-* symbols, arrows:                       Arrows.            (line  9949)
+* symbols, arrows:                       Arrows.            (line  9959)
 * symbols, boldface:                     \boldmath & \unboldmath.
-                                                            (line  9990)
-* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  9105)
-* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 13610)
-* system commands, run from LaTeX:       \write18.          (line 15935)
-* system information:                    \write18.          (line 15994)
+                                                            (line 10000)
+* symbols, math:                         Math symbols.      (line  9115)
+* symbols, text:                         Text symbols.      (line 13620)
+* system commands, run from LaTeX:       \write18.          (line 15946)
+* system information:                    \write18.          (line 16005)
 * T1:                                    fontenc package.   (line  1298)
 * tab stops, using:                      tabbing.           (line  5493)
 * tabbing environment:                   tabbing.           (line  5493)
 * table counter:                         Counters.          (line  8091)
 * table environment:                     table.             (line  5642)
-* table of contents:                     \contentsline.     (line 14662)
+* table of contents:                     \contentsline.     (line 14673)
 * table of contents entry, create dotted line: \@dottedtocline.
-                                                            (line 14490)
+                                                            (line 14501)
 * table of contents entry, manually adding: \addcontentsline.
-                                                            (line 14525)
+                                                            (line 14536)
 * table of contents file:                Output files.      (line   500)
 * table of contents, avoiding footnotes: Footnotes in section headings.
                                                             (line  7117)
 * table of contents, creating:           Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14366)
+                                                            (line 14377)
 * table of contents, sectioning numbers printed: Sectioning.
                                                             (line  2707)
+* tablefootnote package:                 Footnotes in a table.
+                                                            (line  7183)
 * tables, creating:                      table.             (line  5642)
 * tabular environment:                   tabular.           (line  5700)
-* template (simple), article:            article template.  (line 16343)
-* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 16313)
-* template, book:                        book template.     (line 16366)
+* template (simple), article:            article template.  (line 16354)
+* template, beamer:                      beamer template.   (line 16324)
+* template, book:                        book template.     (line 16377)
 * template, book <1>:                    Larger book template.
-                                                            (line 16390)
+                                                            (line 16401)
 * templates, document:                   Document templates.
-                                                            (line 16306)
-* terminal input/output:                 Input/output.      (line 15564)
-* terminal, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15770)
+                                                            (line 16317)
+* terminal input/output:                 Input/output.      (line 15575)
+* terminal, writing to:                  \write.            (line 15781)
 * TeX format (.fmt) files:               TeX engines.       (line   509)
-* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 13669)
-* texosquery package:                    \write18.          (line 15994)
-* texput, jobname default:               Jobname.           (line 16224)
-* text style:                            Math styles.       (line 10858)
-* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 13610)
-* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 13448)
-* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 13480)
-* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 13448)
-* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 13480)
+* TeX logo:                              Text symbols.      (line 13679)
+* texosquery package:                    \write18.          (line 16005)
+* texput, jobname default:               Jobname.           (line 16235)
+* text style:                            Math styles.       (line 10868)
+* text symbols:                          Text symbols.      (line 13620)
+* text, resizing:                        \scalebox.         (line 13458)
+* text, resizing <1>:                    \resizebox.        (line 13490)
+* text, scaling:                         \scalebox.         (line 13458)
+* text, scaling <1>:                     \resizebox.        (line 13490)
 * textcase package:                      Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13581)
-* textcomp package:                      Text symbols.      (line 13610)
-* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 11132)
+                                                            (line 13591)
+* textcomp package:                      Text symbols.      (line 13620)
+* thanks, for titlepage:                 \maketitle.        (line 11142)
 * thebibliography environment:           thebibliography.   (line  6024)
 * theindex:                              Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14814)
+                                                            (line 14825)
 * theindex environment:                  Produce the index manually.
-                                                            (line 14817)
+                                                            (line 14828)
 * theorem environment:                   theorem.           (line  6291)
 * theorem-like environment:              \newtheorem.       (line  7759)
 * theorems, defining:                    \newtheorem.       (line  7759)
 * theorems, typesetting:                 theorem.           (line  6291)
 * thin space:                            Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10664)
+                                                            (line 10674)
 * thin space <1>:                        \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11715)
+                                                            (line 11725)
 * thin space, negative:                  Spacing in math mode.
-                                                            (line 10678)
+                                                            (line 10688)
 * thin space, negative <1>:              \thinspace & \negthinspace.
-                                                            (line 11715)
+                                                            (line 11725)
 * thorn, Icelandic letter:               Additional Latin letters.
-                                                            (line 14008)
-* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 13805)
-* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 11650)
-* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 13899)
+                                                            (line 14019)
+* three-quarters em-dash:                Text symbols.      (line 13815)
+* tie:                                   ~.                 (line 11660)
+* tie-after accent:                      Accents.           (line 13909)
 * TikZ package:                          \line.             (line  5179)
-* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 11970)
-* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12203)
-* tikz-cd package:                       Arrows.            (line  9984)
-* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 13864)
-* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10562)
-* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13675)
+* TikZ package <1>:                      \strut.            (line 11980)
+* TikZ package <2>:                      \mbox & \makebox.  (line 12213)
+* tikz-cd package:                       Arrows.            (line  9994)
+* tilde accent:                          Accents.           (line 13874)
+* tilde accent, math:                    Math accents.      (line 10572)
+* tilde, ASCII, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13685)
 * title page, separate or run-in:        Document class options.
                                                             (line   796)
 * title pages, creating:                 titlepage.         (line  6321)
-* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line 11139)
+* title, for titlepage:                  \maketitle.        (line 11149)
 * titlepage environment:                 titlepage.         (line  6321)
 * titlepage option:                      Document class options.
                                                             (line   774)
-* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line 11081)
+* titles, making:                        \maketitle.        (line 11091)
 * titlesec package:                      Sectioning.        (line  2686)
 * titlesec package <1>:                  \part.             (line  2766)
 * titlesec package <2>:                  \chapter.          (line  2845)
@@ -19379,26 +19397,26 @@
 * titlesec package <5>:                  \subsubsection & \paragraph & \subparagraph.
                                                             (line  3064)
 * tocbibbind package:                    Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14470)
+                                                            (line 14481)
 * tocdepth:                              Sectioning.        (line  2706)
 * tocdepth counter:                      Sectioning.        (line  2707)
 * tocloft package:                       Table of contents etc..
-                                                            (line 14470)
-* tocloft package <1>:                   \contentsline.     (line 14690)
-* today's date:                          \today.            (line 14103)
-* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 14075)
+                                                            (line 14481)
+* tocloft package <1>:                   \contentsline.     (line 14701)
+* today's date:                          \today.            (line 14114)
+* tombstone:                             \rule.             (line 14086)
 * topmargin:                             Page layout parameters.
                                                             (line  2301)
 * topnumber:                             Floats.            (line  2540)
 * topnumber <1>:                         Floats.            (line  2541)
 * totalnumber:                           Floats.            (line  2544)
 * totalnumber <1>:                       Floats.            (line  2545)
-* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13808)
+* trademark symbol:                      Text symbols.      (line 13818)
 * transcript file:                       Output files.      (line   485)
 * TrueType fonts:                        TeX engines.       (line   509)
-* TS1 encoding:                          Text symbols.      (line 13610)
+* TS1 encoding:                          Text symbols.      (line 13620)
 * two-column output:                     \twocolumn.        (line  2043)
-* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 13811)
+* two-thirds em-dash:                    Text symbols.      (line 13821)
 * twocolumn option:                      Document class options.
                                                             (line   803)
 * twoside option:                        Document class options.
@@ -19410,16 +19428,16 @@
 * typewriter font:                       Font styles.       (line  1792)
 * typewriter labels in lists:            description.       (line  3808)
 * ulem package:                          Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10588)
-* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 13841)
-* unbreakable space:                     ~.                 (line 11650)
-* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 13869)
+                                                            (line 10598)
+* umlaut accent:                         Accents.           (line 13851)
+* unbreakable space:                     ~.                 (line 11660)
+* underbar:                              Accents.           (line 13879)
 * underlining:                           Over- and Underlining.
-                                                            (line 10579)
-* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13814)
-* Unicode:                               inputenc package.  (line 14024)
+                                                            (line 10589)
+* underscore, in text:                   Text symbols.      (line 13824)
+* Unicode:                               inputenc package.  (line 14035)
 * Unicode input, native:                 TeX engines.       (line   509)
-* unicode-math package:                  Greek letters.     (line 10402)
+* unicode-math package:                  Greek letters.     (line 10412)
 * units, of length:                      Units of length.   (line  8410)
 * unofficial nature of this manual:      About this document.
                                                             (line   374)
@@ -19427,56 +19445,57 @@
 * uplatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   558)
 * uplatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   571)
 * uppercase:                             Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13545)
+                                                            (line 13555)
 * url package:                           \verb.             (line  6436)
 * using BibTeX:                          Using BibTeX.      (line  6202)
 * UTF-8, default LaTeX input encoding:   Overview.          (line   408)
 * UTF-8, engine support for:             TeX engines.       (line   509)
 * UTF-8, font support for:               fontenc package.   (line  1298)
 * variables, a list of:                  Counters.          (line  8082)
-* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10565)
+* vector symbol, math:                   Math accents.      (line 10575)
 * verbatim environment:                  verbatim.          (line  6360)
 * verbatim text:                         verbatim.          (line  6360)
 * verbatim text, inline:                 \verb.             (line  6403)
 * verbatimbox package:                   verbatim.          (line  6395)
 * verse environment:                     verse.             (line  6454)
-* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13687)
-* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13684)
-* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line 11021)
-* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 11999)
-* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 12079)
+* vertical bar, double, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13697)
+* vertical bar, in text:                 Text symbols.      (line 13694)
+* vertical mode:                         Modes.             (line 11031)
+* vertical space:                        \vspace.           (line 12009)
+* vertical space <1>:                    \addvspace.        (line 12089)
 * vertical space before paragraphs:      \parindent & \parskip.
-                                                            (line  8894)
+                                                            (line  8904)
 * vertical spacing:                      \phantom & \vphantom & \hphantom.
-                                                            (line 10758)
-* vertical spacing <1>:                  \mathstrut.        (line 10821)
-* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line 10698)
+                                                            (line 10768)
+* vertical spacing <1>:                  \mathstrut.        (line 10831)
+* vertical spacing, math mode:           \smash.            (line 10708)
 * visible space:                         \verb.             (line  6428)
-* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13817)
+* visible space symbol, in text:         Text symbols.      (line 13827)
 * weights, of fonts:                     Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  1949)
-* whatsit item:                          \write.            (line 15805)
-* white space:                           Spaces.            (line 11321)
-* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10568)
-* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10571)
+* whatsit item:                          \write.            (line 15816)
+* white space:                           Spaces.            (line 11331)
+* wide hat accent, math:                 Math accents.      (line 10578)
+* wide tilde accent, math:               Math accents.      (line 10581)
 * widths, of fonts:                      Low-level font commands.
                                                             (line  1961)
 * Wright, Joseph:                        Upper and lower case.
-                                                            (line 13587)
+                                                            (line 13597)
 * writing external files:                filecontents.      (line  4115)
-* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 15269)
-* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  8442)
+* writing letters:                       Letters.           (line 15280)
+* x-height:                              Units of length.   (line  8446)
 * xdvi command:                          Output files.      (line   467)
 * xdvipdfmx:                             TeX engines.       (line   545)
 * xelatex:                               TeX engines.       (line   544)
 * xelatex-dev:                           TeX engines.       (line   572)
 * XeTeX:                                 TeX engines.       (line   545)
-* xindex program:                        makeindex.         (line 15111)
-* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 15104)
+* xindex program:                        makeindex.         (line 15122)
+* xindy program:                         makeindex.         (line 15115)
 * xparse package:                        LaTeX command syntax.
                                                             (line   624)
 * xparse package <1>:                    \@ifstar.          (line  7518)
 * xr package:                            xr package.        (line  3495)
 * xr-hyper package:                      xr package.        (line  3495)
-* xstring package:                       Jobname.           (line 16250)
+* xspace package:                        xspace package.    (line  8030)
+* xstring package:                       Jobname.           (line 16261)
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e.xml	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/latex2e.xml	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -3,10 +3,10 @@
 <texinfo xml:lang="en">
 <filename file="latex2e.xml"></filename>
 <preamble>\input texinfo
-</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1071 2021-10-31 15:37:04Z karl $ -->
+</preamble><!-- c $Id: latex2e.texi 1079 2022-01-26 18:15:20Z karl $ -->
 <!-- comment %**start of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 <setfilename file="latex2e.info" spaces=" ">latex2e.info</setfilename>
-<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED October 2021">October 2021</set>
+<set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED January 2022">January 2022</set>
 <!-- c $Id: common.texi 1031 2021-09-01 17:02:05Z vincentb1 $ -->
 <!-- c Public domain. -->
 <set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE https://latexref.xyz">https://latexref.xyz</set>
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 <tex endspaces=" ">
 </tex>
-<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (October 2021)</settitle>
+<settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e unofficial reference manual (January 2022)</settitle>
 <!-- comment %**end of header (This is for running Texinfo on a region.) -->
 
 <!-- c latex 2.09 commands should all be present now, -->
@@ -41,6 +41,8 @@
 <!-- c xx JH something on code listings -->
 <!-- c xx JH ligatures -->
 <!-- c -->
+<!-- c xx \NewCommandCopy et al. (Brian Dunn, 21 Dec 2021 06:50:17). -->
+<!-- c -->
 <!-- c xx The typeset source2e has an index with all kernel -->
 <!-- c xx commands, though some are internal and shouldn't be included. -->
 <!-- c xx classes.dtx et al. define additional commands. -->
@@ -50,7 +52,7 @@
 
 <copying endspaces=" ">
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual for &latex;, a
-document preparation system, version of October 2021.
+document preparation system, version of January 2022.
 </para>
 <para>This manual was originally translated from <file>LATEX.HLP</file> v1.0a in the
 VMS Help Library.  The pre-translation version was written by
@@ -67,7 +69,7 @@
 text was directly copied.)
 </para>
 <para>Copyright 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013,
-2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 Karl Berry.&linebreak;
+2014, 2015, 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 Karl Berry.&linebreak;
 Copyright 1988, 1994, 2007 Stephen Gilmore.&linebreak;
 Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996 Torsten Martinsen.
 </para>
@@ -109,7 +111,7 @@
 
 <titlepage endspaces=" ">
 <title spaces=" ">&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</title>
-<subtitle spaces=" ">October 2021</subtitle>
+<subtitle spaces=" ">January 2022</subtitle>
 <author spaces=" "><url><urefurl>https://latexref.xyz</urefurl></url></author>
 <page></page>
 <vskip> 0pt plus 1filll</vskip>
@@ -136,14 +138,14 @@
 </macro>
 
 <set name="NotInPlainTeX" line=" NotInPlainTeX Not available in plain @TeX{}.">Not available in plain @TeX{}.</set>
-<set name="NeedsAMSSymb" line=" NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{amssymb} package.</set>
+<set name="NeedsAMSSymb" line=" NeedsAMSSymb @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @package{amssymb} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @package{amssymb} package.</set>
 <set name="NeedsSTIX" line=" NeedsSTIX @value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.">@value{NotInPlainTeX} In @LaTeX{} you need to load the @file{stix} package.</set>
 
 <node name="Top" spaces=" "><nodename>Top</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">About this document</nodenext></node>
 <top spaces=" "><sectiontitle>&latex;2e: An unofficial reference manual</sectiontitle>
 
 <para>This document is an unofficial reference manual (version of
-October 2021) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
+January 2022) for &latex;2e, a document preparation system.
 </para>
 <menu endspaces=" ">
 <menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">About this document</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Bug reporting, etc.
@@ -9143,7 +9145,9 @@
 <node name="sloppypar" spaces=" "><nodename>sloppypar</nodename><nodeup automatic="on">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>sloppypar</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp">sloppypar</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="492" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>sloppypar</code></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp"><code>sloppypar</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+        
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="433">sloppypar environment</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -9181,7 +9185,7 @@
 <node name="_005chyphenation" spaces=" "><nodename>\hyphenation</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\fussy &amp; \sloppy</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hyphenation</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="493" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\hyphenation</indexterm></findex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="434">hyphenation, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -9213,8 +9217,8 @@
 <node name="_005clinebreak-_0026-_005cnolinebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\linebreak &amp; \nolinebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\hyphenation</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Line breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\linebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nolinebreak</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="494" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="495" mergedindex="cp">\linebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\nolinebreak</indexterm></findex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="435">line breaks, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="436">line breaks, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
@@ -9304,10 +9308,10 @@
 <node name="_005cclearpage-_0026-_005ccleardoublepage" spaces=" "><nodename>\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newpage</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\clearpage</code> &amp; <code>\cleardoublepage</code> </sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="496" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\clearpage</indexterm></findex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="439">flushing floats and starting a page</indexterm></cindex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="440">starting a new page and clearing floats</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="497" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\cleardoublepage</indexterm></findex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="441">starting on a right-hand page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -9363,7 +9367,7 @@
 <node name="_005cnewpage" spaces=" "><nodename>\newpage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\clearpage &amp; \cleardoublepage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newpage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="498" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\newpage</indexterm></findex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="442">new page, starting</indexterm></cindex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="443">starting a new page</indexterm></cindex>
 
@@ -9408,7 +9412,7 @@
 <node name="_005cenlargethispage" spaces=" "><nodename>\enlargethispage</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newpage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\enlargethispage</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="499" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\enlargethispage</indexterm></findex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="444">enlarge current page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -9442,8 +9446,8 @@
 <node name="_005cpagebreak-_0026-_005cnopagebreak" spaces=" "><nodename>\pagebreak &amp; \nopagebreak</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\enlargethispage</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Page breaking</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagebreak</code> &amp; <code>\nopagebreak</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="500" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="501" mergedindex="cp">\pagebreak</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\nopagebreak</indexterm></findex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="445">page break, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="446">page break, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
@@ -9495,8 +9499,8 @@
 occurred while \output is active</samp>.  <xref label="_005cnewpage"><xrefnodename>\newpage</xrefnodename></xref>, for a command that
 does not have these effects.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="502" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="503" mergedindex="cp">\samepage</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">samepage <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>(There is an obsolete declaration <code>\samepage</code>, which tries to only
 allow a break between two paragraphs.  There is a related environment
 <code>samepage</code>, also obsolete.  Neither of these work reliably.  For
@@ -9543,7 +9547,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfootnote" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnote</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnote</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="504" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\footnote</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9568,8 +9572,8 @@
 <code>footnote</code> counter.
 </para>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="448">footnotes, symbols instead of numbers</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="505" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="506" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol<r>, and footnotes</r></indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;fnsymbol</indexterm></findex>
 <para>By default, &latex; uses arabic numbers as footnote markers.  Change
 this with something like
 <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\thefootnote&rbrace;&lbrace;\fnsymbol&lbrace;footnote&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>, which
@@ -9584,7 +9588,7 @@
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="450">parameters, for footnotes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="507" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnoterule</indexterm>\footnoterule</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnoterule">footnote footnoterule</anchor>
 <para>Produces the rule separating the main text on a page from the page&textrsquo;s
 footnotes.  Default dimensions in the standard document classes (except
@@ -9600,7 +9604,7 @@
   \kern 2pt&rbrace;                         % and this 2
 </pre></example>
 
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="508" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotesep</indexterm>\footnotesep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><anchor name="footnote-footnotesep">footnote footnotesep</anchor>
 <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="451">strut</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The height of the strut placed at the beginning of the footnote
@@ -9633,7 +9637,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfootnotemark" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotemark</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\footnotetext</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnote</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotemark</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="509" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\footnotemark</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9715,7 +9719,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfootnotetext" spaces=" "><nodename>\footnotetext</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Footnotes in section headings</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\footnotemark</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\footnotetext</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="510" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\footnotetext</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9784,7 +9788,7 @@
        \textit&lbrace;HMS Polychrest&rbrace; &amp;Post Captain  \\  
        \textit&lbrace;HMS Lively&rbrace;     &amp;Post Captain \\
        \textit&lbrace;HMS Surprise&rbrace;   &amp;A number of books\footnote&lbrace;%
-                                  Starting with HMS Surprise.&rbrace;
+                                  Starting with \textit&lbrace;HMS Surprise&rbrace;.&rbrace;
      \end&lbrace;tabular&rbrace;
   \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;                              
 \end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
@@ -9821,8 +9825,11 @@
 \end&lbrace;center&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463"><r>package</r>, <code>tablefootnote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><code>tablefootnote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+
 <para>For a floating <code>table</code> environment (<pxref label="table"><xrefnodename>table</xrefnodename></pxref>), use the
-<file>tablefootnote</file> package.
+<code>tablefootnote</code> package.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\usepackage&lbrace;tablefootnote&rbrace;  % in preamble
@@ -9849,10 +9856,10 @@
 <node name="Footnotes-of-footnotes" spaces=" "><nodename>Footnotes of footnotes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes in a table</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Footnotes of footnotes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="463">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465">footnote, of a footnote</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="464"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="465"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466"><r>package</r>, <code>bigfoot</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467"><code>bigfoot</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Particularly in the humanities, authors can have multiple classes of
 footnotes, including having footnotes of footnotes.  The package
@@ -9875,7 +9882,7 @@
 <node name="Definitions" spaces=" "><nodename>Definitions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Counters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Footnotes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Definitions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="466">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has support for making new commands of many different kinds.
 </para>
@@ -9899,11 +9906,11 @@
 <node name="_005cnewcommand-_0026-_005crenewcommand" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\providecommand</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcommand</code> &amp; <code>\renewcommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="511" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="467">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="468">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\newcommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="469">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="470">commands, redefining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -9931,9 +9938,9 @@
 <para>Define or redefine a command (see also the discussion of
 <code>\DeclareRobustCommand</code> in <ref label="Class-and-package-commands"><xrefnodename>Class and package commands</xrefnodename></ref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="471">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="472">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="512" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">starred form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">*-form, defining new commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\long</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The starred form of these two forbids the arguments from containing
 multiple paragraphs of text (in plain &tex; terms, the commands
 are not <code>\long</code>).  With the default form, arguments can be
@@ -9962,7 +9969,7 @@
 (which may be the empty string).  If <var>optargsdefault</var> is not present
 then <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> does not take an optional argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="473">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">positional parameter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>That is, if <code>\<var>cmd</var></code> is used with square brackets, as in
 <code>\<var>cmd</var>[<var>optval</var>]&lbrace;...&rbrace;...</code>, then within <var>defn</var> the
 parameter&nbsp;<code>#1</code> is set to the value of <var>optval</var>.  On the
@@ -10106,10 +10113,10 @@
 <node name="_005cprovidecommand" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\providecommand</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcommand &amp; \renewcommand</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\providecommand</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="513" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="474">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="475">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\providecommand</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="476">commands, defining new ones</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">defining a new command</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">new commands, defining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -10161,9 +10168,9 @@
 category code of the at-sign to code&nbsp;12, its default value.
 </para>
 <para>As &tex; reads characters, it assigns each one a category code, or
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="477">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="478">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="479">catcode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480">character category code</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481">category code, character</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>catcode</dfn>. For instance, it assigns the backslash
 character&nbsp;<samp><code>\</code></samp> the catcode&nbsp;0.  Command names
 consist of a category&nbsp;0 character, ordinarily backslash, followed
@@ -10185,8 +10192,8 @@
 arrange that the at-sign has the character code of a letter,
 catcode&nbsp;11.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="480"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="481"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482"><r>package</r>, <code>macros2e</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483"><code>macros2e</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For a comprehensive list of macros with an at-sign in their names see
 <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/macros2e</urefurl></url>.
@@ -10207,9 +10214,9 @@
 <node name="_005c_0040ifstar" spaces=" "><nodename>\&arobase;ifstar</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\makeatletter &amp; \makeatother</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;ifstar</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="514" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="482">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="483">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;ifstar</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484">commands, star-variants</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485">star-variants, commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10277,11 +10284,11 @@
 <code>\agentsecret<w> *</w>&lbrace;Bond&rbrace;</code> are equivalent. However, the
 standard practice is not to insert any such spaces.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="484"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="485"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486"><r>package</r>, <code>suffix</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487"><code>suffix</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="486"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="487"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488"><r>package</r>, <code>xparse</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489"><code>xparse</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are two alternative ways to accomplish the work of
 <code>\&arobase;ifstar</code>.  (1)&nbsp;The <code>suffix</code> package allows the
@@ -10303,8 +10310,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnewcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\newcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newlength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\&arobase;ifstar</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newcounter</code>: Allocating a counter</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="515" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="488">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\newcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">counters, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -10356,11 +10363,11 @@
 <node name="_005cnewlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\newlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newlength</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="516" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="489">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="490">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\newlength</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="491">lengths, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="492">rubber lengths, defining new</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">skip register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">glue register, plain &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10393,8 +10400,8 @@
 <node name="_005cnewsavebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\newsavebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newsavebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="517" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="493">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newsavebox</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">box, allocating new</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10431,11 +10438,11 @@
 <node name="_005cnewenvironment-_0026-_005crenewenvironment" spaces=" "><nodename>\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newsavebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newenvironment</code> &amp; <code>\renewenvironment</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="518" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="494">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="495">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="519" mergedindex="cp">\newenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\renewenvironment</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="496">environments, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497">defining new environments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">redefining environments</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -10463,7 +10470,7 @@
 <para>Define or redefine the environment <var>env</var>, that is, create the
 construct <code>\begin&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace; ... <var>body</var> ... \end&lbrace;<var>env</var>&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="497"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499"><code>*</code>-form of environment commands</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The starred form of these commands requires that the arguments not
 contain multiple paragraphs of text.  However, the body of these
 environments can contain multiple paragraphs.
@@ -10595,12 +10602,12 @@
 <node name="_005cnewtheorem" spaces=" "><nodename>\newtheorem</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\newfont</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newenvironment &amp; \renewenvironment</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newtheorem</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="520" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="498">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="499">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\newtheorem</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">theorems, defining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">defining new theorems</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="500">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="501">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">theorem-like environment</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">environment, theorem-like</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10730,9 +10737,9 @@
 <node name="_005cnewfont" spaces=" "><nodename>\newfont</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\protect</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newtheorem</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newfont</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="521" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="502">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="503">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\newfont</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">fonts, new commands for</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">defining new fonts</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c @findex .fd @r{file} -->
 <para>This command is obsolete. This description is here only to help with old
@@ -10753,8 +10760,8 @@
 The control sequence must not already be defined. It must begin with a
 backslash, <code>\</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="504">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="505">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">at clause, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">design size, in font definitions</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <var>font description</var> consists of a <var>fontname</var> and an optional
 <dfn>at clause</dfn>.  &latex; will look on your system for a file named
 <file><var>fontname</var>.tfm</file>.  The at clause can have the form either
@@ -10778,9 +10785,9 @@
 <node name="_005cprotect" spaces=" "><nodename>\protect</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\newfont</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\protect</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="522" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="506">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="507">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\protect</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">fragile commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">robust commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>All &latex; commands are either <dfn>fragile</dfn> or <dfn>robust</dfn>.  A
 fragile command can break when it is used in the argument to certain
@@ -10798,7 +10805,7 @@
 document such as in the table of contents.  Any argument that is
 internally expanded by &latex; without typesetting it directly is
 referred to as a 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="508">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">moving arguments</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>moving argument</dfn>.  A command is fragile if it can
 expand during this process into invalid &tex; code.  Some examples of
 moving arguments are those that appear in the <code>\caption&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>
@@ -10844,10 +10851,10 @@
 <node name="_005cignorespaces-_0026-_005cignorespacesafterend" spaces=" "><nodename>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">xspace package</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\protect</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="523" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="509">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="510">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="524" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespaces</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\ignorespacesafterend</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -10942,10 +10949,13 @@
 <node name="xspace-package" spaces=" "><nodename>xspace package</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\ignorespaces &amp; \ignorespacesafterend</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Definitions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>xspace package</sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="525" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="511">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="512">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">\xspace</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513"><r>package</r>, <code>xspace</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514"><code>xspace</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">spaces, ignore around commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">commands, ignore spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -10970,16 +10980,16 @@
 The \VT&lbrace;&rbrace; summers are nice.
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the dummy curly
+<para>But because of the gobbling, the second sentence needs the empty curly
 braces or else there would be no space separating <samp>Vermont</samp> from
-<samp>summers</samp>.  (Many authors instead instead use a backslash-space
+<samp>summers</samp>.  (Many authors instead use a backslash-space
 <code>\ </code> for this.  <xref label="_005c_0028SPACE_0029"><xrefnodename>\(SPACE)</xrefnodename></xref>.)
 </para>
 <para>The <code>xspace</code> package provides <code>\xspace</code>.  It is for writing
 commands which are designed to be used mainly in text.  It must be place
 at the very end of the definition of these commands. It inserts a space
 after that command unless what immediately follows is in a list of
-exceptions.  In this example, the dummy braces are not needed.
+exceptions.  In this example, the empty braces are not needed.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\VT&rbrace;&lbrace;Vermont\xspace&rbrace;
@@ -10997,10 +11007,10 @@
 <!-- c David Carlisle https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/86620/339 -->
 <para>A comment: many experts prefer not to use <code>\xspace</code>.  Putting it in
 a definition means that the command will usually get the spacing right.
-But it isn&textrsquo;t easy to predict when to enter dummy braces because
+But it isn&textrsquo;t easy to predict when to enter empty braces because
 <code>\xspace</code> will get it wrong, such as when it is followed by another
 command, and so <code>\xspace</code> can make editing material harder and more
-error-prone than instead always remembering the dummy braces.
+error-prone than instead always inserting the empty braces.
 </para>
 
 </section>
@@ -11008,8 +11018,8 @@
 <node name="Counters" spaces=" "><nodename>Counters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Lengths</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Definitions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Counters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="513">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="514">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">counters, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">variables, a list of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Everything &latex; numbers for you has a counter associated with
 it. The name of the counter is often the same as the name of the
@@ -11021,23 +11031,23 @@
 <para>Below is a list of the counters used in &latex;&textrsquo;s standard document
 classes to control numbering.
 </para>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="526" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="527" mergedindex="cp">part counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="528" mergedindex="cp">chapter counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="529" mergedindex="cp">section counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="530" mergedindex="cp">subsection counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="531" mergedindex="cp">subsubsection counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="532" mergedindex="cp">paragraph counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="533" mergedindex="cp">subparagraph counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="534" mergedindex="cp">page counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="535" mergedindex="cp">equation counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="536" mergedindex="cp">figure counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="537" mergedindex="cp">table counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="538" mergedindex="cp">footnote counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="539" mergedindex="cp">mpfootnote counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="540" mergedindex="cp">enumi counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="541" mergedindex="cp">enumii counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="542" mergedindex="cp">enumiii counter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">enumiv counter</indexterm></findex>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">part            paragraph       figure          enumi
 chapter         subparagraph    table           enumii
@@ -11071,7 +11081,7 @@
 <node name="_005calph-_005cAlph-_005carabic-_005croman-_005cRoman-_005cfnsymbol" spaces=" "><nodename>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\usecounter</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</code>: Printing counters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="515">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">counters, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Print the value of a counter, in a specified style.  For instance, if
 the counter <var>counter</var> has the value 1 then a
@@ -11083,30 +11093,30 @@
 start with a backslash.
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="543" mergedindex="cp">\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print the value of <var>counter</var> in lowercase letters: &textlsquo;a&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;b&textrsquo;,
 &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 or more than 26 then
 you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large.</samp>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="544" mergedindex="cp">\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Alph&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase letters: &textlsquo;A&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;B&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the counter&textrsquo;s value
 is less than 1 or more than 26 then you get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter
 too large.</samp>
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="545" mergedindex="cp">\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\arabic&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in Arabic numbers such as <samp>5</samp> or <samp>-2</samp>.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="546" mergedindex="cp">\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in lowercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;i&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;ii&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
 counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
 &latex; does not print anything in the output.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="547" mergedindex="cp">\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\Roman&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Print in uppercase roman numerals: &textlsquo;I&textrsquo;, &textlsquo;II&textrsquo;, &enddots; If the
 counter&textrsquo;s value is less than 1 then you get no warning or error but
 &latex; does not print anything in the output.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="548" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\fnsymbol&lbrace;<var>counter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Prints the value of <var>counter</var> using a sequence of nine symbols that
 are traditionally used for labeling footnotes.  The value of
 <var>counter</var> should be between&nbsp;1 and&nbsp;9, inclusive.  If the
@@ -11147,9 +11157,9 @@
 <node name="_005cusecounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\usecounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\value</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\alph \Alph \arabic \roman \Roman \fnsymbol</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usecounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="549" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="516">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="517">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\usecounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">list items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">numbered items, specifying counter</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11184,8 +11194,8 @@
 <node name="_005cvalue" spaces=" "><nodename>\value</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\usecounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\value</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="550" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="518">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\value</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">counters, getting value of</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11228,9 +11238,9 @@
 <node name="_005csetcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\setcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\value</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="551" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="519">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="520">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\setcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">counters, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">setting counters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11256,7 +11266,7 @@
 <node name="_005caddtocounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtocounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtocounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="552" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\addtocounter</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11280,7 +11290,7 @@
 <node name="_005crefstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\refstepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\refstepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="553" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\refstepcounter</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11304,7 +11314,7 @@
 <node name="_005cstepcounter" spaces=" "><nodename>\stepcounter</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\refstepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stepcounter</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="554" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\stepcounter</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11326,9 +11336,9 @@
 <node name="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear" spaces=" "><nodename>\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\stepcounter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Counters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\day</code> &amp; <code>\month</code> &amp; <code>\year</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="555" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="556" mergedindex="cp">\day</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="557" mergedindex="cp">\month</indexterm></findex>
+<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">\year</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>&latex; defines the counter <code>\day</code> for the day of the month
 (nominally with value between 1 and 31), <code>\month</code> for the month of
@@ -11357,16 +11367,16 @@
 <node name="Lengths" spaces=" "><nodename>Lengths</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Counters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Lengths</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="521">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">lengths, defining and using</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A <dfn>length</dfn> is a measure of distance.  Many &latex; commands take a
 length as an argument.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="522">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="523">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="524">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="525">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="526">rigid lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">rubber lengths</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">dimen <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">skip <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">glue <r>plain &tex;</r></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Lengths come in two types.  A <dfn>rigid length</dfn> such as <code>10pt</code>
 does not contain a <code>plus</code> or <code>minus</code> component.  (Plain
 &tex; calls this a <dfn>dimen</dfn>.)  A <dfn>rubber length</dfn> (what plain
@@ -11469,10 +11479,10 @@
 \end&lbrace;minipage&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>&tex; actually has three levels of infinity for glue components:
-<code>fil</code>, <code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more
-infinite than the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use
-the middle one (<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>).
+<para>&tex; has three levels of infinity for glue components: <code>fil</code>,
+<code>fill</code>, and <code>filll</code>.  The later ones are more infinite than
+the earlier ones.  Ordinarily document authors only use the middle one
+(<pxref label="_005chfill"><xrefnodename>\hfill</xrefnodename></pxref> and <pxref label="_005cvfill"><xrefnodename>\vfill</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 <para>Multiplying a rubber length by a number turns it into a rigid length, so
 that after <code>\setlength&lbrace;\ylength&rbrace;&lbrace;1in plus 0.2in&rbrace;</code> and
@@ -11488,114 +11498,114 @@
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">\settowidth</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Set a length to the width of something.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::            ">\stretch</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Add infinite stretchability.
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry><menuentry leadingtext="* "><menunode separator="::         ">Expressions</menunode><menudescription><pre xml:space="preserve">Compute with lengths and integers.
-<!-- c * Predefined lengths::  Lengths that are, like, predefined. -->
 </pre></menudescription></menuentry></menu>
 
 
 <node name="Units-of-length" spaces=" "><nodename>Units of length</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\setlength</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Units of length</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="527">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">units, of length</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&tex; and &latex; know about these units both inside and outside of
 math mode.
 </para>
-<table commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
-<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pt </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="558" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="528">point</indexterm></cindex>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">pt</indexterm>pt </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-pt">units of length pt</anchor>
-<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The conversion to metric units
-is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = 2.845<dmn>mm</dmn> = .2845<dmn>cm</dmn>. 
+<para>Point, 1/72.27 inch.  The (approximate) conversion to metric units
+is 1<dmn>point</dmn> = .35146<dmn>mm</dmn> = .035146<dmn>cm</dmn>. 
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">pc</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="529">pica</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="559" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">pc</indexterm>pc</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">pica</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-pc">units of length pc</anchor>
 <para>Pica, 12 pt
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">in </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="560" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm></findex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">inch</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="561" mergedindex="cp">in</indexterm>in </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">inch</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-in">units of length in</anchor>
-<para>Inch,  72.27 pt
+<para>Inch, 72.27 pt
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces="  "><itemformat command="code">bp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="530">big point</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="562" mergedindex="cp">bp</indexterm>bp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">big point</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">PostScript point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-bp">units of length bp</anchor>
 <para>Big point, 1/72 inch.  This length is the definition of a point in
 PostScript and many desktop publishing systems.
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="531">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="563" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm>mm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor>
+<para>Millimeter, 2.845 pt
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">cm</indexterm>cm </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">centimeter</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-cm">units of length cm</anchor>
-<para>Centimeter
+<para>Centimeter, 10 mm
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">mm </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="532">millimeter</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="564" mergedindex="cp">mm</indexterm></findex>
-<anchor name="units-of-length-mm">units of length mm</anchor>
-<para>Millimeter
-</para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">dd </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="533">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="565" mergedindex="cp">dd</indexterm>dd </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">didot point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-dd">units of length dd</anchor>
 <para>Didot point, 1.07 pt
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">cc </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="534">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="566" mergedindex="cp">cc</indexterm>cc </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">cicero</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-cc">units of length cc</anchor>
 <para>Cicero, 12 dd
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">sp </itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="535">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm></findex>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="567" mergedindex="cp">sp</indexterm>sp </itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">scaled point</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-sp">units of length sp</anchor>
 <para>Scaled point, 1/65536 pt
 </para>
-</tableitem></tableentry></table> 
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="536">ex</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="537">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="538">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="539">em</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm></findex>
-<anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor>
-<anchor name="Lengths_002fen">Lengths/en</anchor>
+<para>Three other units are defined according to the current font, rather
+than being an absolute dimension.
+</para>
+<ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
+<tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="568" mergedindex="cp">ex</indexterm>ex</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">x-height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">ex</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="Lengths_002fex">Lengths/ex</anchor>
-<anchor name="units-of-length-em">units of length em</anchor>
-<anchor name="units-of-length-en">units of length en</anchor>
 <anchor name="units-of-length-ex">units of length ex</anchor>
-<para>Two other lengths that are often used are values set by the designer of
-the font.  The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the
+<para>The x-height of the current font <dfn>ex</dfn>, traditionally the
 height of the lowercase letter x, is often used for vertical
-lengths. Similarly <dfn>em</dfn>, traditionally the width of the capital
-letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths (there is also
-<code>\enspace</code>, which is <code>0.5em</code>).  Use of these can help make a
-definition work better across font changes.  For example, a definition
-of the vertical space between list items given as
-<code>\setlength&lbrace;\itemsep&rbrace;&lbrace;1ex plus 0.05ex minus 0.01ex&rbrace;</code> is more
-likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed than a definition
-given in points.
+lengths.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="540">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
-<findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm></findex>
-<para>In math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms of the math unit
-<dfn>mu</dfn> given by 1 em = 18 mu, where the em is taken from the current
-math symbols family.  <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="569" mergedindex="cp">em</indexterm>em</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">m-width</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">em</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="Lengths_002fem">Lengths/em</anchor>
+<anchor name="units-of-length-em">units of length em</anchor>
+<para>Similarly <dfn>em</dfn>, traditionally the width of the capital
+letter M, is often used for horizontal lengths.  This is also often
+the size of the current font, e.g., a nominal 10<dmn>pt</dmn> font will
+have 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 10<dmn>pt</dmn>.  &latex; has several commands to produce
+horizontal spaces based on the em (<pxref label="_005censpace-_0026-_005cquad-_0026-_005cqquad"><xrefnodename>\enspace &amp; \quad &amp; \qquad</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
+</tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="570" mergedindex="cp">mu</indexterm>mu</itemformat></item>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">mu, math unit</indexterm></cindex>
+<anchor name="units-of-length-mu">units of length mu</anchor>
+<para>Finally, in math mode, many definitions are expressed in terms
+of the math unit <dfn>mu</dfn>, defined by 1<dmn>em</dmn> = 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, where the
+em is taken from the current math symbols family.  <xref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in
+math mode</xrefnodename></xref>.
+</para>
+</tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
+<para>Using these units can help make a definition work better across font
+changes.  For example, a definition of the vertical space between list
+items given as <code>\setlength&lbrace;\itemsep&rbrace;&lbrace;1ex plus 0.05ex minus
+0.01ex&rbrace;</code> is more likely to still be reasonable if the font is changed
+than a definition given in points.
+</para>
 </section>
 <node name="_005csetlength" spaces=" "><nodename>\setlength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\addtolength</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Units of length</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\setlength</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="571" mergedindex="cp">\setlength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="541">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547">lengths, setting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11625,16 +11635,14 @@
 <code>\newlength&lbrace;\specparindent&rbrace;\setlength&lbrace;\sepcparindent&rbrace;&lbrace;...&rbrace;</code>,
 then you get an error like <samp>Undefined control sequence. &lt;argument&gt;
 \sepcindent</samp>.  If you omit the backslash at the start of the length name
-then you get an error like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero. &lt;to be
-read again&gt; \relax l.19 \setlength&lbrace;specparindent&rbrace;&lbrace;0.6\parindent&rbrace;</samp>
+then you get an error like <samp>Missing number, treated as zero.</samp>.
 </para>
-
 </section>
 <node name="_005caddtolength" spaces=" "><nodename>\addtolength</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\settodepth</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\setlength</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Lengths</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addtolength</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="572" mergedindex="cp">\addtolength</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="542">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548">lengths, adding to</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -11937,8 +11945,8 @@
 <node name="Making-paragraphs" spaces=" "><nodename>Making paragraphs</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math formulas</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Lengths</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Making paragraphs</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="543">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="544">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">making paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To start a paragraph, just type some text.  To end the current
 paragraph, put an empty line.  This is three paragraphs, the
@@ -12022,7 +12030,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\par</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="578" mergedindex="cp">\par</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="545">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">paragraph, ending</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (note that while reading the input &tex; converts any sequence
 of one or more blank lines to a <code>\par</code>, <ref label="Making-paragraphs"><xrefnodename>Making paragraphs</xrefnodename></ref>):
@@ -12089,7 +12097,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="579" mergedindex="cp">\indent</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="580" mergedindex="cp">\noindent</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="581" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="546">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">indent, forcing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12142,8 +12150,8 @@
 you may want to also set the length of spaces between paragraphs,
 <code>\parskip</code> (<pxref label="_005cparindent-_0026-_005cparskip"><xrefnodename>\parindent &amp; \parskip</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="547"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="548"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553"><r>package</r>, <code>indentfirst</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554"><code>indentfirst</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Default &latex; styles have the first paragraph after a section that is
 not indented, as is traditional typesetting in English.  To change that,
@@ -12156,9 +12164,9 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="582" mergedindex="cp">\parindent</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="583" mergedindex="cp">\parskip</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="549">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="550">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="551">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">horizontal paragraph indentation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">vertical space before paragraphs</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -12202,9 +12210,9 @@
 <node name="Marginal-notes" spaces=" "><nodename>Marginal notes</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\parindent &amp; \parskip</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Marginal notes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="552">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="553">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="554">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558">marginal notes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559">notes in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560">remarks in the margin</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="584" mergedindex="cp">\marginpar</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -12276,9 +12284,9 @@
 <node name="Math-formulas" spaces=" "><nodename>Math formulas</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Modes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Making paragraphs</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math formulas</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="555">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="556">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="557">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561">math formulas</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562">formulas, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563">math mode, entering</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="590" mergedindex="cp"><r>environment</r>, <code>math</code></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="591" mergedindex="cp"><code>math</code> <r>environment</r></indexterm></findex>
         
@@ -12360,18 +12368,18 @@
 \end&lbrace;displaymath&rbrace;</code>.  These environments can only be used in paragraph
 mode (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="558"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="559"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="560"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="561"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="562"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="563"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The American Mathematical Society has made freely available a set of
 packages that greatly expand your options for writing mathematics,
-<code>amsmath</code> and <file>amssymb</file> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
+<code>amsmath</code> and <code>amssymb</code> (also be aware of the <code>mathtools</code>
 package that is an extension to, and loads, <code>amsmath</code>).  New
 documents that will have mathematical text should use these packages.
 Descriptions of these packages is outside the scope of this document;
@@ -12392,11 +12400,11 @@
 <node name="Subscripts-_0026-superscripts" spaces=" "><nodename>Subscripts &amp; superscripts</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math symbols</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Subscripts &amp; superscripts</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="564">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="565">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">superscript</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">subscript</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="596" mergedindex="cp">^ <r>superscript</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="597" mergedindex="cp">_ <r>subscript</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="566">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572">exponent</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (in math mode or display math mode), one of:
 </para>
@@ -12467,8 +12475,8 @@
 display math mode, as in <code>the expression x^2</code>, will get you
 the error <samp>Missing $ inserted</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="567"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="568"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><r>package</r>, <code>mhchem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574"><code>mhchem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A common reason to want subscripts outside of a mathematics mode is to
 typeset chemical formulas.  There are packages for that, such as
@@ -12479,12 +12487,12 @@
 <node name="Math-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Math symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math functions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Subscripts &amp; superscripts</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="569">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="570">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="571">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">math symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">symbols, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="572"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="573"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578"><r>package</r>, <code>comprehensive</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><code>comprehensive</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>&latex; provides almost any mathematical or technical symbol that
@@ -12591,11 +12599,11 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="622" mergedindex="cp">\Box</indexterm>\Box</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25A1</U> Modal operator for necessity; square open box
-(ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+(ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 <!-- c bb Best Unicode equivalent? -->
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="623" mergedindex="cp">\bullet</indexterm>\bullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="574">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580">bullet symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2022</U> Bullet (binary).  Similar: multiplication
 dot&nbsp;<code>\cdot</code>.
 </para>
@@ -12619,7 +12627,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="629" mergedindex="cp">\complement</indexterm>\complement</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2201</U>, Set complement, used as a superscript as in
-<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package. Also used:
+<code>$S^\complement$</code> (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package. Also used:
 <code>$S^&lbrace;\mathsf&lbrace;c&rbrace;&rbrace;$</code> or&nbsp;<code>$\bar&lbrace;S&rbrace;$</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="630" mergedindex="cp">\cong</indexterm>\cong</itemformat></item>
@@ -12649,7 +12657,7 @@
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03B4</U> Greek lowercase delta (ordinary).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="638" mergedindex="cp">\Diamond</indexterm>\Diamond</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C7</U> Large diamond operator (ordinary).  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="639" mergedindex="cp">\diamond</indexterm>\diamond</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22C4</U> Diamond operator (binary).  Similar: large
@@ -12749,7 +12757,7 @@
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2111</U> Imaginary part (ordinary).  See: real part&nbsp;<code>\Re</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="666" mergedindex="cp">\imath</indexterm>\imath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="575">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581">dotless i, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dotless i; used when you are putting an accent on an i (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
@@ -12772,7 +12780,7 @@
 &tex;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="672" mergedindex="cp">\jmath</indexterm>\jmath</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="576">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582">dotless j, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dotless j; used when you are putting an accent on a j (<pxref label="Math-accents"><xrefnodename>Math
 accents</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
@@ -12849,7 +12857,7 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="691" mergedindex="cp">\lhd</indexterm>\lhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing left (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should load
-<file>amssymb</file> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which is a relation
 and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="692" mergedindex="cp">\ll</indexterm>\ll</itemformat></item>
@@ -12938,7 +12946,7 @@
 following operator (relation).
 </para>
 <para>Many negated operators are available that don&textrsquo;t require <code>\not</code>,
-particularly with the <file>amssymb</file> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
+particularly with the <code>amssymb</code> package. For example, <code>\notin</code>
 is typographically preferable to <code>\not\in</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="713" mergedindex="cp">\notin</indexterm>\notin</itemformat></item>
@@ -13063,7 +13071,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="745" mergedindex="cp">\restriction</indexterm>\restriction</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Restriction of a function (relation). Synonym:
-<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+<code>\upharpoonright</code>.  Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="746" mergedindex="cp">\revemptyset</indexterm>\revemptyset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>29B0</U>, Reversed empty set symbol (ordinary).  Related:
@@ -13076,7 +13084,7 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="748" mergedindex="cp">\rhd</indexterm>\rhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Arrowhead, that is, triangle, pointing right (binary).
 For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead
-load <file>amssymb</file> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="749" mergedindex="cp">\rho</indexterm>\rho</itemformat></item>
@@ -13149,7 +13157,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="767" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubset</indexterm>\sqsubset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228F</U>, Square subset symbol (relation). Similar:
-subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+subset&nbsp;<code>\subset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="768" mergedindex="cp">\sqsubseteq</indexterm>\sqsubseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2291</U> Square subset or equal symbol (binary). Similar: subset or
@@ -13157,7 +13165,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="769" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupset</indexterm>\sqsupset</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2290</U>, Square superset symbol (relation). Similar:
-superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+superset&nbsp;<code>\supset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="770" mergedindex="cp">\sqsupseteq</indexterm>\sqsupseteq</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2292</U> Square superset or equal symbol (binary).
@@ -13227,26 +13235,26 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="787" mergedindex="cp">\triangleleft</indexterm>\triangleleft</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25C1</U> Not-filled triangle pointing left
 (binary). Similar:&nbsp;<code>\lhd</code>. For the normal subgroup symbol you
-should load <file>amssymb</file> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
+should load <code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleleft</code> (which
 is a relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="788" mergedindex="cp">\triangleright</indexterm>\triangleright</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>25B7</U> Not-filled triangle pointing right
 (binary). For the normal subgroup symbol you should instead load
-<file>amssymb</file> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
+<code>amssymb</code> and use&nbsp;<code>\vartriangleright</code> (which is a
 relation and so gives better spacing).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="789" mergedindex="cp">\unlhd</indexterm>\unlhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B4</U> Left-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglelefteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="790" mergedindex="cp">\unrhd</indexterm>\unrhd</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>22B5</U> Right-pointing not-filled underlined arrowhead, that is,
 triangle, with a line under (binary). For the
-normal subgroup symbol load <file>amssymb</file> and
+normal subgroup symbol load <code>amssymb</code> and
 use&nbsp;<code>\vartrianglerighteq</code> (which is a relation and so gives
 better spacing).
 </para>
@@ -13273,7 +13281,7 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="795" mergedindex="cp">\upharpoonright</indexterm>\upharpoonright</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>21BE</U>, Up harpoon, with barb on right side
 (relation). Synonym:&nbsp;<code>&backslashchar;restriction</code>.
-Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="796" mergedindex="cp">\uplus</indexterm>\uplus</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>228E</U> Multiset union, a union symbol with a plus symbol in
@@ -13294,7 +13302,7 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="800" mergedindex="cp">\vanothing</indexterm>\vanothing</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>2205</U>, Empty set symbol. Similar: <code>\emptyset</code>. Related:
-<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <file>amssymb</file> package.
+<code>\revemptyset</code>. Not available in plain &tex;. In &latex; you need to load the <code>amssymb</code> package.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="801" mergedindex="cp">\varphi</indexterm>\varphi</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para><U>03C6</U> Variant on the lowercase Greek letter (ordinary).
@@ -13396,15 +13404,15 @@
 <node name="Arrows" spaces=" "><nodename>Arrows</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Arrows</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="577">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="578">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583">arrows</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584">symbols, arrows</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="821" mergedindex="cp">math, arrows</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="579"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="580"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585"><r>package</r>, <code>amsfonts</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><code>amsfonts</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="581"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="582"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587"><r>package</r>, <code>latexsym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588"><code>latexsym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the arrows that come with standard &latex;.  The
 <code>latexsym</code> and <code>amsfonts</code> packages contain many more.
@@ -13468,11 +13476,11 @@
 <para>An example of the difference between <code>\to</code> and <code>\mapsto</code>
 is: <code>\( f\colon D\to C \) given by \( n\mapsto n^2 \)</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="583"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="584"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589"><r>package</r>, <code>amscd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590"><code>amscd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="585"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="586"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591"><r>package</r>, <code>tikz-cd</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592"><code>tikz-cd</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For commutative diagrams there are a number of packages, including
 <code>tikz-cd</code> and <code>amscd</code>.
@@ -13482,8 +13490,8 @@
 <node name="_005cboldmath-_0026-_005cunboldmath" spaces=" "><nodename>\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Arrows</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\boldmath</code> &amp; <code>\unboldmath</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="587">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="588">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">boldface mathematics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">symbols, boldface</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="822" mergedindex="cp">\boldmath</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="823" mergedindex="cp">\unboldmath</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -13526,8 +13534,8 @@
 Font Warning: Command \mathversion invalid in math mode on input line
 11</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="589"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="590"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595"><r>package</r>, <code>bm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596"><code>bm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many issues with <code>\boldmath</code>.  New documents should use
 the <code>bm</code> package provided by the &latex; Project team.  A complete
@@ -13548,8 +13556,8 @@
 <node name="Blackboard-bold" spaces=" "><nodename>Blackboard bold</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\boldmath &amp; \unboldmath</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Blackboard bold</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="591">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="592">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">blackboard bold</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">doublestruck</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13584,9 +13592,9 @@
 <node name="Calligraphic" spaces=" "><nodename>Calligraphic</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Delimiters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Blackboard bold</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Calligraphic</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="593">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="594">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="595">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">calligraphic fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">script fonts</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601">fonts, script</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -13611,11 +13619,11 @@
 <node name="Delimiters" spaces=" "><nodename>Delimiters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Dots</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Calligraphic</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Delimiters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="596">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="597">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="598">braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="599">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="600">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602">delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">curly braces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">brackets</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Delimiters are parentheses, braces, or other characters used to mark
 the start and end of subformulas.  This formula has three sets of
@@ -13666,8 +13674,8 @@
 <para><U>2016</U> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\|</code> or <code>\Vert</code> </para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Double vertical bar
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="601"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="602"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>mathtools</code> package allows you to create commands for paired
 delimiters.  For instance, if you put
@@ -13692,11 +13700,11 @@
 <node name="_005cleft-_0026-_005cright" spaces=" "><nodename>\left &amp; \right</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\bigl &amp; \bigr etc.</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeup></node>
 <subsubsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\left</code> &amp; <code>\right</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="603">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="604">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="605">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="606">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="607">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609">delimiters, paired</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610">paired delimiters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611">matching parentheses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612">matching brackets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613">null delimiter</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="826" mergedindex="cp">\left</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="827" mergedindex="cp">\right</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -13731,11 +13739,11 @@
 <samp>Extra \right</samp>.  Leaving out the <code>\right)</code> gets <samp>You
 can't use `\eqno' in math mode</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="608"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="609"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="610"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="611"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>However, <var>delimiter1</var> and <var>delimiter2</var> need not match.  A common
 case is that you want an unmatched brace, as below. Use a period,
@@ -13923,8 +13931,8 @@
 \end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="612"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="613"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>(many authors would replace <code>\frac</code> with the <code>\tfrac</code> command
@@ -13965,8 +13973,8 @@
 <node name="Dots" spaces=" "><nodename>Dots</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Greek letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Delimiters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Dots, horizontal or vertical</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="614">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="615">dots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620">ellipses</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">dots</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Ellipses are the three dots (usually three) indicating that a pattern
 continues.
@@ -14011,8 +14019,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="616"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="617"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>amsmath</code> package has the command <code>\dots</code> to semantically
 mark up ellipses.  This example produces two different-looking outputs
@@ -14044,7 +14052,7 @@
 <node name="Greek-letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Greek letters</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Dots</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Greek letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="618">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624">Greek letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The upper case versions of these Greek letters are only shown when they
 differ from Roman upper case letters.
@@ -14101,8 +14109,8 @@
 <para><U>03C9</U>, <U>03A9</U></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para><code>\omega</code>, <code>\Omega</code></para></entry><entry command="tab" spaces=" "><para>Omega
 </para></entry></row></tbody></multitable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="619"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="620"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625"><r>package</r>, <code>unicode-math</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626"><code>unicode-math</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For omicron, if you are using &latex;&textrsquo;s default Computer Modern font
 then enter omicron just as <samp>o</samp> or <samp>O</samp>.  If you like having the
@@ -14120,8 +14128,8 @@
 <node name="Math-functions" spaces=" "><nodename>Math functions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math functions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="621">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="622">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">math functions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">functions, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands produce roman function names in math mode with proper
 spacing.
@@ -14234,8 +14242,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="623"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="624"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>amsmath</code> package adds improvements on some of these, and also
 allows you to define your own.  The full documentation is on CTAN, but
@@ -14250,8 +14258,8 @@
 <node name="Math-accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Math accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math functions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math accents</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="625">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="626">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">math accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">accents, mathematical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides a variety of commands for producing accented letters
 in math.  These are different from accents in normal text
@@ -14259,59 +14267,59 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="866" mergedindex="cp">\acute</indexterm>\acute</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="627">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">acute accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math acute accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="867" mergedindex="cp">\bar</indexterm>\bar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="628">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="629">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">bar-over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">macron accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math bar-over accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="868" mergedindex="cp">\breve</indexterm>\breve</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="630">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636">breve accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math breve accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="869" mergedindex="cp">\check</indexterm>\check</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="631">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="632">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">check accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math h<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check) accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="870" mergedindex="cp">\ddot</indexterm>\ddot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="633">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">double dot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math dieresis accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="871" mergedindex="cp">\dot</indexterm>\dot</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="634">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="635">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">overdot accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">dot over accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math dot accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="872" mergedindex="cp">\grave</indexterm>\grave</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="636">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">grave accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math grave accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="873" mergedindex="cp">\hat</indexterm>\hat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="637">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="638">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">circumflex accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math hat (circumflex) accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="874" mergedindex="cp">\mathring</indexterm>\mathring</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="639">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">ring accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math ring accent  <!-- c don't bother implementing in texinfo -->
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="875" mergedindex="cp">\tilde</indexterm>\tilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="640">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646">tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math tilde accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="876" mergedindex="cp">\vec</indexterm>\vec</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="641">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647">vector symbol, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math vector symbol
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="877" mergedindex="cp">\widehat</indexterm>\widehat</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="642">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648">wide hat accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math wide hat accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="878" mergedindex="cp">\widetilde</indexterm>\widetilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="643">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649">wide tilde accent, math</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Math wide tilde accent
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -14324,8 +14332,8 @@
 <node name="Over_002d-and-Underlining" spaces=" "><nodename>Over- and Underlining</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math accents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Over- and Underlining</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="644">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="645">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">overlining</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">underlining</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides commands for making overlines or underlines, or
 putting braces over or under some material.
@@ -14338,8 +14346,8 @@
 descenders, so in <code>\(\underline&lbrace;y&rbrace;\)</code> the line is lower than in
 <code>\(\underline&lbrace;x&rbrace;\)</code>.  This command is fragile (<pxref label="_005cprotect"><xrefnodename>\protect</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="646"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="647"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>ulem</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>ulem</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the package <code>ulem</code> does text mode underlining and allows
 line breaking as well as a number of other features.  See the
@@ -14375,8 +14383,8 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="648"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="649"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>mathtools</code> adds an over- and underbrace, as well as
 some improvements on the braces.  See the documentation on CTAN.
@@ -14386,8 +14394,8 @@
 <node name="Spacing-in-math-mode" spaces=" "><nodename>Spacing in math mode</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Over- and Underlining</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spacing in math mode</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="650">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="651">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">spacing within math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>When typesetting mathematics, &latex; puts in spacing according to the
 normal rules for mathematics texts.  If you enter <code>y=m x</code> then
@@ -14414,8 +14422,8 @@
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="883" mergedindex="cp">\;</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="884" mergedindex="cp">\thickspace</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thickspace">spacing in math mode thickspace</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="652"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="653"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synonym: <code>\thickspace</code>.  Normally <code>5.0mu plus 5.0mu</code>.  With
 the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01 &latex; release,
@@ -14448,7 +14456,7 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\,</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="890" mergedindex="cp">\,</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="891" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="654">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="Spacing-in-math-mode_002f_005cthinspace">Spacing in math mode/\thinspace</anchor>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-thinspace">spacing in math mode thinspace</anchor>
 <para>Synonym: <code>\thinspace</code>.  Normally <code>3mu</code>, which is 1/6<dmn>em</dmn>.
@@ -14469,7 +14477,7 @@
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\!</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="892" mergedindex="cp">\!</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="893" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="655">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-negthinspace">spacing in math mode negthinspace</anchor>
 <para>Synonym: <code>\negthinspace</code>. A negative thin space. Normally
 <code>-3mu</code>.  With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as of the 2020-10-01
@@ -14479,7 +14487,7 @@
 (<pxref label="_005cthinspace-_0026-_005cnegthinspace"><xrefnodename>\thinspace &amp; \negthinspace</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\quad</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="656">quad</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">quad</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="894" mergedindex="cp">\quad</indexterm></findex>
 <anchor name="spacing-in-math-mode-quad">spacing in math mode quad</anchor>
 <para>This is 18<dmn>mu</dmn>, that is, 1<dmn>em</dmn>. This is often used for space
@@ -14504,8 +14512,8 @@
 <node name="_005csmash" spaces=" "><nodename>\smash</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\smash</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="657">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="658">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">vertical spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">math mode, vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14572,8 +14580,8 @@
 \leavevmode\smash&lbrace;zzz&rbrace;  % usual paragraph indent
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="659"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="660"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>mathtools</code> has operators that provide even finer
 control over smashing a subformula box.
@@ -14583,12 +14591,12 @@
 <node name="_005cphantom-_0026-_005cvphantom-_0026-_005chphantom" spaces=" "><nodename>\phantom &amp; \vphantom &amp; \hphantom</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\mathstrut</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\smash</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\phantom</code> &amp; <code>\vphantom</code> &amp; <code>\hphantom</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="661">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="662">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="663">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="664">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="665">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="666">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668">horizontal spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14642,8 +14650,8 @@
 <para>These commands are often used in conjunction with <code>\smash</code>.
 <xref label="_005csmash"><xrefnodename>\smash</xrefnodename></xref>, which includes another example of <code>\vphantom</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="667"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="668"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673"><r>package</r>, <code>mathtools</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674"><code>mathtools</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The three phantom commands appear often but note that &latex; provides
 a suite of other commands to work with box sizes that may be more
@@ -14653,8 +14661,8 @@
 In addition, the <code>mathtools</code> package has many commands that offer
 fine-grained control over spacing.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="669"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="670"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>All three commands produce an ordinary box, without any special
 mathematics status.  So to do something like attaching a superscript you
@@ -14672,12 +14680,12 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\mathstrut</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="896" mergedindex="cp"><code>\mathstrut</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="671">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="672">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="673">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="674">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="675">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="676">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">spacing, math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">vertical spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">math mode, spacing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">invisible character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">character, invisible</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">strut, math</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -14706,7 +14714,7 @@
 <node name="Math-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Math styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spacing in math mode</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="677">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">math styles</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&tex;&textrsquo;s rules for typesetting a formula depend on the context.  For
 example, inside a displayed equation, the input <code>\sum_&lbrace;0\leq
@@ -14722,20 +14730,20 @@
 </para>
 <itemize commandarg="bullet" spaces=" " endspaces=" "><itemprepend><formattingcommand command="bullet"/></itemprepend>
 <beforefirstitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="678">display style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684">display style</indexterm></cindex>
 </beforefirstitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
 <para>Display style is for a formula displayed on a line by itself, such as
 with <code>\begin&lbrace;equation&rbrace; ... \end&lbrace;equation&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="679">text style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685">text style</indexterm></cindex>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
 <para>Text style is for an inline formula, as with <samp>so we have $ ... $</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="680">script style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686">script style</indexterm></cindex>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
 <para>Script style is for parts of a formula in a subscript or superscript.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="681">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687">scriptscript style</indexterm></cindex>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
 <para>Scriptscript style is for parts of a formula at a second level (or more)
 of subscript or superscript.
@@ -14802,7 +14810,7 @@
 <node name="Math-miscellany" spaces=" "><nodename>Math miscellany</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Math styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Math miscellany</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="682">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">math miscellany</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; contains a wide variety of mathematics facilities.  Here are
 some that don&textrsquo;t fit into other categories.
@@ -14819,7 +14827,7 @@
 <node name="Colon-character-_0026-_005ccolon" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces="  ">Colon character &amp; \colon</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\*</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colon character <code>:</code> &amp; <code>\colon</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="683">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">colon character</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="901" mergedindex="cp">: <r>for math</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="902" mergedindex="cp">\colon</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -14836,16 +14844,16 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">With side ratios \( 3:4 \) and \( 4:5 \), the triangle is right.
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="684"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="685"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>Ordinary &latex; defines <code>\colon</code> to produce the colon character
 with the spacing appropriate for punctuation, as in set-builder notation
 <code>\&lbrace;x\colon 0\leq x&lt;1\&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="686"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="687"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>But the widely-used <code>amsmath</code> package defines <code>\colon</code> for use
 in the definition of functions <code>f\colon D\to C</code>.  So if you want
@@ -14856,10 +14864,10 @@
 <node name="_005c_002a" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\*</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\frac</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colon character &amp; \colon</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\*</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="688">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="689">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="690">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="691">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">multiplication, discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">line breaks, multiplication discretionary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">discretionary breaks, multiplication</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="903" mergedindex="cp">\*</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -14883,7 +14891,7 @@
 <node name="_005cfrac" spaces=" "><nodename>\frac</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\sqrt</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\*</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\frac</code> </sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="692">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">fraction</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="904" mergedindex="cp">\frac</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -14902,9 +14910,9 @@
 <node name="_005csqrt" spaces=" "><nodename>\sqrt</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\stackrel</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\frac</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\sqrt</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="693">square root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="694">roots</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="695">radical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">square root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">roots</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">radical</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="905" mergedindex="cp">\sqrt</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -14928,8 +14936,8 @@
 <node name="_005cstackrel" spaces=" "><nodename>\stackrel</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\sqrt</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Math miscellany</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\stackrel</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="696">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="697">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">stack math</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">relation, text above</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="906" mergedindex="cp">\stackrel</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
@@ -14948,7 +14956,7 @@
 <node name="Modes" spaces=" "><nodename>Modes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Page styles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Math formulas</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Modes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="698">modes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">modes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>As &latex; processes your document, at any point it is in one of six
 modes.  They fall into three categories of two each, the horizontal
@@ -14959,15 +14967,15 @@
 <itemize commandarg="bullet" endspaces=" "><itemprepend>&bullet;</itemprepend>
 <listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
 <anchor name="modes-paragraph-mode">modes paragraph mode</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="699">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Paragraph mode</dfn> (in plain &tex; this is called <dfn>horizontal
 mode</dfn>) is what &latex; is in when processing ordinary text.  It breaks
 the input text into lines and finds the positions of line breaks, so that
 in vertical mode page breaks can be done.  This is the mode &latex; is
 in most of the time.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="700">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="701">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">left-to-right mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">LR mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-lr-mode">modes lr mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>LR mode</dfn> (for left-to-right mode; in plain &tex; this is called
 <dfn>restricted horizontal mode</dfn>) is in effect when &latex; starts
@@ -14980,24 +14988,24 @@
 box won&textrsquo;t fit there.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="702">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-math-mode">modes math mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating
 an inline mathematical formula.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="703">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">display math mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><dfn>Display math mode</dfn> is when &latex; is generating a displayed
 mathematical formula.  (Displayed formulas differ somewhat from inline
 ones.  One example is that the placement of the subscript on <code>\int</code>
 differs in the two situations.)
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="704">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710">vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-vertical-mode">modes vertical mode</anchor> <para><dfn>Vertical mode</dfn> is when &latex; is
 building the list of lines and other material making the output page,
 which comprises insertion of page breaks.  This is the mode &latex; is
 in when it starts a document.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="705">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711">internal vertical mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-internal-vertical-mode">modes internal vertical mode</anchor>
 <para><dfn>Internal vertical mode</dfn> is in effect when &latex; starts making a
 <code>\vbox</code>. It has not such thing as page breaks, and as such is the
@@ -15013,8 +15021,8 @@
 changes to math mode, and then when it leaves the formula it pops
 back to paragraph mode.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="706">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="707">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">inner paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">outer paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="modes-inner-paragraph-mode">modes inner paragraph mode</anchor>
 <anchor name="modes-outer-paragraph-mode">modes outer paragraph mode</anchor>
 <para>Paragraph mode has two subcases.  If you use a <code>\parbox</code> command
@@ -15064,8 +15072,8 @@
 <node name="Page-styles" spaces=" "><nodename>Page styles</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Spaces</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Modes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Page styles</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="708">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="709">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">styles, page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">page styles</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The style of a page determines where &latex; places the components of
 that page, such as headers and footers, and the text body.  This
@@ -15073,8 +15081,8 @@
 special pages such as the title page of a book, a page from an index, or
 the first page of an article.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="710"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="711"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>fancyhdr</code> is very helpful for constructing page
 styles.  See its documentation on CTAN.
@@ -15090,7 +15098,7 @@
 <node name="_005cmaketitle" spaces=" "><nodename>\maketitle</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\pagenumbering</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Page styles</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\maketitle</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="712">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">titles, making</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="907" mergedindex="cp">\maketitle</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -15135,7 +15143,7 @@
 </para>
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="908" mergedindex="cp">\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</indexterm>\author&lbrace;<var>name1</var> \and <var>name2</var> \and ...&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="713">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719">author, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="909" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="910" mergedindex="cp">\and <r>for <code>\author</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare the document author or authors.  The argument is a
@@ -15146,15 +15154,15 @@
 \author given</samp>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="911" mergedindex="cp">\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\date&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="714">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720">date, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the document&textrsquo;s date.  The <var>text</var>
 doesn&textrsquo;t need to be in a date format; it can be any text at all.  If you
 omit <code>\date</code> then &latex; uses the current date (<pxref label="_005ctoday"><xrefnodename>\today</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 To have no date, instead use <code>\date&lbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="912" mergedindex="cp">\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\thanks&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="715">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="716">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">thanks, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">credit footnote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Optional.  Produce a footnote.  You can use it in the author information
 for acknowledgements as illustrated above, but you can also use it in
 the title, or any place a footnote makes sense.  It can be any text at
@@ -15162,7 +15170,7 @@
 address.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="913" mergedindex="cp">\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\title&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="717">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">title, for titlepage</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="914" mergedindex="cp">\\ <r>for <code>\title</code></r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>Required.  Declare <var>text</var> to be the title of the document.  Get line
 breaks inside <var>text</var> with a double backslash, <code>\\</code>.  If you
@@ -15183,7 +15191,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagenumbering</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="915" mergedindex="cp">\pagenumbering</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="718">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724">page numbering style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15229,8 +15237,8 @@
 get <samp>LaTeX Error: Counter too large</samp>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">gobble</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="719"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="720"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>&latex; does not output a page number, although it
 does get reset.  References to that page also are blank.  (This does not
 work with the popular package <code>hyperref</code> so to have the page number
@@ -15254,9 +15262,9 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\pagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="916" mergedindex="cp">\pagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="721">header style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="722">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="723">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">header style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">footer style</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">running header and footer style</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15267,8 +15275,8 @@
 <para>Declaration that specifies how the page headers and footers are typeset,
 from the current page onwards.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="724"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="725"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730"><r>package</r>, <code>fancyhdr</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731"><code>fancyhdr</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A discussion with an example is below.  Note first that the package
 <code>fancyhdr</code> is now the standard way to manipulate headers and
@@ -15283,7 +15291,7 @@
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>The header is empty.  The footer contains only a page number, centered.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">empty</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><para>The header and footer is empty.
+</tableterm><tableitem><para>The header and footer are both empty.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">headings</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Put running headers and footers on each page.  The document style
@@ -15361,7 +15369,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\thispagestyle</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="919" mergedindex="cp">\thispagestyle</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="726">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">page style, this page</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15401,8 +15409,8 @@
 <node name="Spaces" spaces=" "><nodename>Spaces</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Page styles</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Spaces</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="727">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="728">white space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">spaces</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">white space</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; has many ways to produce white space, or filled space.  Some of
 these are best suited to mathematical text; for these
@@ -15536,8 +15544,8 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="924" mergedindex="cp">\hfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="729">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="730">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">stretch, infinite horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">infinite horizontal stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15583,9 +15591,9 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\hss</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="926" mergedindex="cp">\hss</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="731">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="732">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="733">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">horizontal space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">horizontal space, stretchable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">space, inserting horizontal</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15691,9 +15699,9 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="928" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="929" mergedindex="cp">at-sign</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="734">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="735">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="736">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">period, sentence-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">period, abbreviation-ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">period, spacing after</indexterm></cindex>
 <anchor name="_005cAT">\AT</anchor><!-- c old name -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -15757,7 +15765,7 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="930" mergedindex="cp">\frenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="931" mergedindex="cp">\nonfrenchspacing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="737">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -15785,7 +15793,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\normalsfcodes</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="932" mergedindex="cp">\normalsfcodes</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="738">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">spacing, inter-sentence</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15802,9 +15810,9 @@
 <node name="_005c_0028SPACE_0029" spaces=" "><nodename trailingspaces=" ">\(SPACE)</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">~</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\spacefactor</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Spaces</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Backslash-space, <code>\ </code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="739">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="740">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="741">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">\<key>NEWLINE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747">\<key>TAB</key></indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="933" mergedindex="cp">\<w> </w> <r>(backslash-space)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="934" mergedindex="cp">\<key>SPACE</key></indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -15878,11 +15886,11 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>~</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="935" mergedindex="cp">~</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="742">tie</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="743">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="744">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="745">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="746">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748">tie</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">space, unbreakable</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">hard space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">unbreakable space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">NBSP</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -15931,8 +15939,8 @@
 <para>When cases are enumerated inline: <code>(b)~Show that $f(x)$ is
 (1)~continuous, and (2)~bounded</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="747"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="748"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753"><r>package</r>, <code>siunitx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754"><code>siunitx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 </listitem><listitem><prepend>&bullet;</prepend>
 <para>Between a number and its unit: <code>$745.7.8$~watts</code> (the
@@ -15975,10 +15983,10 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="936" mergedindex="cp">\thinspace</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="937" mergedindex="cp">\negthinspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="749">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="750">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="751">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="752">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">thin space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">space, thin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">thin space, negative</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758">space, negative thin</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16007,8 +16015,8 @@
 style-specific use is between initials, as in <code>D.\thinspace E.\
 Knuth</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="753"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="754"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759"><r>package</r>, <code>amsmath</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760"><code>amsmath</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides a variety of similar spacing commands for math mode
 (<pxref label="Spacing-in-math-mode"><xrefnodename>Spacing in math mode</xrefnodename></pxref>).  With the <code>amsmath</code> package, or as
@@ -16021,7 +16029,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\/</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="938" mergedindex="cp">\/</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="755">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761">italic correction</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16064,7 +16072,7 @@
 do not include italic correction values even for italic fonts.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="939" mergedindex="cp">\fontdimen1</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="756">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">font dimension, slant</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Technically, &latex; uses another font-specific value, the so-called
 <dfn>slant parameter</dfn> (namely <code>\fontdimen1</code>), to determine whether
 to possibly insert an italic correction, rather than tying the action to
@@ -16115,7 +16123,7 @@
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\hrulefill&rbrace;&lbrace;%
-  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern\z&arobase;&rbrace;
+  \leavevmode\leaders\hrule height 1pt\hfill\kern0pt &rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
@@ -16124,7 +16132,7 @@
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\renewcommand&lbrace;\dotfill&rbrace;&lbrace;%
-  \leavevmode\cleaders\hb&arobase;xt&arobase;1.00em&lbrace;\hss .\hss &rbrace;\hfill\kern\z&arobase;&rbrace;
+  \leavevmode\cleaders\hbox to 1.00em&lbrace;\hss .\hss &rbrace;\hfill\kern0pt &rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
@@ -16247,7 +16255,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\strut</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="948" mergedindex="cp">\strut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="757">strut</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">strut</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16312,10 +16320,10 @@
 descend below the baseline.  The fourth list adds the strut that gives
 the needed extra below-baseline space.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="758"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="759"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="760"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="761"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>\strut</code> command is often useful in graphics, such as in
 <code>TikZ</code> or <code>Asymptote</code>.  For instance, you may have a command
@@ -16352,8 +16360,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\vspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="949" mergedindex="cp">\vspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="762">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="763">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769">space, vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16420,8 +16428,8 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="950" mergedindex="cp">\vfill</indexterm></findex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="764">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="765">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770">stretch, infinite vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">infinite vertical stretch</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16460,8 +16468,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addvspace</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="951" mergedindex="cp">\addvspace</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="766">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="767">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">vertical space</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">space, inserting vertical</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -16521,14 +16529,14 @@
 <node name="Boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Spaces</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="768">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774">boxes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <!-- c xx Expand on boxes and glue, for xref from elsewhere. -->
 <para>At its core, &latex; puts things in boxes and then puts the boxes on a
 page.  So these commands are central.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="769"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="770"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775"><r>package</r>, <code>adjustbox</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776"><code>adjustbox</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>There are many packages on CTAN that are useful for manipulating boxes.
 One useful adjunct to the commands here is <code>adjustbox</code>.
@@ -16549,9 +16557,9 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="952" mergedindex="cp">\mbox</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="953" mergedindex="cp">\makebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="771">box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="772">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="773">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777">box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">make a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">hyphenation, preventing</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16644,11 +16652,11 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="774"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="775"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780"><r>package</r>, <code>TikZ</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781"><code>TikZ</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="776"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="777"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The right edge of the output <samp>10 points </samp> (note the ending space
 after <samp>points</samp>) will be just before the <samp>What</samp>.  You can use
@@ -16723,7 +16731,7 @@
 </beforefirstitem><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="956" mergedindex="cp">\fboxrule</indexterm>\fboxrule</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="957" mergedindex="cp">frame, line width</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="958" mergedindex="cp">frame rule width</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="778">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">\fboxrule</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The thickness of the rules around the enclosed box.  The default is
 0.2<dmn>pt</dmn>.  Change it with a command such as
 <code>\setlength&lbrace;\fboxrule&rbrace;&lbrace;0.8pt&rbrace;</code> (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).
@@ -16731,7 +16739,7 @@
 <anchor name="fbox-framebox-fboxsep">fbox framebox fboxsep</anchor>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="959" mergedindex="cp">\fboxsep</indexterm>\fboxsep</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="960" mergedindex="cp">frame, separation from contents</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="779">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">\fboxsep</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The distance from the frame to the enclosed box. The default is 3<dmn>pt</dmn>.
 Change it with a command such as <code>\setlength&lbrace;\fboxsep&rbrace;&lbrace;0pt&rbrace;</code>
 (<pxref label="_005csetlength"><xrefnodename>\setlength</xrefnodename></pxref>).  Setting it to 0<dmn>pt</dmn> is useful sometimes:
@@ -16772,8 +16780,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\parbox</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="961" mergedindex="cp">\parbox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="780">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="781">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">paragraph mode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">paragraph, in a box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses, one of:
 </para>
@@ -16902,7 +16910,7 @@
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="963" mergedindex="cp">\sbox</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="964" mergedindex="cp">\savebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="782">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">box, save</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -17039,7 +17047,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\usebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="966" mergedindex="cp">\usebox</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="783">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">box, use saved box</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17059,7 +17067,7 @@
 <node name="Color" spaces=" "><nodename>Color</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="784">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">color</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can add color to text, rules, etc.  You can also have color in a box
 or on an entire page and write text on top of it.
@@ -17083,8 +17091,8 @@
 <node name="Color-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Color package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Color models</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>color</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="785">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="786">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">color package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">options, color package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -17134,7 +17142,7 @@
 <node name="Color-models" spaces=" "><nodename>Color models</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for color</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Color models</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="787">color models</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">color models</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A <dfn>color model</dfn> is a way of representing colors.  &latex;&textrsquo;s
 capabilities depend on the printer driver.  However, the <file>pdftex</file>,
@@ -17195,7 +17203,7 @@
 <node name="Commands-for-color" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for color</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Color models</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Color</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for color</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="788">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">color package commands</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <file>color</file> package.
 </para>
@@ -17210,9 +17218,9 @@
 <node name="Define-colors" spaces=" "><nodename>Define colors</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored text</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Define colors</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="789">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="790">define color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="791">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">define color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">color, define</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -17246,8 +17254,8 @@
 <node name="Colored-text" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored text</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Define colors</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored text</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="792">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="793">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">colored text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -17348,9 +17356,9 @@
 <node name="Colored-boxes" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored boxes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Colored pages</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored text</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored boxes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="794">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="795">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="796">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">colored boxes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">box, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -17404,10 +17412,10 @@
 <node name="Colored-pages" spaces=" "><nodename>Colored pages</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Colored boxes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for color</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Colored pages</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="797">color</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="798">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="799">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="800">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">color</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">colored page</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">page, colored</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">background, colored</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
 </para>
@@ -17438,8 +17446,8 @@
 <node name="Graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Special insertions</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Color</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="801">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="802">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can use graphics such as PNG or PDF files in your &latex; document.
 You need an additional package, which comes standard with &latex;.
@@ -17488,8 +17496,8 @@
 <node name="Graphics-package-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="803">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="804">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809">graphics package options</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">options, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (must be in the document preamble):
 </para>
@@ -17569,9 +17577,9 @@
 <node name="Graphics-package-configuration" spaces=" "><nodename>Graphics package configuration</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces="  "><sectiontitle><code>graphics</code> package configuration</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="805">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="806">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="807">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">configuration, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These commands configure the way &latex; searches the file system for
 the graphic.
@@ -17713,8 +17721,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">.pdf,.png,.jpg,.mps,.jpeg,.jbig2,.jb2,.PDF,.PNG,.JPG,.JPEG,.JBIG2,.JB2
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="808"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="809"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814"><r>package</r>, <code>grfext</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815"><code>grfext</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To change the order, use the <code>grfext</code> package.
 </para>
@@ -17737,7 +17745,7 @@
 
 <para>Declare how to handle graphic files whose names end in <var>extension</var>.
 </para>
-<para>This example declares that all files with names have the form
+<para>This example declares that all files with names of the form
 <file>filename-without-dot.mps</file> will be treated as output from MetaPost,
 meaning that the printer driver will use its MetaPost-handling code to
 input the file.
@@ -17813,8 +17821,8 @@
 <node name="Commands-for-graphics" spaces=" "><nodename>Commands for graphics</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics package configuration</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Graphics</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Commands for graphics</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="810">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="811">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">graphics package commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">commands, graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the commands available with the <code>graphics</code> and
 <code>graphicx</code> packages.
@@ -17830,15 +17838,15 @@
 <node name="_005cincludegraphics" spaces=" "><nodename>\includegraphics</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\includegraphics</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="812">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="813">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="814">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="815">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="816">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="817">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="818">graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="819">graphics package</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="820">including graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">importing graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">EPS files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">JPEG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">JPG files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">PDF graphic files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">PNG files</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="970" mergedindex="cp">\includegraphics</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses for <code>graphics</code> package:
@@ -17974,8 +17982,8 @@
 </para>
 <para>There are many options.  The primary ones are listed first.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="821">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="822">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">bounding box</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">box, bounding</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Note that a graphic is placed by &latex; into a box, which is
 traditionally referred to as its <dfn>bounding box</dfn> (distinct from the
 PostScript BoundingBox described below).  The graphic&textrsquo;s printed area may
@@ -18231,9 +18239,9 @@
 <node name="_005crotatebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\rotatebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\scalebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\includegraphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\rotatebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="823">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="824">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="825">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">rotation</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">rotating graphics</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">rotating text</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="971" mergedindex="cp">\rotatebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis if you use the <code>graphics</code> package:
@@ -18322,12 +18330,12 @@
 <node name="_005cscalebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\scalebox</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\resizebox</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\rotatebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\scalebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="826">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="827">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="828">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="829">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="830">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="831">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="972" mergedindex="cp">\scalebox</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="973" mergedindex="cp">\reflectbox</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -18372,12 +18380,12 @@
 <node name="_005cresizebox" spaces=" "><nodename>\resizebox</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\scalebox</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Commands for graphics</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\resizebox</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="832">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="833">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="834">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="835">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="836">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="837">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">graphics, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">graphics, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">resizing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">text, scaling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">text, resizing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="974" mergedindex="cp">\resizebox</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopses:
@@ -18402,7 +18410,7 @@
 <para>The unstarred form <code>\resizebox</code> takes <var>vertical length</var> to be
 the box&textrsquo;s height while the starred form <code>\resizebox*</code> takes it to
 be height+depth.  For instance, make the text have a height+depth of a
-quarter inch with <code>\resizebox*&lbrace;!&rbrace;&lbrace;0.25in&rbrace;&lbrace;\parbox&lbrace;1in&rbrace;&lbrace;This
+quarter-inch with <code>\resizebox*&lbrace;!&rbrace;&lbrace;0.25in&rbrace;&lbrace;\parbox&lbrace;3.5in&rbrace;&lbrace;This
 box has both height and depth.&rbrace;&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
 <para>You can use <code>\depth</code>, <code>\height</code>, <code>\totalheight</code>, and
@@ -18417,8 +18425,8 @@
 <node name="Special-insertions" spaces=" "><nodename>Special insertions</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Splitting the input</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Graphics</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Special insertions</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="838">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="839">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">special insertions</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">insertions of special characters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; provides commands for inserting characters that have a
 special meaning do not correspond to simple characters you can type.
@@ -18439,10 +18447,10 @@
 <node name="Reserved-characters" spaces=" "><nodename>Reserved characters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Upper and lower case</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Reserved characters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="840">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="841">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="842">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="843">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">reserved characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">characters, reserved</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849">characters, special</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; sets aside the following characters for special purposes. For
 example, the percent sign&nbsp;<code>%</code> is for comments.  They are
 called <dfn>reserved characters</dfn> or <dfn>special characters</dfn>. They are
@@ -18489,10 +18497,10 @@
 <node name="Upper-and-lower-case" spaces=" "><nodename>Upper and lower case</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Reserved characters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Upper and lower case</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="844">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="845">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="846">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="847">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850">uppercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851">lowercase</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852">characters, case of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853">changing case of characters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -18535,23 +18543,23 @@
 <w>                           </w>\expandafter&lbrace;\schoolname&rbrace;&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="848"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="849"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854"><r>package</r>, <code>textcase</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855"><code>textcase</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The <code>textcase</code> package brings some of the missing feature of the
 standard &latex; commands <code>\MakeUppercase</code> and
 <code>\MakeLowerCase</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="850"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="851"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856"><r>package</r>, <code>mfirstuc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857"><code>mfirstuc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To uppercase only the first letter of words, you can use the package
 <code>mfirstuc</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="852"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="853"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858"><r>package</r>, <code>expl3</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859"><code>expl3</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="854">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">Wright, Joseph</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Handling all the casing rules specified by Unicode, e.g., for
 non-Latin scripts, is a much bigger job than anything envisioned in
 the original &tex; and &latex;.  It has been implemented in the
@@ -18567,8 +18575,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Symbols by font position</sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="985" mergedindex="cp">\symbol</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="855">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="856">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">accessing any character of a font</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">font symbols, by number</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>You can access any character of the current font using its number with
 the <code>\symbol</code> command. For example, the visible space character
@@ -18586,11 +18594,11 @@
 <node name="Text-symbols" spaces=" "><nodename>Text symbols</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Accents</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Symbols by font position</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Text symbols</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="857">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="858">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">text symbols</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">symbols, text</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="986" mergedindex="cp">textcomp <r>package</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="859">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">TS1 encoding</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; provides commands to generate a number of non-letter symbols
 in running text.  Some of these, especially the more obscure ones, are
 not available in OT1.  As of the &latex; February 2020 release, all
@@ -18601,148 +18609,148 @@
 <ftable commandarg="code" spaces=" " endspaces=" ">
 <tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="987" mergedindex="cp">\copyright</indexterm>\copyright</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="988" mergedindex="cp">\textcopyright</indexterm>\textcopyright</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="860">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">copyright symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&copyright; The copyright symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="989" mergedindex="cp">\dag</indexterm>\dag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="861">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> The dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="990" mergedindex="cp">\ddag</indexterm>\ddag</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="862">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> The double dagger symbol (in text).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="991" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeX</indexterm>\LaTeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="863">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="864">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">&latex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">logo, &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex; logo.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="992" mergedindex="cp">\LaTeXe</indexterm>\LaTeXe</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="865">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="866">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">&latex;2e logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">logo, &latex;2e</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &latex;2e logo.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="993" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotleft <r>(&guillemotleft;)</r></itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="994" mergedindex="cp">\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></indexterm>\guillemotright <r>(&guillemotright;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="995" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglleft <r>(&lsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="996" mergedindex="cp">\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></indexterm>\guilsinglright <r>(&rsaquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="867">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="868">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="869">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="870">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="871">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="872">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="873">double guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="874">single guillemets</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">left angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">right angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">double angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">single angle quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">French quotation marks</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">quotation marks, French</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&guillemotleft;, &guillemotright;, &lsaquo;, &rsaquo;
 Double and single angle quotation marks, commonly used in French.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="997" mergedindex="cp">\ldots</indexterm>\ldots</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="998" mergedindex="cp">\dots</indexterm>\dots</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="999" mergedindex="cp">\textellipsis</indexterm>\textellipsis</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="875">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">ellipsis</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&dots;  An ellipsis (three dots at the baseline):  <code>\ldots</code>
 and <code>\dots</code> also work in math mode.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1000" mergedindex="cp">\lq</indexterm>\lq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="876">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="877">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">opening quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Left (opening) quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1001" mergedindex="cp">\P</indexterm>\P</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1002" mergedindex="cp">\textparagraph</indexterm>\textparagraph</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="878">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="879">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">paragraph symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">pilcrow</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B6</U> Paragraph sign (pilcrow).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1003" mergedindex="cp">\pounds</indexterm>\pounds</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1004" mergedindex="cp">\textsterling</indexterm>\textsterling</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="880">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="881">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">pounds symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">sterling symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&pound; English pounds sterling.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1005" mergedindex="cp">\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotedblbase <r>(&bdquo;)</r></itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1006" mergedindex="cp">\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></indexterm>\quotesinglbase <r>(&sbquo;)</r></itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="882">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="883">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="884">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">double low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">single low-9 quotation mark</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">low-9 quotation marks, single and double</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&bdquo; and &sbquo;
 Double and single quotation marks on the baseline.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1007" mergedindex="cp">\rq</indexterm>\rq</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="885">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="886">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">closing quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Right (closing) quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1008" mergedindex="cp">\S</indexterm>\S</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1009" mergedindex="cp">\textsection</indexterm>\textsection</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="887">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">section symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00A7</U> Section sign.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1010" mergedindex="cp">\TeX</indexterm>\TeX</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="888">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="889">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">&tex; logo</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">logo, &tex;</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The &tex; logo.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1011" mergedindex="cp">\textasciicircum</indexterm>\textasciicircum</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="890">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="891">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">circumflex, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">ASCII circumflex, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>^ ASCII circumflex.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1012" mergedindex="cp">\textasciitilde</indexterm>\textasciitilde</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="892">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="893">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">tilde, ASCII, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">ASCII tilde, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>~ ASCII tilde.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1013" mergedindex="cp">\textasteriskcentered</indexterm>\textasteriskcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="894">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="895">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">asterisk, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">centered asterisk, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>* Centered asterisk.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1014" mergedindex="cp">\textbackslash</indexterm>\textbackslash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="896">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">backslash, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>\ Backslash.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1015" mergedindex="cp">\textbar</indexterm>\textbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="897">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="898">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">bar, vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>| Vertical bar.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1016" mergedindex="cp">\textbardbl</indexterm>\textbardbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="899">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="900">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="901">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">vertical bar, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">bar, double vertical, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">double vertical bar, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>23F8</U> Double vertical bar.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1017" mergedindex="cp">\textbigcircle</indexterm>\textbigcircle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="902">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="903">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">big circle symbols, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">circle symbol, big, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>25EF</U>, Big circle symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1018" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceleft</indexterm>\textbraceleft</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="904">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="905">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">left brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">brace, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&lbrace; Left brace.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1019" mergedindex="cp">\textbraceright</indexterm>\textbraceright</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="906">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="907">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">right brace, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">brace, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&rbrace; Right brace.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1020" mergedindex="cp">\textbullet</indexterm>\textbullet</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="908">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">bullet, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&bullet; Bullet.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1021" mergedindex="cp">\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</indexterm>\textcircled&lbrace;<var>letter</var>&rbrace;</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="909">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">circled letter, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>24B6</U>, Circle around <var>letter</var>.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1022" mergedindex="cp">\textcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcompwordmark</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1023" mergedindex="cp">\textcapitalcompwordmark</indexterm>\textcapitalcompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1024" mergedindex="cp">\textascendercompwordmark</indexterm>\textascendercompwordmark</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="910">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="911">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="912">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">composite word mark, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">cap height</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">ascender height</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Used to separate letters that would normally ligature. For example,
 <code>f\textcompwordmark i</code> produces <samp>fi</samp> without a ligature. This
 is most useful in non-English languages.  The
@@ -18750,21 +18758,21 @@
 while the <code>\textascendercompwordmark</code> form has the ascender height.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1025" mergedindex="cp">\textdagger</indexterm>\textdagger</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="913">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2020</U> Dagger.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1026" mergedindex="cp">\textdaggerdbl</indexterm>\textdaggerdbl</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="914">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="915">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">dagger, double, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">double dagger, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2021</U> Double dagger.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1027" mergedindex="cp">\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></indexterm>\textdollar <r>(or <code>\$</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="916">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="917">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922">dollar sign</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923">currency, dollar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>$ Dollar sign.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1028" mergedindex="cp">\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></indexterm>\textemdash <r>(or <code>---</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="918">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924">em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <raggedright endspaces=" ">
 <para>&textmdash; Em-dash.  Used for punctuation, usually similar to commas or
 parentheses, as in &textlsquo;<code>The playoffs---if you're lucky
@@ -18773,29 +18781,29 @@
 </para></raggedright>
 
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1029" mergedindex="cp">\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></indexterm>\textendash <r>(or <code>--</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="919">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925">e-dash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textndash; En-dash. Used for ranges, as in &textlsquo;<code>see pages 12--14</code>&textrsquo;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1030" mergedindex="cp">\texteuro</indexterm>\texteuro</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="920">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="921">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="922"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="923"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">euro symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">currency, euro</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The Euro currency symbol: &euro;.
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="924"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="925"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930"><r>package</r>, <code>eurosym</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931"><code>eurosym</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
 <para>For an alternative glyph design, try the
 <code>eurosym</code> package; also, most fonts nowadays come with their own
 Euro symbol (Unicode U+20AC).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1031" mergedindex="cp">\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textexclamdown <r>(or <code>!`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="926">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">exclamation point, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&iexcl; Upside down exclamation point.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1032" mergedindex="cp">\textfiguredash</indexterm>\textfiguredash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="927">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">figure dash character</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Dash used between numerals, Unicode U+2012. Defined in the June 2021
 release of &latex;. When used in pdf&tex;, approximated by an
 en-dash; with a Unicode engine, either typesets the glyph if available
@@ -18803,27 +18811,27 @@
 to the log file.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1033" mergedindex="cp">\textgreater</indexterm>\textgreater</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="928">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">greater than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&gt; Greater than symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1034" mergedindex="cp">\texthorizontalbar</indexterm>\texthorizontalbar</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="929">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">horizontal bar character</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Horizontal bar character, Unicode U+2015. Defined in the June 2021
 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code> above;
 the pdf&tex; approximation is an em-dash.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1035" mergedindex="cp">\textless</indexterm>\textless</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="930">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">less than symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&lt; Less than symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1036" mergedindex="cp">\textleftarrow</indexterm>\textleftarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="931">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="932">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">arrow, left, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">left arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2190</U>, Left arrow.   
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1037" mergedindex="cp">\textnonbreakinghyphen</indexterm>\textnonbreakinghyphen</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="933">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="934">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">non-breaking hyphen character</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">hyphen character, non-breaking</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Non-breaking hyphen character, Unicode U+2011. Defined in the June
 2021 release of &latex;. Behavior as with <code>\textfiguredash</code>
 above; the pdf&tex; approximation is a regular ASCII hyphen (with
@@ -18831,86 +18839,86 @@
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1038" mergedindex="cp">\textordfeminine</indexterm>\textordfeminine</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1039" mergedindex="cp">\textordmasculine</indexterm>\textordmasculine</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="935">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="936">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="937">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="938">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">feminine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">masculine ordinal symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">Spanish ordinals, feminine and masculine</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&ordf;, &ordm; Feminine and masculine ordinal symbols.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1040" mergedindex="cp">\textperiodcentered</indexterm>\textperiodcentered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="939">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="940">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">period, centered, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">centered period, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>00B7</U> Centered period.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1041" mergedindex="cp">\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquestiondown <r>(or <code>?`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="941">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">question mark, upside-down</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&iquest; Upside down question mark.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1042" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblleft <r>(or <code>``</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="942">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="943">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">left quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">double left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textldquo; Double left quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1043" mergedindex="cp">\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquotedblright <r>(or <code>''</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="944">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="945">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">right quote, double</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">double right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrdquo; Double right quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1044" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteleft <r>(or <code>`</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="946">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="947">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">left quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">single left quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textlsquo; Single left quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1045" mergedindex="cp">\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></indexterm>\textquoteright <r>(or <code>'</code>)</r></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="948">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="949">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">right quote, single</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">single right quote</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&textrsquo; Single right quote.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1046" mergedindex="cp">\textquotesingle</indexterm>\textquotesingle</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="950">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="951">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="952">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">quote, single straight</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">straight single quote</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">single quote, straight</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>0027</U>, Straight single quote.  (From TS1 encoding.)  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1047" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightbase</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1048" mergedindex="cp">\textquotestraightdblbase</indexterm>\textquotestraightdblbase</itemformat></itemx>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="953">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="954">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="955">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="956">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">straight quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">double quote, straight base</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">straight double quote, base</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c Unicode doesn't have these https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Quotation_mark -->
 <para>Single and double straight quotes on the baseline.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1049" mergedindex="cp">\textregistered</indexterm>\textregistered</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="957">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">registered symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&registered; Registered symbol.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1050" mergedindex="cp">\textrightarrow</indexterm>\textrightarrow</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="958">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="959">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">arrow, right, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">right arrow, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2192</U>, Right arrow.  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1051" mergedindex="cp">\textthreequartersemdash</indexterm>\textthreequartersemdash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="960">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="961">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">three-quarters em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">em-dash, three-quarters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Three-quarters&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1052" mergedindex="cp">\texttrademark</indexterm>\texttrademark</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="962">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">trademark symbol</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2122</U> Trademark symbol.
 </para>
 <!-- c ?? Diff from \textthreequartersemdash?  In Unicode? -->
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1053" mergedindex="cp">\texttwelveudash</indexterm>\texttwelveudash</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="963">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="964">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">two-thirds em-dash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970">em-dash, two-thirds</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>FE58</U>, &textldquo;Two-thirds&textrdquo; em-dash, between en-dash and em-dash.   
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1054" mergedindex="cp">\textunderscore</indexterm>\textunderscore</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="965">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971">underscore, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>_ Underscore.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code"><indexterm index="fn" number="1055" mergedindex="cp">\textvisiblespace</indexterm>\textvisiblespace</itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="966">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972">visible space symbol, in text</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><U>2423</U>, Visible space symbol.  
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></ftable>
@@ -18920,17 +18928,17 @@
 <node name="Accents" spaces=" "><nodename>Accents</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Additional Latin letters</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Text symbols</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Accents</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="967">accents</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="968">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="969">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973">accents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">characters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">letters, accented</indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="970"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="971"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="972"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="973"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="974">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">multilingual support</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&latex; has wide support for many of the world&textrsquo;s scripts and
 languages, provided through the core <code>babel</code> package, which
 supports pdf&latex;, Xe&latex; and Lua&latex;. The
@@ -18946,11 +18954,11 @@
 lowercase <samp>o</samp>.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1056" mergedindex="cp">\i <r>(dotless i)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="975">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">dotless i</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Note that <code>\i</code> produces a dotless i,
 <!-- c @dotless{i}, -->
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1057" mergedindex="cp">\j <r>(dotless j)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="976">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">dotless j</indexterm></cindex>
 and <code>\j</code> produces a dotless j.
 <!-- c @dotless{j}. -->
 These are often used in place of their dotted counterparts when they are
@@ -18961,61 +18969,61 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldieresis</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1058" mergedindex="cp">\&quot; <r>(umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1059" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldieresis</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="977">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="978">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">dieresis accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="uml">o</accent> Umlaut (dieresis).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\'</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalacute</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1060" mergedindex="cp">\' <r>(acute accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1061" mergedindex="cp">\capitalacute</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="979">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">acute accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="acute">o</accent> Acute accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\.</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1062" mergedindex="cp">\. <r>(dot-over accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="980">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="981">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">dot accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">dot-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="dotaccent">o</accent>  Dot accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\=</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalmacron</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1063" mergedindex="cp">\= <r>(macron accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1064" mergedindex="cp">\capitalmacron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="982">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="983">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="984">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">macron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">overbar accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">bar-over accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="macr">o</accent> Macron (overbar) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\^</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcircumflex</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1065" mergedindex="cp">\^ <r>(circumflex accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1066" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcircumflex</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="985">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="986">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">circumflex accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">hat accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="circ">o</accent> Circumflex (hat) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\`</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalgrave</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1067" mergedindex="cp">\` <r>(grave accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1068" mergedindex="cp">\capitalgrave</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="987">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">grave accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="grave">o</accent> Grave accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\~</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaltilde</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1069" mergedindex="cp">\~ <r>(tilde accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1070" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltilde</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="988">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">tilde accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="tilde">n</accent> Tilde accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\b</itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1071" mergedindex="cp">\b <r>(bar-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="989">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">bar-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ubaraccent">o</accent> Bar accent underneath.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1072" mergedindex="cp">\underbar</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="990">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">underbar</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Related to this, <code>\underbar&lbrace;<var>text</var>&rbrace;</code> produces a bar under
 <var>text</var>.  The argument is always processed in LR mode
 (<pxref label="Modes"><xrefnodename>Modes</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The bar is always a fixed position under the baseline,
@@ -19026,35 +19034,35 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcedilla</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1073" mergedindex="cp">\c <r>(cedilla accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1074" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcedilla</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="991">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">cedilla accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="cedil">c</accent> Cedilla accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\d</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitaldotaccent</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1075" mergedindex="cp">\d <r>(dot-under accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1076" mergedindex="cp">\capitaldotaccent</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="992">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">dot-under accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="udotaccent">o</accent> Dot accent underneath.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\H</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalhungarumlaut</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1077" mergedindex="cp">\H <r>(Hungarian umlaut accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1078" mergedindex="cp">\capitalhungarumlaut</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="993">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">hungarian umlaut accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="doubleacute">o</accent> Long Hungarian umlaut accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\k</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalogonek</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1079" mergedindex="cp">\k <r>(ogonek)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1080" mergedindex="cp">\capitalogonek</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="994">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">ogonek</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ogon">o</accent> Ogonek.  Not available in the OT1 encoding.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\r</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalring</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1081" mergedindex="cp">\r <r>(ring accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1082" mergedindex="cp">\capitalring</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="995">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">ring accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="ring">o</accent> Ring accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\t</itemformat></item>
@@ -19065,7 +19073,7 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1084" mergedindex="cp">\capitaltie</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1085" mergedindex="cp">\newtie</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1086" mergedindex="cp">\capitalnewtie</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="996">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">tie-after accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Tie-after accent (used for transliterating from Cyrillic, such as in the
 ALA-LC romanization).  It expects that the argument has two characters.
 The <code>\newtie</code> form is centered in its box.
@@ -19074,16 +19082,16 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalbreve</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1087" mergedindex="cp">\u <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1088" mergedindex="cp">\capitalbreve</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="997">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">breve accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="breve">o</accent> Breve accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\v</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\capitalcaron</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1089" mergedindex="cp">\v <r>(breve accent)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1090" mergedindex="cp">\capitalcaron</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="998">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="999">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1000">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">hacek accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">check accent</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">caron accent</indexterm></cindex>
 <para><accent type="caron">o</accent>  H<accent type="acute" bracketed="off">a</accent><accent type="caron">c</accent>ek (check, caron) accent.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry></table>
@@ -19104,9 +19112,9 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <para>A &tex; primitive command used to generate accented characters from
-accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>,
-a numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var> argument
-constructs the accented character in the current font.
+accent marks and letters. The accent mark is selected by <var>number</var>, a
+numeric argument, followed by a space and then a <var>character</var>
+argument to construct the accented character in the current font.
 </para>
 <para>These are accented <samp>e</samp> characters.
 </para>
@@ -19119,7 +19127,8 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para>The first is a grave, the second is breve, etc.
+<para>The first is a grave, the second a caron, the third a breve, the fourth
+a macron, and the fifth a ring above.
 </para>
 <para>The position of the accent is determined by the font designer and so the
 outcome of <code>\accent</code> use may differ between fonts. In &latex; it is
@@ -19150,12 +19159,12 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Additional Latin letters</sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="Non_002dEnglish-characters">Non-English characters</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1001">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1002">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1003">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1004">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1005">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1006">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">Latin letters, additional</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">letters, additional Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">extended Latin</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">special characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">non-English characters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">characters, non-English</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Here are the basic &latex; commands for inserting letters beyond
 A&textndash;Z that extend the Latin alphabet, used primarily in languages other
@@ -19166,22 +19175,22 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AA</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1092" mergedindex="cp">\aa <r>(&aring;)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1093" mergedindex="cp">\AA <r>(&Aring;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1007">aring</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">aring</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&aring; and &Aring;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ae</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\AE</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1094" mergedindex="cp">\ae <r>(&aelig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1095" mergedindex="cp">\AE <r>(&AElig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1008">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">ae ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&aelig; and &AElig;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\dh</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\DH</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1096" mergedindex="cp">\dh <r>(&eth;)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1097" mergedindex="cp">\DH <r>(&ETH;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1009">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1010">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">Icelandic eth</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">eth, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter eth: &eth; and &ETH;. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19198,14 +19207,14 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\IJ</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1100" mergedindex="cp">\ij <r>(ij)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1101" mergedindex="cp">\IJ <r>(IJ)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1011">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">ij letter, Dutch</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>ij and IJ (except somewhat closer together than appears here).
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\l</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\L</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1102" mergedindex="cp">\l <r>(&lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1103" mergedindex="cp">\L <r>(&Lslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1012">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">polish l</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&lslash; and &Lslash;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ng</itemformat></item>
@@ -19218,30 +19227,30 @@
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\O</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1106" mergedindex="cp">\o <r>(&oslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1107" mergedindex="cp">\O <r>(&Oslash;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1013">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">oslash</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&oslash; and &Oslash;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\oe</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\OE</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1108" mergedindex="cp">\oe <r>(&oelig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1109" mergedindex="cp">\OE <r>(&OElig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1014">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">oe ligature</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&oelig; and &OElig;.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\ss</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\SS</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1110" mergedindex="cp">\ss <r>(&szlig;)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1111" mergedindex="cp">\SS <r>(SS)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1015">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1016">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">es-zet German letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">sharp S letters</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&szlig; and SS.
 </para>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\th</itemformat></item>
 <itemx spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">\TH</itemformat></itemx>
 </tableterm><tableitem><findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1112" mergedindex="cp">\th <r>(&thorn;)</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1113" mergedindex="cp">\TH <r>(&THORN;)</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1017">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1018">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">Icelandic thorn</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024">thorn, Icelandic letter</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Icelandic letter thorn: &thorn; and &THORN;. Not available with <sc>OT1</sc>
 encoding, you need the <file>fontenc</file> package to select an alternate
 font encoding, such as <sc>T1</sc>.
@@ -19266,9 +19275,9 @@
 specifying the encoding name is optional, but in practice it is not
 useful to omit it.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1019">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1020">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1021">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025">encoding, of input files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">character encoding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">Unicode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In a computer file, the characters are stored according to a scheme
 called the <dfn>encoding</dfn>.  There are many different encodings.  The
 simplest is ASCII, which supports 95 printable characters, not enough
@@ -19333,8 +19342,8 @@
 
 <para>Produce a <dfn>rule</dfn>, a filled-in rectangle.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1022">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1023">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028">Halmos symbol</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029">tombstone</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>This example produces a rectangular blob, sometimes called a Halmos symbol,
 or just &textldquo;qed&textrdquo;, often used to mark the end of a proof:
 </para>
@@ -19342,8 +19351,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\newcommand&lbrace;\qedsymbol&rbrace;&lbrace;\rule&lbrace;0.4em&rbrace;&lbrace;2ex&rbrace;&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1024"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1025"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030"><r>package</r>, <code>amsthm</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><code>amsthm</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>The <code>amsthm</code> package includes this command, with a somewhat
@@ -19375,8 +19384,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\today</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1117" mergedindex="cp">\today</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1026">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1027">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032">date, today&textrsquo;s</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033">today&textrsquo;s date</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19388,11 +19397,11 @@
 <var>yyyy</var></samp>.  An example of a date in that format is <samp>July 4,
 1976</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1028"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1029"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1030"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1031"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Multilingual packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>, or
 classes such as <file>lettre</file>, will localize <code>\today</code>. For example,
@@ -19411,8 +19420,8 @@
 <para><code>\today</code> uses the counters <code>\day</code>, <code>\month</code>, and
 <code>\year</code> (<pxref label="_005cday-_0026-_005cmonth-_0026-_005cyear"><xrefnodename>\day &amp; \month &amp; \year</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1032"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1033"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038"><r>package</r>, <code>datetime</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039"><code>datetime</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of package on CTAN work with dates.  One is <code>datetime</code> package
 which can produce a wide variety of date formats, including ISO standards.
@@ -19426,16 +19435,16 @@
 <node name="Splitting-the-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Splitting the input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Special insertions</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Splitting the input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1034">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1035">input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040">splitting the input file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041">input file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; lets you split a large document into several smaller ones.
 This can simplify editing or allow multiple authors to work on the
 document.  It can also speed processing.
 </para>
 <para>Regardless of how many separate files you use, there is always one
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1036">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1037">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
 <dfn>root file</dfn>, on which &latex; compilation starts.  This shows such
 a file with five included files.
 </para>
@@ -19651,7 +19660,7 @@
 \end&lbrace;document&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1038">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044">nested <code>\include</code>, not allowed</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>You cannot use <code>\include</code> inside a file that is being included or
 you get <samp>LaTeX Error: \include cannot be nested.</samp>  The
 <code>\include</code> command cannot appear in the document preamble; you will
@@ -19735,7 +19744,7 @@
 <node name="Table-of-contents-etc_002e" spaces=" "><nodename>Table of contents etc.</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Indexes</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Table of contents, list of figures, list of tables</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1039">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045">table of contents, creating</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1124" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1125" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -19866,11 +19875,11 @@
 <code>1.55em</code>.  Change these as with
 <code>\renewcommand&lbrace;\&arobase;tocrmarg&rbrace;&lbrace;3.5em&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1040"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1041"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1042"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1043"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048"><r>package</r>, <code>tocbibbind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049"><code>tocbibbind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>CTAN has many packages for the table of contents and lists of figures
 and tables (<pxref label="CTAN"><xrefnodename>CTAN</xrefnodename></pxref>).  The package <code>tocloft</code> is convenient for
@@ -19888,11 +19897,11 @@
 </pre></example>
 
 <noindent></noindent>
-<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1044"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1045"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<para><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1046"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1047"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Internationalization packages such as <code>babel</code> or <code>polyglossia</code>
 will change these headers depending on the chosen base language.
@@ -19911,7 +19920,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1131" mergedindex="cp">\&arobase;dottedtocline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1048">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054">table of contents entry, create dotted line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -19939,7 +19948,7 @@
 the final <var>text</var> and <var>pagenumber</var> arguments in the synopsis
 from a call to <code>\contentsline</code> (<pxref label="_005ccontentsline"><xrefnodename>\contentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1049">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055">leaders, dots in table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Between the box for the title text of a section and the right margin
 box, these <code>\&arobase;dottedtocline</code> commands insert <dfn>leaders</dfn>, that
 is, evenly-spaced dots.  The dot-to-dot space is given by the command
@@ -19957,7 +19966,7 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\addcontentsline</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1132" mergedindex="cp">\addcontentsline</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1050">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">table of contents entry, manually adding</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -20136,7 +20145,7 @@
 <node name="_005ccontentsline" spaces=" "><nodename>\contentsline</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\nofiles</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\addtocontents</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\contentsline</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1051">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057">table of contents</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1135" mergedindex="cp">\contentsline</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1136" mergedindex="cp">\tableofcontents</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1137" mergedindex="cp">.toc <r>file</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -20183,14 +20192,14 @@
 where <var>filetype</var> is <code>toc</code>, <code>lof</code>, or <code>lot</code>
 (<pxref label="_005caddcontentsline"><xrefnodename>\addcontentsline</xrefnodename></pxref>).  
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1052"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1053"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><r>package</r>, <code>tocloft</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059"><code>tocloft</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>For manipulating how the <code>\contentline</code> material is typeset, see
 the <code>tocloft</code> package.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1054"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1055"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Note that the <code>hyperref</code> package changes the definition of
 <code>\contentsline</code> (and <code>\addcontentsline</code>) to add more
@@ -20286,11 +20295,11 @@
 <node name="Indexes" spaces=" "><nodename>Indexes</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Glossaries</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Table of contents etc.</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Indexes</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1056">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">indexes</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1147" mergedindex="cp">\makeindex</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1148" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1057"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>If you tell &latex; what terms you want to appear in an index then it
 can produce that index, alphabetized and with the page numbers
@@ -20340,14 +20349,14 @@
 index entries to the auxiliary file.  Leaving out the <code>\printindex</code>
 will cause &latex; to not show the index in the document output.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1058"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1059"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064"><r>package</r>, <code>showidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065"><code>showidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1060"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1061"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066"><r>package</r>, <code>multind</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067"><code>multind</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1062">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1063">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068">index, multiple</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">multiple indexes</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>There are many packages in the area of indexing.  The <code>showidx</code>
 package causes each index entries to be shown in the margin on the
 page where the <code>\index</code> appears.  This can help in preparing the index.
@@ -20367,7 +20376,7 @@
 <node name="Produce-the-index-manually" spaces=" "><nodename>Produce the index manually</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\index</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Produce the index manually</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1064">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070">index, producing manually</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1149" mergedindex="cp">theindex</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Documents that are small and static can have a manually produced index.
@@ -20410,7 +20419,7 @@
 <node name="_005cindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\index</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">makeindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Produce the index manually</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\index</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1065">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071">index entry</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1156" mergedindex="cp">\index</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -20437,7 +20446,7 @@
 rate of growth\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function!growth rate&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1066">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072">index entries, subentries</indexterm></cindex>
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>All three index entries will get a page number, such as <samp>Ackermann,
 22</samp>.  &latex; will format the second as a subitem of the first, on the
@@ -20457,7 +20466,7 @@
 instance <code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann!function&rbrace;</code> could come before
 <code>\index&lbrace;Ackermann&rbrace;</code>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1067">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073">index, page range</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Get a page range in the output, like <samp>Hilbert, 23--27</samp>, as here.
 </para>
 <example endspaces=" ">
@@ -20478,14 +20487,14 @@
 followed by two subitems, like <samp>program, 50</samp> and <samp>results,
 51</samp>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1068">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1069">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074">see and see also index entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075">index entries, &textlsquo;see&textrsquo; and &textlsquo;see also&textrsquo;</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1157" mergedindex="cp">\seename</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1158" mergedindex="cp">\alsoname</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1070"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1071"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
- <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1072"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1073"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076"><r>package</r>, <code>babel</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077"><code>babel</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+ <cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><r>package</r>, <code>polyglossia</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><code>polyglossia</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>Generate a index entry that says <samp>see</samp> by using a vertical bar
@@ -20542,8 +20551,8 @@
 an index entry, escape it by preceding it with a double quote, <code>&quot;</code>.
 (The double quote gets deleted before alphabetization.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1074"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1075"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><r>package</r>, <code>index</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><code>index</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A number of packages on CTAN have additional functionality beyond that
 provided by <code>makeidx</code>.  One is <code>index</code>, which allows for
@@ -20552,7 +20561,7 @@
 <var>index-entry-string</var> as well as indexing it.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1159" mergedindex="cp">\indexentry</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1076">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">idx file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The <code>\index</code> command writes the indexing information to the file
 <file><var>root-name</var>.idx</file> file.  Specifically, it writes text of the
 command
@@ -20574,11 +20583,11 @@
 <node name="makeindex" spaces=" "><nodename>makeindex</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\printindex</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\index</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>makeindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1077">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083">index, processing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1160" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, <r>program</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1078"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1079"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1080"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><command>makeindex</command> program</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085"><file>.ind</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086"><file>.idx</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of:
 </para>
@@ -20594,7 +20603,7 @@
 actual index file, the <file><var>filename</var>.ind</file> file that is input by
 <code>\printindex</code> (<pxref label="_005cprintindex"><xrefnodename>\printindex</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1081"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087"><file>.isty</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1161" mergedindex="cp">index, style file</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1162" mergedindex="cp">makeindex, style file</indexterm></findex>
 <para>The first form of the command suffices for many uses.  The second allows
@@ -20778,7 +20787,7 @@
 <node name="_005cprintindex" spaces=" "><nodename>\printindex</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">makeindex</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Indexes</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><command>\printindex</command></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1082">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088">index, printing</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1188" mergedindex="cp">\printindex</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -20789,8 +20798,8 @@
 
 <para>Place the index into the output.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1083"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1084"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089"><r>package</r>, <code>makeidx</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090"><code>makeidx</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>To get an index you must first include
 <code>\usepackage&lbrace;makeidx&rbrace;\makeindex</code> in the document preamble and
@@ -20804,9 +20813,9 @@
 <node name="Glossaries" spaces=" "><nodename>Glossaries</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">Indexes</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Glossaries</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1085">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1086">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1087">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">glossary</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">glossaries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">acronyms, list of</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1189" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1190" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
 
@@ -20854,7 +20863,7 @@
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1191" mergedindex="cp">\makeglossary</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1192" mergedindex="cp">\printglossaries</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1088"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094"><file>.glo</file> file</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The command <code>\makeglossary</code> opens the file that will contain the
 entry information, <file><var>root-file</var>.glo</file>.  Put the
 <code>\printglossaries</code> command where you want the glossaries to appear
@@ -20874,7 +20883,7 @@
 <node name="_005cnewglossaryentry" spaces=" "><nodename>\newglossaryentry</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\gls</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\newglossaryentry</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1089">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">glossary, entries</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1193" mergedindex="cp">\newglossaryentry</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
@@ -20946,7 +20955,7 @@
 <node name="_005cgls" spaces=" "><nodename>\gls</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">\newglossaryentry</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Glossaries</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\gls</code></sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1090">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">glossary, entry reference</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1199" mergedindex="cp">\gls</indexterm></findex>
 
 <para>Synopsis, one of: 
@@ -20988,8 +20997,8 @@
 <node name="Letters" spaces=" "><nodename>Letters</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Input/output</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Front/back matter</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Letters</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1091">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1092">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097">letters, writing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098">writing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis: 
 </para>
@@ -21127,7 +21136,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\cc</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1202" mergedindex="cp">\cc</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1093">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">cc list, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21152,8 +21161,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\closing</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1203" mergedindex="cp">\closing</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1094">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1095">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100">letters, ending</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">closing letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21174,7 +21183,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\encl</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1204" mergedindex="cp">\encl</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1096">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">enclosure list</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21270,8 +21279,8 @@
 <para>The first column contains the return address twice.  The second column
 contains the address for each recipient.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1097"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1098"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103"><r>package</r>, <code>envlab</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104"><code>envlab</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The package <code>envlab</code> makes formatting the labels easier, with
 standard sizes already provided.  The preamble lines
@@ -21300,7 +21309,7 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\opening</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1208" mergedindex="cp">\opening</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1099">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">letters, starting</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21320,7 +21329,7 @@
 <node name="_005cps" spaces=" "><nodename>\ps</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\signature</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">\opening</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Letters</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\ps</code></sectiontitle>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1209" mergedindex="cp">\ps</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1100">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">postscript, in letters</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21407,9 +21416,9 @@
 <node name="Input_002foutput" spaces=" "><nodename>Input/output</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line interface</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Letters</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Input/output</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1101">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1102">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1103">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">input/output, to terminal</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">terminal input/output</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109">input/output</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>&latex; uses the ability to write to a file and later read it back in
 to build document components such as a table of contents or index.  You
@@ -21433,9 +21442,9 @@
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1213" mergedindex="cp">\openout</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1214" mergedindex="cp">\closein</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1215" mergedindex="cp">\closeout</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1104">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1105">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1106">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110">file, opening</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111">file, closing</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">open a file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21449,9 +21458,9 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\openout <var>number</var>=<var>filename</var>
 </pre></example>
 
-<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  The <var>number</var>
-must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code> (in Lua&latex;
-<var>number</var> can be between 0 and 255).
+<para>Open a file for reading material, or for writing it.  In most engines,
+the <var>number</var> must be between 0 and 15, as in <code>\openin3</code>; in
+Lua&latex;, <var>number</var> can be between 0 and 127.
 </para>
 <para>Here &tex; opens the file <file>presidents.tex</file> for reading.
 </para>
@@ -21518,8 +21527,8 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\read</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1216" mergedindex="cp">\read</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1107">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1108">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">file, reading</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114">read a file</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis:
 </para>
@@ -21552,10 +21561,10 @@
 <code>\input</code> (<pxref label="_005cinput"><xrefnodename>\input</xrefnodename></pxref>) or <code>\include</code> (<pxref label="_005cinclude-_0026-_005cincludeonly"><xrefnodename>\include &amp;
 \includeonly</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1109"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1110"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115"><r>package</r>, <code>datatool</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116"><code>datatool</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1111">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">mail merges</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>A common reason to want to read from a data file is to do mail merges.
 CTAN has a number of packages for that; one is <code>datatool</code>.
 </para>
@@ -21707,9 +21716,9 @@
 name.  &tex; ultimately executed <code>\write3</code> which puts the string
 in the file.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1112">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1113">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1114"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">log file, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119">terminal, writing to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120"><math>-1</math>, write stream number</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Typically <var>number</var> is between 0 and&nbsp;15, because typically
 &latex; authors follow the prior example and the number is allocated
 by the system.  If <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0 to 15 or
@@ -21724,7 +21733,7 @@
 followed by a newline in the terminal output.  (But 16, 17, and 18 are
 special as <var>number</var>; see below.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1115">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121">Lua&tex;, 256 output streams in</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In Lua&tex;, instead of 16 output streams there are 256
 (<pxref label="TeX-engines"><xrefnodename>&tex; engines</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
@@ -21752,7 +21761,7 @@
 
 <enumerate first="1" endspaces=" ">
 <listitem> 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1116">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122">immediate <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1224" mergedindex="cp">\immediate\write</indexterm></findex>
 <para>With the first, &latex; writes <var>string</var> to the file immediately.
 Any macros in <var>string</var> are fully expanded (just as in
@@ -21761,8 +21770,8 @@
 <code>##</code>).
 </para>
 </listitem><listitem>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1117">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1118">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123">delayed <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">whatsit item</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1225" mergedindex="cp">\shipout <r>and expansion</r></indexterm></findex>
 <para>With the second, <var>string</var> is stored on the current list of things
 (as a &tex; &textldquo;whatsit&textrdquo; item) and kept until the page is shipped out
@@ -21793,7 +21802,7 @@
 <para>This results in the file <file>test.jh</file> containing the text
 <samp>test XYZtest</samp> followed by a newline.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1119"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125"><code>\write</code> streams 16, 17, 18</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The cases where <var>number</var> is 16, 17, or 18 are special.  Because of
 <code>\write</code>&textrsquo;s behavior when <var>number</var> is outside the range from 0
 to 15 described above, in Plain&nbsp;&tex; <code>\write16</code> and
@@ -21803,8 +21812,8 @@
 even more special; modern &tex; systems use it for giving commands to
 the operating system (<pxref label="_005cwrite18"><xrefnodename>\write18</xrefnodename></pxref>).
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1120">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1121"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">newline, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127"><code>^^J</code>, in <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
 <para>Ordinarily <code>\write</code> outputs a single line.  You can include a
 newline with <code>^^J</code>.  Thus, this produces two lines in the log
 file:
@@ -21813,8 +21822,8 @@
 <pre xml:space="preserve">\wlog&lbrace;Parallel lines have a lot in common.^^JBut they never meet.&rbrace;
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1122"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1123"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128"><r>package</r>, <code>answers</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129"><code>answers</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A common case where authors need to write their own file is for
 answers to exercises, or another situation where you want to write
@@ -21832,8 +21841,8 @@
 <node name="_005cwrite-and-security" spaces=" "><nodename>\write and security</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">\message</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">\write</nodeup></node>
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write</code> and security</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1124">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1125"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">security and <code>\write</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131"><code>\write</code> and security</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>The ability to write files raises security issues. If you compiled a
 downloaded &latex; file and it overwrote your password file then you
@@ -21856,7 +21865,7 @@
 ! I can't write on file `../test.jh'
 </pre></example>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1126">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132">parent directories, cannot write to</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>You can get just such an error when using commands such as
 <code>\include&lbrace;../filename&rbrace;</code> because &latex; will try to open
 <file>../filename.aux</file>.  The simplest solution is to put the included
@@ -21957,10 +21966,10 @@
 <subsection spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>\write18</code></sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1229" mergedindex="cp">\write18</indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1127">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1128">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1129">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1130">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">external commands</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134">commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135">system commands, run from &latex;</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">shell access</indexterm></cindex>
 <!-- c Derived from: Joseph Wright: https://tex.stackexchange.com/a/20446/121234 -->
 
 <para>Synopsis:
@@ -21973,8 +21982,8 @@
 runs the command and &latex;&textrsquo;s execution is blocked until that
 finishes.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1131"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1132"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137"><r>package</r>, <code>Asymptote</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138"><code>Asymptote</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This sequence (on Unix)
 </para>
@@ -22023,7 +22032,7 @@
 (<pxref label="Command-line-options"><xrefnodename>Command line options</xrefnodename></pxref>).  (The <code>--shell-escape</code> option is
 a synonym, in &tex; Live.)
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1133">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">restricted shell access</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>In the place of full shell access, modern distributions by default use
 a restricted version that allows some commands to work, such as those
 that run Metafont to generate missing fonts, even if you do not use
@@ -22041,21 +22050,21 @@
 <file>cmd.exe</file> on Windows. Any different shell set by the user, and
 the <code>SHELL</code> environment variable, is ignored.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1134"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1135"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140"><r>package</r>, <code>texosquery</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><code>texosquery</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1136">system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1137">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1138">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1139">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">operating system information</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">locale information, from system</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">directory listings, from system</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>If what you need is system information, such as the operating system
 name, locale information, or directory contents, take a look at the
 <code>texosquery</code> package, which provides a convenient and secure
 interface for this, unlike the above examples using the raw
 <code>\write18</code>: <url><urefurl>https://ctan.org/pkg/texosquery</urefurl></url>.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1140"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1141"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146"><r>package</r>, <code>shellesc</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147"><code>shellesc</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1234" mergedindex="cp">\ShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1235" mergedindex="cp">\DelayedShellEscape</indexterm></findex>
@@ -22076,9 +22085,9 @@
 <chapter spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line interface</sectiontitle>
 
 <anchor name="Command-line">Command line</anchor><!-- c old name -->
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1142">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1143">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1144">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148">command line interface</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149">interface, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150">CLI</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Synopsis (from a terminal command line):
 </para>
@@ -22142,7 +22151,7 @@
 <node name="Command-line-options" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line options</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Command line input</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line options</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1145">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">options, command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>These are the command-line options relevant to ordinary document
 authoring. For a full list, try running <samp>latex --help</samp> from the
@@ -22170,10 +22179,10 @@
 <anchor name="interaction-modes">interaction modes</anchor>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1239" mergedindex="cp">--interaction <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-interaction=<var>mode</var></itemformat></item>
-</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1146">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1147">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1148">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1149">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+</tableterm><tableitem><cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">batchmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">scrollmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154">errorstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">nonstopmode</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>&tex; compiles a document in one of four interaction modes:
 <code>batchmode</code>, <code>nonstopmode</code>, <code>scrollmode</code>,
 <code>errorstopmode</code>. In <dfn>errorstopmode</dfn> (the default), &tex;
@@ -22194,8 +22203,8 @@
 <noindent></noindent>
 <para>eliminates most terminal output.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1150">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1151">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157">filename for current job</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1240" mergedindex="cp">--jobname <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-jobname=<var>string</var></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Set the value of &tex;&textrsquo;s <dfn>jobname</dfn> to the string.  The log file
@@ -22203,7 +22212,7 @@
 <file><var>string</var>.pdf</file>.  <pxref label="Jobname"><xrefnodename>Jobname</xrefnodename></pxref>.
 </para>
 <anchor name="output-directory">output directory</anchor>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1152">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">output directory for all external files</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1241" mergedindex="cp">--output-directory <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 </tableitem></tableentry><tableentry><tableterm><item spaces=" "><itemformat command="code">-output-directory=<var>directory</var></itemformat></item>
 </tableterm><tableitem><para>Write files in the directory <var>directory</var>.  It must already exist.
@@ -22218,8 +22227,8 @@
 directory (in which &latex; was run) remains unchanged, and is also
 checked for input files.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1153">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1154"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159">shell escape</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160"><code>\write18</code>, enabling</indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1242" mergedindex="cp">--enable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1243" mergedindex="cp">--disable-write18 <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1244" mergedindex="cp">--shell-escape <r>command-line option</r></indexterm></findex>
@@ -22261,7 +22270,7 @@
 <node name="Command-line-input" spaces=" "><nodename>Command line input</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Jobname</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line options</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Command line input</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1155">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">input, on command line</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>As part of the command line invocation
 </para>
@@ -22273,8 +22282,8 @@
 <var>argument</var> with a backslash. (All the engines support this.) This
 allows you to do some special effects.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1156"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1157"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162"><r>package</r>, <code>hyperref</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163"><code>hyperref</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
  <para>For example, this file (which uses the
 <code>hyperref</code> package for hyperlinks) can produce two kinds of
 output, one to be read on physical paper and one to be read online.
@@ -22351,11 +22360,11 @@
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Jobname</sectiontitle>
 
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1249" mergedindex="cp"><code>\jobname</code></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1158">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1159">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1160">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1161">root file</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1162">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164">jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165">document root name</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166">name of document root</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">root file</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">file, root</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Running &latex; creates a number of files, including the main PDF (or
 DVI) output but also including others.  These files are named with the
@@ -22381,7 +22390,7 @@
 -jobname=myname</code> (<pxref label="Command-line-input"><xrefnodename>Command line input</xrefnodename></pxref> for a real example).
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1250" mergedindex="cp">texput<r>, jobname default</r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1163">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">fallback jobname</indexterm></cindex>
 <para>The final possibility is <file>texput</file>, which is the final fallback
 default if no other name is available to &tex;.  That is, if no
 <code>-jobname</code> option was specified, and the compilation stops before
@@ -22420,8 +22429,8 @@
 including letters that are normally catcode&nbsp;11.
 </para>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1254" mergedindex="cp">\IfBeginWith*<r> macro from <file>xstring</file></r></indexterm></findex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1164"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1165"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170"><r>package</r>, <code>xstring</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171"><code>xstring</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Because of this catcode situation, using the jobname in a conditional
 can become complicated. One solution is to use the macro
@@ -22470,8 +22479,8 @@
 typo.  You could instead enter <kbd>?</kbd> and <kbd>RETURN</kbd> to see other
 options.
 </para>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1166"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1167">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172"><samp>*</samp> prompt</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173">prompt, <samp>*</samp></indexterm></cindex>
 <findex index="fn" spaces=" "><indexterm index="fn" number="1255" mergedindex="cp">\stop</indexterm></findex>
 <para>There are two other error scenarios.  The first is that you forgot to
 include the <code>\end&lbrace;document&rbrace;</code> or misspelled it.  In this case
@@ -22500,8 +22509,8 @@
 <node name="Document-templates" spaces=" "><nodename>Document templates</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Index</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">Command line interface</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Top</nodeup></node>
 <appendix spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Document templates</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1168">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1169">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">document templates</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">templates, document</indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>Although illustrative material, perhaps these document templates will
 be useful.  Additional template resources are listed at
@@ -22518,10 +22527,10 @@
 <node name="beamer-template" spaces=" "><nodename>beamer template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">article template</nodenext><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>beamer</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1170"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1171">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1172"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1173"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176"><code>beamer</code> template and class</indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1177">template, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1178"><r>package</r>, <code>beamer</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1179"><code>beamer</code> <r>package</r></indexterm></cindex>
 
 
 <para>The <code>beamer</code> class creates presentation slides.  It has a vast
@@ -22558,7 +22567,7 @@
 <node name="article-template" spaces=" "><nodename>article template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">beamer template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>article</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1174">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1180">template (simple), <code>article</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>A simple template for an article.
 </para>
@@ -22587,7 +22596,7 @@
 <node name="book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>book template</nodename><nodenext automatic="on">Larger book template</nodenext><nodeprev automatic="on">article template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle><code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1175">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1181">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a straightforward template for a book.  <xref label="Larger-book-template"><xrefnodename>Larger book
 template</xrefnodename></xref>, for a more elaborate one.
@@ -22617,7 +22626,7 @@
 <node name="Larger-book-template" spaces=" "><nodename>Larger book template</nodename><nodeprev automatic="on">book template</nodeprev><nodeup automatic="on">Document templates</nodeup></node>
 <section spaces=" "><sectiontitle>Larger <code>book</code> template</sectiontitle>
 
-<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1176">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
+<cindex index="cp" spaces=" "><indexterm index="cp" number="1182">template, <code>book</code></indexterm></cindex>
 
 <para>This is a somewhat elaborate template for a book.  <xref label="book-template"><xrefnodename>book template</xrefnodename></xref>,
 for a simpler one.

Modified: trunk/mirroring.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/mirroring.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/mirroring.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- This document is part of the LaTeX2e Unofficial Reference Manual
+<!-- $Id$
+This document is part of the LaTeX2e Unofficial Reference Manual
 project.  For information on the project, including license information, see 
 https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman.
 
-2018-September-22 Jim Hefferon Written -->
+Originally written 2018-September-22, Jim Hefferon. -->
 <head>
   <meta charset="UTF-8">
   <title>Mirroring the LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual</title>
   <meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual)">
   <style type="text/css">
-    /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
+    /* $Id$
     Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain.
     Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
 
@@ -87,9 +88,9 @@
  
 <p>It comes in a number of formats, including two HTML formats.
   One has all the information on
-  <a href="http://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">a single page</a>.
+  <a href="https://latexref.xyz/dev/latex2e.html">a single page</a>.
   The other has
-  <a href="http://latexref.xyz/">separate pages</a> 
+  <a href="https://latexref.xyz/">separate pages</a> 
   for each section or subsection.</p>
 
 <p>If you would like to host either version, or both,
@@ -117,7 +118,9 @@
     We'll illustrate with
     <code>/home/jim/src/latexrefman/</code>.
     In that directory run
-    <code>svn checkout http://svn.gnu.org.ua/sources/latexrefman/trunk</code>
+    <pre>
+svn checkout https://svn.gnu.org.ua/sources/latexrefman/trunk
+    </pre>
     to fetch a subdirectory <code>trunk/</code> with all of the files.
   </li>
 
@@ -166,5 +169,6 @@
 
 <hr/>
 <div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'><i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
+<small>$Date$</small>
 </body>
 </html>


Property changes on: trunk/mirroring.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+Date Author Id Revision
\ No newline at end of property
Modified: trunk/writing.html
===================================================================
--- trunk/writing.html	2022-01-26 18:15:20 UTC (rev 1079)
+++ trunk/writing.html	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
@@ -1,16 +1,17 @@
 <!DOCTYPE html>
 <html>
-<!-- This document is part of the LaTeX2e Unofficial Reference Manual
+<!-- $Id$
+This document is part of the LaTeX2e Unofficial Reference Manual
 project.  For information on the project, including license information, see 
 https://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman.
 
-2018-October Jim Hefferon, Karl Berry.  Written -->
+Originally written October 2018, Jim Hefferon, Karl Berry. -->
 <head>
   <meta charset="UTF-8">
   <title>Contributing to the LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual</title>
   <meta name="keywords" content="\name (LaTeX2e unofficial reference manual)">
   <style type="text/css">
-    /* $Id: latex2e.css 690 2018-09-15 15:20:19Z jimhefferon $
+    /* $Id$
     Minor css for latexrefman. Public domain.
     Originally written by Jim Hefferon and Karl Berry, 2018. */
 
@@ -88,8 +89,8 @@
 <p id="emaillist">We welcome bug reports or suggestions.
   Please email to
   <code>latexrefman at tug.org</code>
-  (<a href="http://lists.tug.org/latexrefman/">subscribe</a>,
-  <a href="http://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/">archive</a>).</p>
+  (<a href="https://lists.tug.org/latexrefman/">subscribe</a>,
+  <a href="https://tug.org/pipermail/latexrefman/">archive</a>).</p>
 
 <p>If you would like to contribute more systematically, that's great.
   Here are some things a person could tackle, following the guidelines
@@ -101,7 +102,7 @@
   Reading through the document will turn up plenty of places where you can
   make an improvement.
   For example, you can search in the (sole) source file
-  <a href="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.texi">latex2e.texi</a>
+  <a href="https://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/latex2e.texi">latex2e.texi</a>
   for comments prefixed with &quot;<tt>xx</tt>&quot;. 
   That is how we note areas that need more work.</li>
 
@@ -112,7 +113,7 @@
   </li>
 
 <li>Look through
-  <a href="http://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/src/keeptrack.csv?view=markup"><code>keeptrack.csv</code></a>.
+  <a href="https://svn.gnu.org.ua/viewvc/latexrefman/trunk/src/keeptrack.csv?view=markup"><code>keeptrack.csv</code></a>.
   It lists all of the commands in the LaTeX source.
   Each has a status:
   <i>done</i> for commands already mentioned,
@@ -168,7 +169,7 @@
     this command, to see if there are fine points that the entry should
     cover (good sources are
     <a href="https://tex.stackexchange.com/">the TeX-LaTeX Stack Exchange</a>,
-    <a href="http://tug.org/mailman/listinfo/texhax"><code>texhax</code></a>,
+    <a href="https://lists.tug.org/mailman/texhax"><code>texhax</code></a>,
     and
     <a href="https://groups.google.com/forum/#!forum/comp.text.tex"><code>comp.text.tex</code></a>).
     If convenient, furnish any parameter values that are in the standard
@@ -238,7 +239,9 @@
   (ii)&nbsp;create a convenient directory; here we illustrate with  
   <code>/home/jim/src/latexrefman/</code>, and 
   (iii)&nbsp;in that directory run
-  <code>svn checkout http://svn.gnu.org.ua/sources/latexrefman/trunk</code>
+  <pre>
+ svn checkout https://svn.gnu.org.ua/sources/latexrefman/trunk
+  </pre>
   to fetch the subdirectory <code>trunk/</code>.</p>
 
 <p>
@@ -294,11 +297,13 @@
 <ul>
   <li><span class="listitem">Conservativeness</span>Don't change the document structure without prior discussion on the
   mailing list. Changing the structure is a wider change that just modifying an existing entry or adding a new one.</li>
+
   <li><span class="listitem">Backward compatibility</span>Please keep in mind that the document is exposed in a split
   HTML with one page per node here: <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a>. So
   every time you rename a node, you change the URL of the corresponding page and may break some link done by other
   people to that page. To ensure backward compatibility, every time you do that create
     an <code>@anchor{</code>&hellip;<code>} to the old name</code>.</li>
+
   <li><span class="listitem">Elementary restructuring</span>Please keep in mind that the document is translated in
   several languages. Do not make changes where both the node order is changed <i>and</i> the node content is changed. If
   you do this, it becomes more difficult for the translators to track down what content change has happened. Do this
@@ -312,5 +317,6 @@
 
 <hr/>
 <div class='referenceinfo'> <a href='https://latexref.xyz/'> <i>Unofficial LaTeX2e reference manual</i></a></div>
+<small>$Date$</small>
 </body>
 </html>


Property changes on: trunk/writing.html
___________________________________________________________________
Added: svn:keywords
## -0,0 +1 ##
+Date Author Id Revision
\ No newline at end of property

From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Wed Jan 26 19:36:17 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Wed, 26 Jan 2022 19:36:17 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1081 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201261836.20QIaHRM013196@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 18:36:17 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1081

Modified:
   trunk/Makefile
Log:
doc

Modified: trunk/Makefile
===================================================================
--- trunk/Makefile	2022-01-26 18:23:47 UTC (rev 1080)
+++ trunk/Makefile	2022-01-26 18:36:17 UTC (rev 1081)
@@ -137,8 +137,15 @@
 #   make commitready
 #   svn commit  # to commit regenerated files   
 # then:
-#   svn update  # to restore easy url stubs
-#   
+#   svn update     # restore easy url stubs
+#   make svrsplit  # restore generated split html
+#
+# If uploading to CTAN:
+#   (update NEWS, write announcement)
+#   upload latex2e-help-texinfo.zip
+#   rm -rf src/testdist src/latex2e
+#   rm -rf latex2e-help-texinfo   
+#   rm latex2e-help-texinfo-tree{,-easyurls}.zip   
 
 # Get many small .html files.
 htmlsplit: en


From INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua  Thu Jan 27 00:01:41 2022
From: INVALID.NOREPLY at gnu.org.ua (Karl Berry)
Date: Thu, 27 Jan 2022 00:01:41 +0100
Subject: [latexrefman-commits] [SCM] latexrefman updated: r1082 - trunk
Message-ID: <202201262301.20QN1fwn028009@pirx.gnu.org.ua>

Author: karl
Date: 2022-01-26 23:01:41 +0000 (Wed, 26 Jan 2022)
New Revision: 1082

Modified:
   trunk/ChangeLog
   trunk/latex2e-es.xml
Log:
remove bogus CR characters

Modified: trunk/ChangeLog
===================================================================
--- trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 18:36:17 UTC (rev 1081)
+++ trunk/ChangeLog	2022-01-26 23:01:41 UTC (rev 1082)
@@ -1,5 +1,9 @@
 2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
 
+	* latex2e-es.xml: remove bogus CR characters. CTAN complained.
+
+2022-01-26  Karl Berry  <karl at freefriends.org>
+
 	January 2022 release to CTAN.
 	* NEWS: update.
 

Modified: trunk/latex2e-es.xml
===================================================================
--- trunk/latex2e-es.xml	2022-01-26 18:36:17 UTC (rev 1081)
+++ trunk/latex2e-es.xml	2022-01-26 23:01:41 UTC (rev 1082)
@@ -9,17 +9,13 @@
 <documentlanguage xml:lang="es" spaces=" ">es</documentlanguage>
 <documentencoding encoding="UTF-8" spaces=" ">UTF-8</documentencoding>
 <set name="UPDATED" line=" UPDATED Julio 2010">Julio 2010</set>
-<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/
-">http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/</set>
-<set name="LTXREFMAN_BUGS" line=" LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org
-">latexrefman@@tug.org</set>
-<clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH 
-"></clear>
-<macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}
-"><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c
-</macro>
-        
-
+<set name="LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE" line=" LTXREFMAN_HOME_PAGE http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/">http://puszcza.gnu.org.ua/software/latexrefman/</set>
+<set name="LTXREFMAN_BUGS" line=" LTXREFMAN_BUGS latexrefman@@tug.org">latexrefman@@tug.org</set>
+<clear name="HAS-MATH" line=" HAS-MATH "></clear>
+<macro name="iftexthenelse" line=" iftexthenelse {then,else}"><formalarg>then</formalarg><formalarg>else</formalarg>\else\@c
+</macro>
+        
+
 <settitle spaces=" ">&latex;2e Manual de Referencia (Julio 2010)</settitle>
 <!-- comment %**end of header (Esto es para ejecutar Texinfo en una regi?n.) -->